ML080720562: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:....ll"<i"j!"", ,,/"--:V/'
{{#Wiki_filter:....
, ,,',"1""''!''''''''
ll"<i"j!"", ,,/"--:V/' ,
tF", o ,"" ,: """,j;,'"""/'',", ,'"" , ,,'....'.',;'',if;::,.;'
,,',"1"" ''!'''''''' tF"
','"<?";;;,;', i": 'r',;/:'
;'j~,o
,
"
"
, : ""
"
'I~H'mJ~llli:
~1l'~1\\7:1$'
,j;,
'
"
"
"
/'
"",,~,,,;,
',",
,'"
"
, ,,'
ii~0',:;+<:/:>;;y;,t/~,J;mi:~',;~;:I;~;llL~,,~~~,~~~',~',~JffiU~s, .... '.',;'
',if;::,.;' ',' "<? ";;;,;' , i": 'r',;/:' ::>;:;'::":';;~;;;'<'
,*""""';Zi"",,,
,*""""';Zi"",,,
,",:",'/,,7,',>,',"'I'"//'""/"//,,/"//,":,: ,',";'!,:'".':/:.:;'.,".:'  
""~ }f;~d\\,,;IWIit"ilJlf~i~,II}f!~BI~5),~~,~N[:~tilllIYl~~~J~~'; ,", :", '/
r C Cr a::...  
,,7, ',>,
r C c:r rr  
',"
PREPAREDI REVISED BY: JPM#74-2APPage1of11Rev.8 SEQUOY AH NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE
'I
MEASURE In-Plant JPMB.1.i JPM#74-2AP Operate the TO AFW Pump Locally Date/VALIDATEDBY:*APPROVED BY: (Operations
'"
Training Manager)Date/Date/CONCURRED:
/
**(Operations
/'"" /"
Representative)
/
Date/*Validationnotrequiredfor
~
minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes thatdonot affecttheJPM,orindividualstep
/
changesthatdonot affecttheflowoftheJPM.**Operations
,,/"//,
ConcurrencerequiredfornewJPMsand
"
changes that affect theflowoftheJPM(ifnotdrivenbya
:,:
procedure revision).  
,',"
JPM#74-2APPage2of11Rev.8 NUCLEAR TRAINING REVISION/USAGE
~.:,
LOG REVISION DESCRIPTION
;'
OF V DATE PAGES PREPARED/NUMBER REVISION AFFECTEDREVISEDBY:
!
3 TransferfromWP.Minor
,:'
".' :/:.: ;'
.,
".:'
 
rC
C
~r
a:
:...
 
rCc:
~r
rr
 
PREPAREDI
REVISED BY:
JPM #74-2AP
Page 1 of 11
Rev. 8
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
In-Plant JPMB.1.i
JPM # 74-2AP
Operate the TO AFW Pump Locally
Date/
VALIDATED BY:
*
APPROVED BY:
(Operations Training Manager)
Date/
Date/
CONCURRED:
**
(Operations Representative)
Date/
* Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that
do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect the flow of
the JPM.
** Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the
flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).
 
JPM #74-2AP
Page 2 of 11
Rev. 8
NUCLEAR TRAINING
REVISION/USAGE LOG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION OF
V
DATE
PAGES
PREPARED/
NUMBER
REVISION
AFFECTED
REVISED BY:
3
Transfer from WP. Minor enhancements.
N
8/24/94
All
HJ Birch
4
SO-3-2 Rev change. Added step to
N
2/1/95
4,6
HJ Birch
ensure PCV-3-183 controlling. Minor
enhancements.
enhancements.
N 8/24/94 AllHJBirch 4SO-3-2Revchange.Addedstepto
5
N 2/1/95 4,6HJBirchensurePCV-3-183controlling.Minor
Major chg: Chgd initial conditions to allow
enhancements.
Y
5Majorchg:Chgdinitialconditionstoallow
1/10/97
Y 1/10/97 AllHJBirchuseofEA-3-7insteadofSOandmade
All
toJPManAP.5/27/97 pen/inkEA-3-7revisionupdateonly
HJ Birch
N 12/22/00 4W.R.Ramsey
use of EA-3-7 instead of SO and made
pen/inkStep1changedsection4.2to4.1.
to
N 12/4/01 5L.PauleyUpdatedKlAstolatestrev.
JPM an AP.
6Incorporatedpen/ink
5/27/97
chanqes;revisedper
pen/ink
N 8/20/02 All JP KearneyrecentchangetoEA-3-7;noimpactonJPMflow 7Minoreditorial
EA-3-7 revision update only
enhancements, validation
N
N 10/19/06 AllJ.E.Stinsontimerevision.
12/22/00
8 IncorporateEA-3-7Rev5changesand
4
Y Allminorwordingchangesv-SpecifyiftheJPMchangewillrequireanotherValidation(YorN).Seecoversheetforcriteria.  
W. R. Ramsey
JPM#74-2APPage3of11Rev.8 SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT AUO/RO/SROJOBPERFORMANCEMEASURE
pen/ink
Task: Operate the TDAFWPumpLocally
Step 1 changed section 4.2 to 4.1.
JAITA TASK#: 0610060104 (AUO)0000050504 (AUO)KIA Ratings: 2.1.20 061A3.01 4.3/4.2)(4.1/4.2)061A2.03 061K6.02 (3.1/3.4)(2.6/2.7)061A2.07 (3.4/3.5)Task Standard: LocallystartandcontroltheUnit1
N
TDAFW Pump.x In-Plant
12/4/01
Evaluation
5
Method: Simulator---====================================-===============================================
L. Pauley
Updated KlAs to latest rev.
6
Incorporated pen/ink chanqes; revised per
N
8/20/02
All
JP Kearney
recent change to EA-3-7; no impact on
JPM flow
7
Minor editorial enhancements, validation
N
10/19/06
All
J. E. Stinson
time revision.
8
Incorporate EA-3-7 Rev 5 changes and
Y
All
minor wording changes
v - Specify if the JPM change will require another Validation (Y or N).
See cover sheet for criteria.
 
JPM #74-2AP
Page 3 of 11
Rev. 8
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
AUO/RO/SRO
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
Task:
Operate the TDAFW Pump Locally
JAITA TASK #:
0610060104
(AUO)
0000050504
(AUO)
KIA Ratings:
2.1.20
061A3.01
4.3/4.2)
(4.1/4.2)
061A2.03
061K6.02
(3.1/3.4)
(2.6/2.7)
061A2.07
(3.4/3.5)
Task Standard:
Locally start and control the Unit 1 TDAFW Pump.
x
In-Plant _.......;;.....;~
Evaluation Method:
Simulator---
====================================-===============================================
Performer:
Performer:
NAME Start Time_Performance
NAME
Rating: SAT UNSAT Performance
Start Time
Time Finish Time_Evaluator:
_
SIGNATURE DATE===================================================================================
Performance Rating:
COMMENTS  
SAT
JPM#74-2APPage4of11Rev.8 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
UNSAT
TO EVALUATOR:1.Sequenced steps identifiedbyan"s"2.Any UNSAT requires comments 3.Insure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;
Performance Time
a.Identifies
Finish Time
the correctunit,train, component, etc.b.Reviewsthe
_
intendedactionand expected response.c.Comparestheactual responsetothe expected response.Validation
Evaluator:
Time: CR Tools/Equipment/Procedures
SIGNATURE
Needed: EA-3-7 References:
DATE
Local 17 minutes Reference TitleRevNo.A.EA-3-7 Local OperationofTDAFWPump
===================================================================================
5=======================================================-======================READTO OPERATOR Directions
COMMENTS
to Trainee:Iwill explaintheinitial
 
conditions,andstatethetasktobe
JPM #74-2AP
performed.AllstepsshallbesimulatedforthisJPM.Iwillprovideinitiatingcuesand
Page 4 of 11
indicateanystepstobe
Rev. 8
discussed.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:
When you complete the task successfully, the objectiveforthisjob
1.
performance
Sequenced steps identified by an "s"
measurewillbesatisfied.
2.
Ensure you indicatetomewhenyou
Any UNSAT requires comments
understand
3.
your assignedtask.Toindicate
Insure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;
thatyouhave completed your assigned taskreturnthe handoutsheetIprovidedyou.
a. Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.
INITIAL.CONDITIONS:1.Unit1 experiencedatotallossofallAC
b. Reviews the intended action and expected response.
approximately
c. Compares the actual response to the expected response.
10 minutes ago.2.The crewisinthe process of implementing
Validation Time: CR
ECA-O.O INITIATING
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
CUES: 1.Duringthestepthat
EA-3-7
verifies TOAFW pump operation the crewobservednoAFWflow.FCV-1-51hasnolightsand
References:
appearstohavelostpower.2.The OATC/eROhasdirectedyou,theUnit1Aux.Bldg.AUOtolocallyoperatethe
Local
Unit 1 TO AFWpumpusing Section 4.1.3.InformtheUnit1
17 minutes
OATC/CROwhenyouhave
Reference
completed EA-3-7Section4.1andTOAFWpumpisinservice.  
Title
STEP1.: OperatorobtainsacopyofEA-3-7andbegins
Rev No.
performance
A.
ofsection4.1.
EA-3-7
JPM#74-2APPage5of11Rev.8 SAT UNSAT Cue: As operator addresses Obtaining lighting, radios, gloves, and keys: inform them that they have those items.STANDARD: Operatorobtainsacopyof
Local Operation of TD AFW Pump
EA-3.;.7 and determinesthatSection4.1isthe applicablesectionforuse.
5
COMMENTS: Start Time__STEP2.: 1.IDENTIFYapplicableunit:*Unit1*Unit2 SAT UNSAT STANDARD: OperatoridentifiesUnit1asthe
=======================================================-======================
applicable
READ TO OPERATOR
unit.COMMENTS:STEP3.: 2.OSTAINthefollowingitems:*radio*gloves*meansofmonitoringelapsedtime(wristwatch,timer,orstop
Directions to Trainee:
watch)SAT UNSAT STANDARD: Operatorhasor demonstrateshowtoobtainthelistedradio,glovesandtimingdevice.Ifintheplant,shouldalreadyhavegloves.Mayalreadyhaveotheritems.
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated
COMMENTS:STEP4.:3.OSTAINthefollowingkeys:
for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you
[glass-facedboxinSM office]*VitalAreakey*ProtectedAreakey.
complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.
SAT UNSAT Critical Step STANDARD: Operator demonstrateshowtoobtain
Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have
thelistedfromboxinSM
completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
office.COMMENTS:  
INITIAL .CONDITIONS:
STEP5.:4.GOTOPanelL-381for
1.
applicable
Unit 1 experienced a total loss of all AC approximately 10 minutes ago.
unit.[ASel.669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]STANDARD: Operator locatesPanelL-381
2.
COMMENTS: JPM#74-2APPage6of11Rev.8 SAT UNSATSTEP6.:5.IF SCSA is needed, THEN REFERTOApp.B,Useof
The crew is in the process of implementing ECA-O.O
PermanentAirBottlein
INITIATING CUES:
TDAFWP Room.SAT UNSAT STANDARD: Operator determines
1.
SCBAisnotneededandNAsthestep
During the step that verifies TOAFW pump operation the crew observed no AFW flow.
COMMENTS: STEP 7.: 6.MONITOR communications
FCV-1-51 has no lights and appears to have lost power.
availablewithMCR: If communication
2.
with MCRislostand CANNOT be restored OR MCRhaslosttheabilityto
The OATC/eRO has directed you, the Unit 1 Aux. Bldg. AUO to locally operate the Unit 1
monitor TDAFWpumpflowduetolossofvitalACpower, THENGOTO Section4.2,Local Control of TDAFWPumpFlow with Temporary DIP Gage.SAT UNSATCue:When control room is contacted state"Communication
TO AFW pump using EA~3-7, Section 4.1.
is good." STANDARD: Operator establishes
3.
communication
Inform the Unit 1 OATC/CRO when you have completed EA-3-7 Section 4.1 and TO AFW
with MCR and continueswiththe procedure.
pump is in service.
COMMENTS: STEP 8.: 7.IF TD AFW pumpisNOTrunning, THENGOTOStep9.
 
SAT UNSAT Cue: If asked, provide info information
STEP 1.:
indicating
Operator obtains a copy of EA-3-7 and begins performance of
pumprunning: no sound from pump, shaft not turning,T&T valve stem down, etc.STANDARD: Operator determines
section 4.1.
pumpNOTrunningand
JPM #74-2AP
goestostep9 (alternate
Page 5 of 11
path).COMMENTS: Evaluator Note: Procedure Step 8isnot performedbecausethe
Rev. 8
IFITHEN condition in procedure step 7ismetandthe
SAT
operator is directed to step 9intherocedure
UNSAT
JPM#74-2APPage7of11Rev.8 STEP 9.: 9.IF alternateOCcontrolpowersupplyis
Cue:
AVAILABLE(determinedby
As operator addresses Obtaining lighting, radios, gloves,
-SATMCR),THEN PERFORMthefollowing:
and keys: inform them that they have those items.
-UNSAT a.TRANSFERaffectedunitto
STANDARD:
alternateDCcontrolpowersupplyatTOAFWPUMPRMOC
Operator obtains a copy of EA-3.;.7 and determines that Section
CONTROL PWR TRANSFER SWITCH:[Unit1-onwalloutsidepumproombehindCCSsealdraintank.Unit2-onwalloppositeTOAFWpumproom.]
4.1 is the applicable section for use.
Critical Step 1)PLACE NORMAL breakerinOFF.2)PLACEALT breakerinONposition.
COMMENTS:
Cue: If asked, state that Vital Battery BoardIVis available.
Start Time__
Cue: When operator makes the transfer, provide information
STEP 2.:
to indicate*that the Normal breakerisOFF andtheAL T breakerisON STANDARD: Operatorplacesnormal
1. IDENTIFY applicable unit:
breakerdowntoOFFandALTbreakeruptoON.COMMENTS: STEP 10.:b.ENSURETDAFWpumptripandthrottlevalve
*
[FCV-1-51]
Unit 1
-SAT LATCHED and mechanical
*
overspeed mechanism RESET.[Refertoplacardon
Unit 2
TDAFWpumproomwall]
SAT
-UNSAT Cue: When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position, state"Trip lever horizontal
UNSAT
and trip arm to left"and"the trip hook is engaged with the latchuplever.11 STANDARD: Operator ensurestripandthrottlevalveislatched.
STANDARD:
Evaluator Note: Trip levershouldbe horizontalandtriparmtotheleft.
Operator identifies Unit 1 as the applicable unit.
COMMENTS: STEP 11.: c.NOTIFY MeRtocheckifTOAFWpumpcontrolrestoredtoMCR.
COMMENTS:
-SAT Cue: After MeR contacted, state,"We*still do not have light-UNSAT indicationonFCV-1-51.We
STEP 3.:
get no response when operating the handswitch." STANDARD: Operator contactscontrolroomto
2. OSTAIN the following items:
determine if theyhave controlofthe TDAFW pump.COMMENTS:  
*
STEP 12.:d.IFTD AFW pump control restoredtoMCR, THEN RETURN TO procedureandstepin effect.JPM#74-2APPage8of11 Rev.8 SAT UNSAT STANDARD: OperatorNAsthis substep because the IFrrHEN conditions
radio
arenotmet,and
*
continuestothenextstepinthe
gloves
procedure.(alternate
*
path)COMMENTS: Evaluator Note: The nextstepin JPMisthe same action as performed in JPM step 10.STEP 13.: 10.ENSURE TDAFWpumptripand
means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop
throttle valve[FCV-1-51]
watch)
mechanical
SAT
overspeed mechanism LATCHED:*REFERTOplacardon
UNSAT
TDAFW pumproomwall*LATCH[FCV-1-51]
STANDARD:
and RESET mechanical
Operator has or demonstrates how to obtain the listed items-
overspeed mechanism.
radio, gloves and timing device. If in the plant, should already
SAT UNSAT Cue: When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position, state,"trip lever horizontal
have gloves. May already have other items.
and trip arm to left." STANDARD: Operator ensurestripand throttlevalveis latched or indicates the latchingwasverifiedpreviously.
COMMENTS:
Evaluator Note: COMMENTS: Evaluator Note: Trip lever should be horizontalandtriparmtotheleft.
STEP 4.:
ENSURE operatordoesnottouchvalvestem.Havethem
3. OSTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM
explainwhattbey wouk: do.STEP14.:11.ENSURETDAFWpump turbine governor valve[FCV-1-52]
office]
OPEN: a.REFER TO AppendixAand VERIFY governorvalveOPENby
*
observingtwoinchesofstem
Vital Area key
exposed.b.IFlessthantwoinchesofstem
*
exposed, THENPOSITIO.Nstemfullupward(fully
Protected Area key.
exposed)by grasping linkage bar abovestemandliftingstem
SAT
upwardasfarasitwillgo.
UNSAT
SAT UNSAT Critical StepCue:When governor valve first checked, state"Approximately
Critical Step
1/2 inch of stem is exposed." Cue: After operator explains the process for lifting, state"Stem has I:::f 2 inches exposed." 8T ANDARD: Operator explainshowtheywill
STANDARD:
graspthestemandliftupwardasfarasitwillgo.(alternate
Operator demonstrates how to obtain the listed from box in SM
path)COMMENTS:  
office.
JPM#74-2APPage9of11Rev.8STEP15.:12.
COMMENTS:
STARTTDAFWPumpasfollows:
 
-SAT a.DETERMINE highest*pressure
STEP 5.:
of S/G#1and4fromMCRORPanelL-381.[outsideTDAFWpumproom].
4. GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.
-UNSAT Evaluator Note:Withthecabinetclosed,thepressuregaugescannotbeseen.Pictures
[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]
of cabinetandgaugescanbeusedto
STANDARD:
preventneedtoopenthedoor.
Operator locates Panel L-381
Cue: After S*G pressure gauges are checked, indicate reading on the gauges*to be at approximately
COMMENTS:
1005 psigoneach ofthe4 steam generators.
JPM #74-2AP
Cue: If control room is contacted, state"All 4 steam generators
Page 6 of 11
pressureis1005 psig".STANDARD: OperatorcheckspressuregaugesonPanelL-381orcontactsmaincontrolroomtodetermine
Rev. 8
SGpressures.
SAT
COMMENTS:STEP16.:b.
UNSAT
MONITORTDAFWpumpdischargepressureon
STEP 6.:
[PI-3-138]
5.
as-SATpumpisstarted.[TDAFWpumproomonPanelL-215A]
IF SCSA is needed,
-UNSAT STANDARD: Operator locates pump.dischargepressuregaugeonPanelL-
THEN
215A.COMMENTS:STEP17.: c.ENGAGEhandwheelon
REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.
[FCV-1-S*1], AND SLOWLYOPEN[FCV--SAT 1-S1]tripandthrottlevalvehandwheeltoraiseTDAFWpumpdischargepressure
SAT
approximately50-100psiggreaterthanS/G#1
UNSAT
-UNSATand4highestpressure.
STANDARD:
Cue: When pressure gauge is checked after initial opening of the valve, indicate readingonthe gauge to be at approximately
Operator determines SCBA is not needed and NAs the step
800 psig.Critical Step Cue: When pressure gauge is checked after making an adjustmentonthevalve, indicate readingonthe gauge to be at approximately
COMMENTS:
1080 psig.STANDARD: Operatorsimulatesmanuallyengagingthehandwheelbypushingthede-clutchleverdownandrotating
STEP 7.:
thehandwheel
6. MONITOR communications available with MCR:
counterwisetoopenvalve.Then
If communication with MCR is lost and CANNOT be restored
determinesdischargepressureandrealizesadditionalopeningofthevalveisneededtoraisedischarge
OR MCR has lost the ability to monitor TDAFW pump flow
pressure.
due to loss of vital AC power,
JPM#74-2APPage10of11Rev.8 STEP 18.: d.ADJUST[FCV-1-51]
THEN
as directed by MeR.-SAT Cue:WhenMCR contacted state"Leave valve at current position,-UNSAT we will contact you for any needed adjustments.
GO TO Section 4.2, Local Control of TDAFW Pump Flow
" STANDARD: Operator contactscontrolroomfor
with Temporary DIP Gage.
directionsonadditional
SAT
UNSAT
Cue:
When control room is contacted state "Communication is
good."
STANDARD:
Operator establishes communication with MCR and continues
with the procedure.
COMMENTS:
STEP 8.:
7. IF TD AFW pump is NOT running,
THEN
GO TO Step 9.
SAT
UNSAT
Cue:
If asked, provide info information indicating pump not-
running:
no sound from pump, shaft not turning, T&T valve
stem down, etc.
STANDARD:
Operator determines pump NOT running and goes to step 9
(alternate path).
COMMENTS:
Evaluator Note: Procedure Step 8 is not performed because the IFITHEN
condition in procedure step 7 is met and the operator is directed
to step 9 in the
rocedure
 
JPM #74-2AP
Page 7 of 11
Rev. 8
STEP 9.:
9.
IF alternate OC control power supply is AVAILABLE (determined by
-
SAT
MCR), THEN
PERFORM the following:
-
UNSAT
a. TRANSFER affected unit to alternate DC control power supply at TO
AFW PUMP RM OC CONTROL PWR TRANSFER SWITCH:
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]
Critical Step
1) PLACE NORMAL breaker in OFF.
2) PLACE ALT breaker in ON position.
Cue:
If asked, state that Vital Battery Board IV is available.
Cue:
When operator makes the transfer, provide information to
indicate* that the Normal breaker is OFF and the AL T breaker
is ON
STANDARD:
Operator places normal breaker down to OFF and ALT breaker
up to ON.
COMMENTS:
STEP 10.:
b. ENSURE TD AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]
-
SAT
LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.
[Refer to placard on TDAFW pump room wall]
-
UNSAT
Cue:
When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position,
state "Trip lever horizontal and trip arm to left"and "the trip
hook is engaged with the latch up lever. 11
STANDARD:
Operator ensures trip and throttle valve is latched.
Evaluator Note:
Trip lever should be horizontal and trip arm to the left.
COMMENTS:
STEP 11.:
c. NOTIFY MeR to check if TO AFW pump control restored to MCR.
-
SAT
Cue:
After MeR contacted, state, "We*still do not have light
-
UNSAT
indication on FCV-1-51. We get no response when operating
the handswitch."
STANDARD:
Operator contacts control room to determine if theyhave control
of the TDAFW pump.
COMMENTS:
 
STEP 12.:
d. IF TD AFW pump control restored to MCR,
THEN
RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
JPM #74-2AP
Page 8 of 11
Rev. 8
SAT
UNSAT
STANDARD:
Operator NAs this substep because the IFrrHEN conditions are
not met, and continues to the next step in the procedure.
(alternate path)
COMMENTS:
Evaluator Note:
The next step in JPM is the same action as performed in JPM
step 10.
STEP 13.:
10. ENSURE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51] mechanical
overspeed mechanism LATCHED:
*
REFER TO placard on TDAFW pump room wall
*
LATCH [FCV-1-51] and RESET mechanical overspeed
mechanism.
SAT
UNSAT
Cue:
When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position,
state, "trip lever horizontal and trip arm to left. "
STANDARD:
Operator ensures trip and throttle valve is latched or indicates the
latching was verified previously.
Evaluator Note:
COMMENTS:
Evaluator Note:
Trip lever should be horizontal and trip arm to the left.
ENSURE operator does not touch valve stem. Have them
explain what tbey wouk: do.
STEP 14.:
11. ENSURE TD AFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] OPEN:
a. REFER TO Appendix A and VERIFY governor valve OPEN by
observing two inches of stem exposed.
b. IF less than two inches of stem exposed,
THEN
POSITIO.N stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping linkage bar
above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.
SAT
UNSAT
Critical Step
Cue:
When governor valve first checked, state "Approximately 1/2
inch of stem is exposed."
Cue:
After operator explains the process for lifting, state "Stem
has I:::f2 inches exposed."
8TANDARD:
Operator explains how they will grasp the stem and lift upward as
far as it will go. (alternate path)
COMMENTS:
 
JPM #74-2AP
Page 9 of 11
Rev. 8
STEP 15.:
12. START TDAFW Pump as follows:
-
SAT
a. DETERMINE highest*pressure of S/G #1 and 4 from MCR OR Panel
L-381. [outside TD AFW pump room].
-
UNSAT
Evaluator Note: With the cabinet closed, the pressure gauges cannot be seen. Pictures
of cabinet and gauges can be used to prevent need to open the door.
Cue:
After S*G pressure gauges are checked, indicate reading on
the gauges* to be at approximately 1005 psig on each of the 4
steam generators.
Cue:
If control room is contacted, state "All 4 steam generators
pressure is 1005 psig".
STANDARD:
Operator checks pressure gauges on Panel L-381 or contacts
main control room to determine SGpressures.
COMMENTS:
STEP 16.:
b. MONITOR TD AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138] as
-
SAT
pump is started. [TD AFW pump room on Panel L-215A]
-
UNSAT
STANDARD:
Operator locates pump.discharge pressure gauge on Panel L-
215A.
COMMENTS:
STEP 17.:
c. ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-S*1], AND SLOWLY OPEN [FCV-
-
SAT
1-S1] trip and throttle valve handwheel to raise TD AFW pump
discharge pressure approximately 50-100 psig greater than S/G #1
-
UNSAT
and 4 highest pressure.
Cue:
When pressure gauge is checked after initial opening of the
valve, indicate reading on the gauge to be at approximately
800 psig.
Critical Step
Cue:
When pressure gauge is checked after making an adjustment
on the valve, indicate reading on the gauge to be at
approximately 1080 psig.
STANDARD:
Operator simulates manually engaging the handwheel by pushing
the de-clutch lever down and rotating thehandwheel counterwise
to open valve. Then determines discharge pressure and realizes
additional opening of the valve is needed to raise discharge
pressure.
 
JPM #74-2AP
Page 10 of 11
Rev. 8
STEP 18.:
d.
ADJUST [FCV-1-51] as directed by MeR.
-
SAT
Cue:
When MCR contacted state "Leave valve at current position,
-
UNSAT
we will contact you for any needed adjustments."
STANDARD:
Operator contacts control room for directions on additional
adjustments.
adjustments.
COMMENTS: STEP19.:13.IFTD
COMMENTS:
AFWpumptrips,-SAT THEN PERFORMthefollowing:
STEP 19.:
-UNSAT a.ENSURETDAFWpumptripand
13. IF TD AFW pump trips,
throttle valve[FCV-1-51]
-
LATCHED and mechanical
SAT
overspeed mechanism RESET.b.REPEATStep12.STANDARD:Noactionrequired, Operator may acknowledge
THEN
the requirement
PERFORM the following:
to repeatstep12iftheTOAFWpumptrips.
-
COMMENTS: STEP20.:14.RETURN TO procedureandstepineffect.
UNSAT
-SAT-UNSAT STANDARD: Operator reports the procedure is complete.COMMENTS: Stop Time__END ofJPM  
a. ENSURE TD AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]
(Jirections
LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.
to Trainee:Iwillexplaintheinitialconditions,andstatethetasktobe
b. REPEAT Step 12.
performed.Allstepsshallbe simulatedforthisJPM.Iwillprovideinitiatingcuesand
STANDARD:
indicate anystepstobe discussed.Whenyou completethetask successfully, the objective forthisjob performancemeasurewillbesatisfied.Ensureyou
No action required, Operator may acknowledge the requirement
indicatetomewhenyou understandyourassignedtask.Toindicatethatyouhave
to repeat step 12 if the TO AFW pump trips.
completed yourassignedtaskreturnthe
COMMENTS:
handoutsheetIprovidedyou.
STEP 20.:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:1.Unit1 experiencedatotallossofall
14. RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
ACapproximately
-
10 minutes ago.2.Thecrewisintheprocessof
SAT
implementing
-
ECA-O.O INITIATING
UNSAT
CUES:1.DuringthestepthatverifiesTDAFWpump
STANDARD:
operationthecrewobserved
Operator reports the procedure is complete.
no AFWflow.FCV-1-51hasnolightsandappearstohavelostpower.2.The GATC/CRGhasdirectedyou,theUnit1Aux.Bldg.AUOto
COMMENTS:
locally operatetheUnit1TDAFWpumpusingEA-3-7,Section4.1.3.InformtheUnit1
Stop Time__
OATC/CRGwhenyouhave
END ofJPM
completedEA-3-7Section4.1andTOAFWpumpisinservice.  
 
(
((  
Jirections to Trainee:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT EOI PROGRAM MANUAL EMERGENCY ABNORMAL PROCEDURE EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTO AFW PUMP RevisionS QUALITY RELATED PREPARED/PROOFREAD
shall be simulated for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any
BY: M.S.LEENERTS
steps to be discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective
I D.A.PORTER RESPONSIBLE
for this job performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me
ORGANIZATION:
when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed
your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1.
Unit 1 experienced a total loss of all ACapproximately 10 minutes ago.
2.
The crew is in the process of implementing ECA-O.O
INITIATING CUES:
1.
During the step that verifies TD AFW pump operation the crew observed
no AFW flow. FCV-1-51 has no lights and appears to have lost power.
2.
The GATC/CRG has directed you, the Unit 1 Aux. Bldg. AUO to locally
operate the Unit 1 TD AFW pump using EA-3-7, Section 4.1.
3.
Inform the Unit 1 OATC/CRG when you have completed EA-3-7 Section
4.1 and TO AFW pump is in service.
 
 
(
(
 
 
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
EOI PROGRAM MANUAL
EMERGENCY ABNORMAL PROCEDURE
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
RevisionS
QUALITY RELATED
PREPARED/PROOFREAD BY:
M.S.LEENERTS I D. A.PORTER
RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION:
OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS
APPROVED BY:W.T.LEARY EFFECTIVEDATE:5/31/2007
APPROVED BY:
REVISION DESCRIPTION:AddedSection4.2whichreplacesAOP-T.01
W. T. LEARY
Appendix B.Incorporatedvarious
EFFECTIVE DATE:
enhancementsandcorrective
5/31/2007
actionstoimprove feasibilityofactions(PER104225).
REVISION
SQN EA-3-7 LOCALOPERATIONOFTOAFWPUMPRev.5 1,2Page2 of 211.0PURPOSEToprovide instructionsforlocallyoperatingtheTDAFWpumpfollowinglossofAC
DESCRIPTION:
and/orDCcontrolpowerORothereventswhichcouldimpacttheabilityoftheMCRto
Added Section 4.2 which replaces AOP-T.01 Appendix B.
monitorandcontrolTDAFWflow.Section4.2isa
Incorporated various enhancements and corrective actions to improve
commitmenttotheNRCin
feasibility of actions (PER 104225).
accordancewithTVA'sresponsetoNRCDemandfor Informationletterdated12/2/05andCANNOTberemoved
withoutpriorNRCreviewandapproval.2.0SYMPTOMSANDENTRYCONDITIONS
2.1 Entry Conditions
A.EGA-O.O,Lossof AIIAC Power.B.AOP-T.01, Security Events.3.0PRECAUTIONSANDLIMITATIONS
3.1 PrecautionsA.Ifthe accountabilitysirensoundsthe
operatorshouldcontinueperformingthis
procedure.TheSMshouldbeawareofprocedure
performanceandpersonnel
locations.B.TheTOAFWpump
electronicoverspeedtripat4300rpmwillbedisabledonlossofpower.Themechanicaloverspeedtripat4900rpmwillbeavailableforoverspeed
protection.  


....---------------------------------,---,,_
SQN
.._,.-SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTO AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2 Page 3 of 21 4.0 PERFORMANCE
EA-3-7
1.RECORD approximatetimeofunittrip.
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
2.CONSULTMGRto determine applicable
Rev. 5
sectionofthis procedure:IFthe following conditions
1,2
met: THEN GOTO This procedureentereddueto
Page 2 of 21
aircraft threat (AOP-T.01)ORSection4.2,Local
1.0
Control 0 of TDAFWPumpFlow Temporarygagefor locally monitoring
PURPOSE
with Temporary DIP Gage TDAFWPflowis neededduetolossof
To provide instructions for locally operating the TD AFW pump following loss of AC
instrumentationorelectrical
and/or DC control power OR other events which could impact the ability of the MCR to
power This procedureenteredfrom
monitor and control TD AFW flow.
EGA-O.O(LossofallAC Power)orFR-H.1(Lossof
Section 4.2 is a commitment to the NRC in accordance with TVA's response to NRC
Secondary Heat Sink)0 Section4.1,Local Actions ANDtoRestore TDAFWPumpFlow.Temporarygagefor locally monitoring
Demand for Information letter dated 12/2/05 and CANNOT be removed without prior NRC
TDAFWPflowisNOTneeded
review and approval.
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTO AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2 Page 4 of 21 4.1 Local Actions to Restore TD AFW Pump Flow 1.IDENTIFY applicable
2.0
unit:*Unit1 D*Unit2 D 2.OBTAINthefollowingitems:*radio*gloves*means of monitoringelapsedtime(wristwatch,timer,orstopwatch)
SYMPTOMS AND ENTRY CONDITIONS
3.OBTAIN the following keys:[glass-facedboxinSMoffice]*VitalAreakey
2.1
*ProtectedAreakey.4.GOTOPanelL-381for
Entry Conditions
applicable
A.
unit.[ASel.669, Outside TDAFWPumpRoom]D D D D NOTE: EquipmentStorageboxesarelocatedin
EGA-O.O, Loss of AIIAC Power.
vicinity of TDAFWP rooms(Unit1:acrossfrom
B.
TDAFWP room, near1A-ACCPRoomdoor),(Unit2:behindlightingboard,ABel.669southwall).5.IF SCBAisneeded, THEN REFERTOApp.B,Useof
AOP-T.01, Security Events.
PermanentAirBottlein
3.0
TDAFWP Room.6.MONITOR communicationsavailablewithMCR:*IF communication
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
withMCRislostand CANNOTberestored
3.1
OR MeRhaslostthe
Precautions
ability to monitor TDAFWpumpflowduetolossofvital*ACpower, THENGO*TOSection4.2,LocalControlof
A.
TDAFWPumpFlow with Temporary DIP Gage.D D  
If the accountability siren sounds the operator should continue performing this
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERA TIONOF TO AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2 Page 5 of 21 4.1 Local ActionstoRestore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)7.IFTOAFWpumpisNOTrunning, THENGOTOStep9.
procedure. The SM should be aware of procedure performance and personnel
D NOTELossofAC control powerwithDCcontrolpowerstill
locations.
available will resultinTO AFW pump operating at minimum speed.Removal ofDCcontrol powerwillcause governorvalvetofailopenandwillallow
B.
manualcontrolof TOAFWPspeedusingFCV-1-51
The TO AFW pump electronic overspeed trip at 4300 rpm will be disabled on loss of
handwheel.
power. The mechanical overspeed trip at 4900 rpm will be available for overspeed
8.IFTOAF'Wpumpis
protection.
RUNNING THEN PERFORM the following:
 
a.MONITOR[FIC-46-571to
,=~~~....---------------------------------,---,,_.._,.-
determineifACcontrol
SQN
powerhasbeenlost.[insidepanelL-381, outside TDAFWP Room]b.IF FIC-46-57 is energized, THEN PERFORM the following:
EA-3-7
D 1)PLACE[XS-46-571inAUX
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
position.[Unit1-onwall
Rev. 5
outsidepumproombehindCCSsealdraintank.
1,2
Unit2-onwall oppositeTOAFWpumproom.]
Page 3 of 21
D 2)PLACE[FIC-46-571
4.0
TOAFWP flow controller
PERFORMANCE
in MANUAL[InsidePanelL-381]
1.
D 3)CONTROL TDAFWpumpflowas
RECORD approximate time of unit trip.
directedbyMCR.D 4)IF required TOAFW pump flow is restored, THENDONOT CO.NTIN*UE
2.
this section.D  
CONSULT MGR to determine applicable section of this procedure:
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTO AFW PUMP Rev.S 1,2 Page 6 of21 4.1 Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
IF the following conditions met:
8.(Continued)
THEN GOTO
c.IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized
This procedure entered due to aircraft threat
(AOP-T.01 )
OR
Section 4.2, Local Control
0
of TDAFW Pump Flow
Temporary gage for locally monitoring
with Temporary DIP Gage
TDAFWP flow is needed due to loss of
instrumentation or electrical power
This procedure entered from EGA-O.O (Loss of
all AC Power) or FR-H.1 (Loss of Secondary
Heat Sink)
0
Section 4.1, Local Actions
AND
to Restore TDAFW Pump Flow.
Temporary gage for locally monitoring
TDAFWP flow is NOT needed
 
SQN
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
Rev. 5
1,2
Page 4 of 21
4.1
Local Actions to Restore TD AFW Pump Flow
1.
IDENTIFY applicable unit:
*
Unit 1
D
*
Unit 2
D
2.
OBTAIN the following items:
*
radio
*
gloves
*
means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop watch)
3.
OBTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM office]
*
Vital Area key
*
Protected Area key.
4.
GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.
[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]
D
D
D
D
NOTE:
Equipment Storage boxes are located in vicinity of TDAFWP rooms
(Unit 1: across from TDAFWP room, near 1A-A CCP Room door),
(Unit 2: behind lighting board, AB el. 669 south wall).
5.
IF SCBA is needed,
THEN
REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.
6.
MONITOR communications available with MCR:
*
IF communication withMCR is lost and CANNOT be restored
OR MeR has lost the ability to monitor TDAFW pump flow
due to loss of vital *AC power,
THEN
GO*TO Section 4.2, Local Control of TDAFW Pump Flow
with Temporary DIP Gage.
D
D
 
SQN
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATIONOF TO AFW PUMP
Rev. 5
1,2
Page 5 of 21
4.1
Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
7.
IF TO AFW pump is NOT running,
THEN
GO TO Step 9.
D
NOTE
Loss of AC control power with DC control power still available will
result in TO AFW pump operating at minimum speed.
Removal of
DC control power will cause governor valve to fail open and will allow
manual control of TOAFWP speed using FCV-1-51 handwheel.
8.
IF TOAF'W pump is RUNNING
THEN
PERFORM the following:
a.
MONITOR [FIC-46-571 to determine if AC control power
has been lost. [inside panel L-381 , outside TDAFWP Room]
b.
IF FIC-46-57 is energized,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
D
1)
PLACE [XS-46-571 in AUX position.
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]
D
2)
PLACE [FIC-46-571 TOAFWP flow controller in MANUAL
[Inside Panel L-381]
D
3)
CONTROL TDAFW pump flow as directed by MCR.
D
4)
IF required TOAFW pump flow is restored,
THEN
DO NOT CO.NTIN*UE this section.
D
 
SQN
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
Rev.S
1,2
Page 6 of21
4.1
Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
8.
(Continued)
c.
IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized
OR required TDAFWpump flow CANNOT be established
OR required TDAFWpump flow CANNOT be established
using FIC-46-57, THEN PERFORM the following:
using FIC-46-57,
1)ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPEDUSINGtrip lever at eastendofshaft.
THEN
D 2)ENSURE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakersonDCcontrol
PERFORM the following:
power transfer switchinOFF position.[Unit1-onwall outsidepumproom behindCCSsealdraintank.Unit2-onwall
1)
opposite TO AFWpumproom]D 3)GOTOStep10.
ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPED USING trip lever
D  
at east end of shaft.
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTO AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2 Page 7 of 21 4.1 Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
D
NOTE 1 NOTE 2TheTO AFW pump governor valve[FCV-1-521fails
2)
open onlossofOC control powertoTO AFWpumpspeed controller.
ENSURE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakers
Unit 1 Alternate OC power supplyisfrom 125V Vital BattBdIV.Unit2 Alternate OC power supplyisfrom125VVital
on DC control power transfer switch in OFF position.
BattBdII.9.IF alternateDCcontrol power supply is AVAILABLE (determinedbyMCR), THEN PERFORM the following:
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
a.TRANSFER affectedunitto alternate DC control power supplyatTO AFWPUMPRMDC CONTROLPWR
Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room]
TRANSFER SWITCH:[Unit1-onwall outsidepumproombehindCCSsealdraintank.
D
Unit2-onwall oppositeTOAFWpumproom.]
3)
1)PLACE NORMAL breakerinOFF.2)PLACEALT breakerinON position.D D b.ENSURE TO AFWpumptripand
GO TO Step 10.
throttle valve[FCV-1-51]
D
LATCHED and mechanical
 
overspeed mechanism RESET.[Refer to placardonTO AFWpumproomwall]
SQN
D c.NOTIFYMCRto checkifTD AFWpumpcontrol
EA-3-7
restoredtoMCR.Dd.IFTO AFW pump control restoredtoMCR, THEN RETURN TO procedureandstepineffect.
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
D 10*.ENSURE TDAFWpumptripand
Rev. 5
throttle valve[FCV-1-51]
1,2
mechanical
Page 7 of 21
overspeed mechanism LATCHED:*REFER TO placard on TOAFWpumproomwall*LATCH[FCV-1-51]
4.1
and RESET mechanical
Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
overspeed mechanism.
NOTE 1
D D  
NOTE 2
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTD AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2 Page 8 of 21 4.1 Local ActionstoRestore TD AFWPump Flow (Continued)
The TO AFW pump governor valve [FCV-1-521 fails open on
NOTE-: TDAFW pump turbine governor valve[FCV-1-52]failsOPENonlossofDCcontrol
loss of OC control power to TO AFW pump speed controller.
powertothe TDAFWpumpspeed controller.
Unit 1 Alternate OC power supply is from 125V Vital Batt Bd IV.
11.ENSURE TD AF-W pump turbine governor valve[FCV-1-52]
Unit 2 Alternate OC power supply is from 125V Vital Batt Bd II.
OPEN: a.REF-ERTO AppendixAand VERIFY governorvalveOPEN by observingtwoinchesofstem
9.
exposed.b.IFlessthantwoinchesofstem
IF alternate DC control power supply is AVAILABLE (determined by MCR),
exposed, THEN POSITIONstemfullupward (fully exposed)by graspinglinkagebar
THEN
abovestemandliftingstem
PERFORM the following:
upwardasfarasitwillgo.
a.
12.START TOAFWPumpas follows: D D a.DETERMINE highest pressureofS/G#1and4fromMCRORPanelL-381.
TRANSFER affected unit to alternate DC control power supply
[outside TO AFWpumproom]Db.MONITO-RTOAFWpump
at TO AFW PUMP RM DC CONTROLPWR TRANSFER SWITCH:
discharge pressure on[PI-3-138]aspumpisstarted.[TO
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
AFWpumproomonPanelL-215A]
Unit2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]
D c.ENGAGE handwheelon[FCV-1-511,AND
1)
SLOWLYOPEN[FCV-1-511tripand
PLACE NORMAL breaker in OFF.
throttle valve handwheeltoraiseTOAFWpump
2)
discharge pressure approximately
PLACE ALT breaker in ON position.
50-100 psig greaterthanS/G#1and4
D
highest pressure.D d.ADJUST[FCV-1-51]
D
as directedbyMCR.D  
b.
SQN EA-3-7 LOCALOPERATIONOFTOAFWPUMPRev.5 1,2Page9 of 21 4.1 Local Actions to RestoreTOAFW Pump Flow (Continued)
ENSURE TO AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]
NOTERefertoplacardonTDAFWpumproomwallfor
LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.
instructionsonlatchingthemechanical
[Refer to placard on TO AFW pump room wall]
overspeed mechanism.
D
13.IFTDAFW pumptrips, THEN.PERFORMthefollowing:
c.
a.ENSURETOAFWpumptripand
NOTIFY MCR to check if TD AFW pump control restored to MCR.
throttle valve[FCV-1-511
D
LATCHEDandmechanicaloverspeed
d.
mechanism RESET.b.REPEAT Step 12.14.RETURNTO procedureandstepineffect.ENDOF TEXT D D D  
IF TO AFW pump control restored to MCR,
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTO AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2 Page 100f 21 4.2 Localcontrol
THEN
of TDAFW pump Flow with Temporary DIP Gage 1.IDENTIFY applicable
RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
unit:*Unit1*.Unit2 2.OBTAINthefollowingitems:*radio D D D*gloves*meansofmonitoringelapsedtime(wristwatch,timer,orstop
D
watch)3.OBTAINthefollowingkeys:
10*.
[glass-facedboxinSMoffice]*VitalAreakey
ENSURE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51] mechanical
*ProtectedAreakey.D D CAUTION If performing
overspeed mechanism LATCHED:
this sectiondueto aircraft threat,operator
*
should remain clear of elevator and stairwells
REFER TO placard on TOAFWpump room wall
after arrivingonASel.669.4.GOTOPanelL-381for
*
applicable
LATCH [FCV-1-51] and RESET mechanical overspeed
unit.[ASel.669,Outside
mechanism.
TDAFWPumpRoom]D NOTE: EquipmentStorageboxesarelocatedin
D
vicinity of TDAFWP rooms(Unit1:acrossfrom
D
TDAFWProom,near1A-A*CCPRoomdoor),(Unit2:behindlightingboard,ASel.669southwall).
 
5.OBTAINthefollowing
SQN
equipment from storage boxandmoveto TDAFWP Room:*Breathing apparatus and supply hose*Battery lantern*Differentialpressuregaugewithtubing
EA-3-7
D D D  
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
SQN EA-3-7 LOCALOPERATIONOFTDAFWPUMPRev.5 1,2Page11 of21 4.2 Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)6.IF SCBAisneeded, THEN REFERTOApp.B,Useof
Rev. 5
PermanentAirBottlein
1,2
TDAFWP Room.D NOTE: Radio communicationsfrominsidetheTDAFWPumpRoommayNOTbepossible.Itmaybe
Page 8 of 21
necessarytomoveoutsidetheroomto
4.1
Local Actions to Restore TD AFWPump Flow (Continued)
NOTE-:
TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] fails OPEN
on loss of DC control power to the TDAFW pump speed controller.
11.
ENSURE TD AF-W pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] OPEN:
a.
REF-ER TO Appendix A and VERIFY governor valve OPEN
by observing two inches of stem exposed.
b.
IF less than two inches of stem exposed,
THEN
POSITION stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping linkage bar
above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.
12.
START TOAFW Pump as follows:
D
D
a.
DETERMINE highest pressure of S/G #1 and 4 from MCR
OR Panel L-381. [outside TO AFW pump room]
D
b.
MONITO-RTO AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138]
as pump is started.
[TO AFWpump room on Panel L-215A]
D
c.
ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-511, AND
SLOWLY OPEN [FCV-1-511 trip and throttle valve handwheel
to raise TO AFW pump discharge pressure approximately 50-100 psig
greater than S/G #1 and 4 highest pressure.
D
d.
ADJUST [FCV-1-51] as directed by MCR.
D
 
SQN
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
Rev. 5
1,2
Page 9 of 21
4.1
Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)
NOTE
Refer to placard on TD AFW pump room wall for instructions
on latching the mechanical overspeed mechanism.
13.
IF TD AFW pumptrips,
THEN
.
PERFORM the following:
a.
ENSURE TO AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511
LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.
b.
REPEAT Step 12.
14.
RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
END OF TEXT
D
D
D
 
SQN
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
Rev. 5
1,2
Page 100f 21
4.2
Localcontrol of TDAFW pump Flow with Temporary DIP Gage
1.
IDENTIFY applicable unit:
*
Unit 1
*.
Unit 2
2.
OBTAIN the following items:
*
radio
D
D
D
*
gloves
*
means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop watch)
3.
OBTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM office]
*
Vital Area key
*
Protected Area key.
D
D
CAUTION
If performing this section due to aircraft threat,operator should
remain clear of elevator and stairwells after arriving on AS el. 669.
4.
GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.
[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]
D
NOTE:
Equipment Storage boxes are located in vicinity of TDAFWP rooms
(Unit 1: across from TDAFWP room, near 1A-A *CCP Room door),
(Unit 2: behind lighting board, AS el. 669 south wall).
5.
OBTAIN the following equipment from storage box
and move to TDAFWP Room:
*
Breathing apparatus and supply hose
*
Battery lantern
*
Differential pressure gauge with tubing
D
D
D
 
SQN
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
Rev. 5
1,2
Page 11 of21
4.2
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
6.
IF SCBA is needed,
THEN
REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.
D
NOTE:
Radio communications from inside the TD AFW Pump Room may
NOT be possible. It may be necessary to move outside the room to
establish communications.
establish communications.
7 ATTEMPTtoestablish
7
communicationswithMainControlRoom
ATTEMPT to establish communications with Main Control Room
while continuingthissection.
while continuing this section.
DNOTE1:NOTE2:ConnectionpointsarelabeledonbacksideofPanelL-215(nearfloor).Unit1Only:Accesstorearof
D
PaneI1-L-215mayrequire
NOTE 1:
temporarilyremovingSCBAfromthenormalcarryingposition(onback).Maskshouldbeleftonifneededduetosmoke
NOTE 2:
8.INSTALL temporarydifferentialpressuregaugeformonitoring
Connection points are labeled on back side of Panel L-215
TDAFWPflowasfollows:
(near floor).
a.PLACEdifferentialpressure (AP)gaugenearPanelL-215.
Unit 1 Only: Access to rear of PaneI1-L-215 may require
[inside TDAFWP Rm]b.ENSUREallvalveson
temporarily removing SCBA from the normal carrying position
temporary APgaugeareOPEN.
(on back). Mask should be left on if needed due to smoke
c.CONNECThighpressureandlowpressuresidetubingquick
8.
connectstoquickconnectsmountedondrainvalvesfor[F OT-3o-1421atbottomofPanelL-215(backside).
INSTALL temporary differential pressure (~P) gauge for monitoring
D D D  
TDAFWP flow as follows:
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTD AFW PUMP Rev.S 1,2 Page 12 of 21 4.2 Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
a.
CAUTIONIfTO AFW pump is running, drain valves in the following step should be slowly cracked open to avoid damaging temporary DIP gage.9.PLACE temporarygaugein serviceasfollows:
PLACE differential pressure (AP) gauge near Panel L-215.
a.SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN[DRIV-3-324D]lowsidedrainvalve
[inside TDAFWP Rm]
fortofilltubingfor
b.
temporary gauge.b.WHENa steadystreamof waterflowis observed, THEN CLOSE[DRIV-3-324D]lowsidedrainvalve.
ENSURE all valves on temporary AP gauge are OPEN.
c.SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN[DRIV-3-323Elhighsidedrainvalve
c.
for FT-3-142tofilltubing
CONNECT high pressure and low pressure side tubing quick
fortemporary gauge.d.WHENa steady stream of waterflowis observed, THEN PERFORM the following:
connects to quick connects mounted on drain valves
1)CLOSE[DRIV-3-323E]highsidedrainvalve.
for [F
2)CLOSE vent valves on gauge.e.FULLY OPEN
OT-3o-1421 at bottom of Panel L-215 (back side).
and[DRIV-3-323E]
D
FT-3-142paneldrain
D
valves.f.CLOSE equalizingvalveon gauge.[on front near center bottom]D D D D D D D  
D
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTD AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2 Page 13 of 21 4.2 Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)10.IF continuous
 
communications
SQN
established
EA-3-7
and maintainedwithMCR, THEN PERFORM the following:
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
a.REMAIN on station in TDAFWPRoomand MONITOR situation to determine if remaining stepsinthis section are needed.b.DO NOT CONTINUE this section UNTIL communicationswithMCRhavebeenlost
Rev.S
OR MCR directslocalcontrolof
1,2
TDAFWP.11.IFTO AFWpumpisrunningANDlocal handwheel control ofFCV-1-51
Page 12 of 21
is already established, THENGOTO Step 15.D D D  
4.2
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTO AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2 Page 14 of 21 4.2 Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
NOTE LossofAC control powerwithDC control power still available will resultinTO AFW pump operating at minimum speed.Removal of DC control power will cause governor valvetofail openandwill allow manual control of TOAFWP speed using FCV-1-51 handwheel.
CAUTION
12.IF TOAFW pump is RUNNINGANDoneofthe
If TO AFW pump is running, drain valves in the following step
following conditionsismet:*communicationswithMCRarelost
should be slowly cracked open to avoid damaging temporary
OR*MCR directs taking local control of TOAFWP, THEN PERFORM the following:
DIP gage.
a.MONITOR[FIC-46-57]
9.
to determineifAC powerhasbeenlost.
PLACE temporary ~p gauge in service as follows:
[insidepanelL-381, outside TDAFWP Room]b.IF FIC-46-57 is energized, THEN PERFORM the following:
a.
D 1)PLACE[XS-46-57]
SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN [DRIV-3-324D] low side drain valve
in AUX position.[Unit1-onwall outside pump room behindCCSsealdraintank.
for FT~3-142 to fill tubing for temporary ~p gauge.
Unit2-onwall opposite TO AFW pump room.]D 2)PLACE[FIC-46-57]
b.
TOAFWP flow controller
WHEN a steady stream of water flow is observed,
in MANUAL[inside Panel L-381].D 3)REFER TO AppendixCto determine required AFW flow basedupontime since reactor trip.D 4)ADJUST TDAFW pump flow as necessary to establish requiredflowon temporary DIP gageORas directedbyMCR(if communications
THEN
available).
CLOSE [DRIV-3-324D] low side drain valve.
D5)IF S/G indication
c.
is available, THEN ATTEMPT to control S/G level between 100/0and50 0/0.D6)IF TDAFW pump flow is established, THENDONOT CONTINUE this section.D (step continued on next page)  
SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN [DRIV-3-323El high side drain valve
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTD AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2 Paqe 15 of 21 4.2 Local Control ofTDAFWpump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
for FT-3-142 to fill tubing fortemporary ~p gauge.
12.(Continued)
d.
c.IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized
WHEN a steady stream of water flow is observed,
OR TDAFWpumpflow CANNOT be established
THEN
or maintained, THENPERFORM*the
PERFORM the following:
following:
1)
1)ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPEDUSINGtrip lever at eastendof shaft.D 2)PLACE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakers on DC control power transfer switchinOFF position.[Unit1-onwall
CLOSE [DRIV-3-323E] high side drain valve.
outside pumproombehindCCSseal
2)
drain tank.Unit2-onwall opposite TO AFW pump room.].D 3)CONTINUE with remainderofthis section.D NOTE 1: NOTE 2: NOTE 3: TDAFWP Mechanical
CLOSE vent valves on ~p gauge.
OverspeedTripis approximately
e.
4900 RPM.Speed indicationontopofL-381 (outsideTD*AFWPRoom
FULLY OPEN IDRIV~3-324D] and [DRIV-3-323E]
door)maynotbe available.
FT-3-142 panel drain valves.
TDAFWP should have started if unit is tripped, but TDAFWP may have tripped on overspeedifDC powerhasbeenlost.
f.
Turbine governor valve fails fullopenonlossof
CLOSE equalizing valve on ~p gauge.
power causing speed to increase.TDAFWPumpis requiredtobe filling S/Gs within 30 minutes after shutdown to provide secondary heatsinkiflossofACandDC
[on front near center bottom]
electrical
D
power occurs.13.ENSURE[FCV-1-51]
D
mechanical
D
overspeed mechanism LATCHED:*REFER TO'placard
D
on TDAFWpump room wall*LATCH[FCV-1-511and
D
RESET mechanical
D
overspeed mechanism.
D
D D  
 
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTD AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2Page16 of 21 4.2 Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
SQN
NOTE: The TDAFWpumpturbine
EA-3-7
governor valve[FCV-1-52]failsOPENonlossofDCcontrolpowertothe
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
TDAFWpumpspeed controller.
Rev. 5
14.ENSURE TDAFW pump turbine governor valve
1,2
OPEN by performing
Page 13 of 21
the following:
4.2
a.VERIFY governorvalveOPENby
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
observingatleasttwoinchesof
10.
stem exposed (Refer to Appendix A).b.IFlessthantwoinchesofstem
IF continuous communications established
exposed, THENP'OSITIONstemfullupward(fully
and maintained with MCR,
exposed)by grasping*Iinkagebar
THEN
abovestemandliftingstemupwardasfarasitwillgo.
PERFORM the following:
D DNOTE1NOTE2S/Gpressuremaybeslightlyabove1064psig
a.
ifRCS temperatureswerenormalwhenunittripped.
REMAIN on station in TDAFWP Room and
TOAFWP dischargepressuremust
MONITOR situation to determine if remaining steps
exceedtheS/G pressure to establish flow.Dependingonunit conditions
in this section are needed.
at beginningofevent,theS/G
b.
pressurecouldbelower.
DO NOT CONTINUE this section
AppendixCisprovidedas
UNTIL communications with MCR have been lost
guideline for comparinginchesof watertoflowandtorequiredminimumflow
OR MCR directs local control of TDAFWP.
overperiodoftimeafter
11.
shutdown.15.START TDAFWPumpasfollows:
IF TO AFWpump is running
a.MONITORTDAFWpump discharge pressure on[PI-3-138]aspumpisstarted.[TOAFWpumproomonPanelL-215A]
AND local handwheel control ofFCV-1-51 is already established,
b.ENGAGE handwheel on[FCV-1-51l, AND ADJUSTtripandthrottlevalve[FCV-1-511
THEN
MANUALLY to establish TOAFWpumpflow.c.REFER TO AppendixCto determine required flowbasedupontimesincereactortrip.
GO TO Step 15.
d.CONTROL TDAFWPumpflowator
D
slightly aboveflowrateon
D
AppendixCfor currenttimesince shutdownORasdirectedbyMCR(if
D
communications
 
available).
SQN
D D D D  
EA-3-7
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATIONOFTD AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2 Page 17 of 21 4.2 Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)16.IF TDAFWpumptrips, THEN PERFORM the following:
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
a.CLOSE TDAFWpumptripand
Rev. 5
throttlevalve[FCV-1-511.
1,2
b.REPEAT Steps 13 through ,15.17.IFarea outside TDAFWPumproomis
Page 14 of 21
coolerthaninsidepumproom, THEN CONSIDER opening TDAFWPumproom doors for ventilation.(Wedges in boxes)Ifthe turbine beginstosound abnormal, watermaybe carrying over from SIGduetooverfill (requiring
4.2
flow reduction).18.IF TDAFWPumpbeginstosound
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
abnormally
NOTE
noisy, THEN REDUCEpumpflowby
Loss of AC control power with DC control power still available will
throttling
result in TO AFW pump operating at minimum speed. Removal of
CLOSED[FCV-1-511.
DC control power will cause governor valve to fail open and will allow
D D D D NOTE TDAFW pump suctionmaybelostifsuction
manual control of TOAFWP speed using FCV-1-51 handwheel.
pressure decreasestolessthan13.9psig.
12.
19.MONITORpumpsuction
IF TOAFW pump is RUNNING
pressure[PI-3-137]onPanelL-215.
AND one of the following conditions is met:
20.RETURN TO procedureandstepineffect.ENDOFTEXT D D
*
SQN EA-3-7 LOCALOPERATIONOFTO
communications with MCR are lost
AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2Page18 of 21 5.0 REFERENCES
OR
None.  
*
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMPRev.5 1,2Page19 of 21 APPENDIX A Terry Turbine Governor Valve NOTE: Governor valve solenoid stem exposed (extended)
MCR directs taking local control of TOAFWP,
approximatelytwoinches indicatesvalveisfullopen.
THEN
Linkage bar t----.-.--
PERFORM the following:
+-----Governorvalvesolenoid
a.
MONITOR [FIC-46-57] to determine if AC power has been lost.
[inside panel L-381 , outside TDAFWP Room]
b.
IF FIC-46-57 is energized,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
D
1)
PLACE [XS-46-57] in AUX position.
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]
D
2)
PLACE [FIC-46-57] TOAFWP flow controller in MANUAL
[inside Panel L-381].
D
3)
REFER TO Appendix C to determine required AFW flow
based upon time since reactor trip.
D
4)
ADJUST TDAFW pump flow as necessary
to establish required flow on temporary DIP gage
OR as directed by MCR (if communications available).
D
5)
IF S/G indication is available,
THEN
ATTEMPT to control S/G level between 100/0 and 500/0.
D
6)
IF TDAFW pump flow is established,
THEN
DO NOT CONTINUE this section.
D
(step continued on next page)
 
SQN
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
Rev. 5
1,2
Paqe 15 of 21
4.2
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
12.
(Continued)
c.
IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized
OR TDAFW pump flow CANNOT be established or maintained,
THEN
PERFORM* the following:
1)
ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPED USING trip lever
at east end of shaft.
D
2)
PLACE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakers
on DC control power transfer switch in OFF position.
[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.
Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.].
D
3)
CONTINUE with remainder of this section.
D
NOTE 1:
NOTE 2:
NOTE 3:
TDAFWP Mechanical Overspeed Trip is approximately 4900 RPM.
Speed indication on top of L-381 (outside TD*AFWP Room door) may
not be available.
TDAFWP should have started if unit is tripped, but TDAFWP may have
tripped on overspeed if DC power has been lost. Turbine governor
valve fails full open on loss of power causing speed to increase.
TDAFW Pump is required to be filling S/Gs within 30 minutes after
shutdown to provide secondary heat sink if loss of AC and DC electrical
power occurs.
13.
ENSURE [FCV-1-51] mechanical overspeed mechanism LATCHED:
*
REFER TO'placard on TDAFWpump room wall
*
LATCH [FCV-1-511 and RESET mechanical overspeed
mechanism.
D
D
 
SQN
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
Rev. 5
1,2
Page 16 of 21
4.2
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
NOTE:
The TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] fails OPEN
on loss of DC control power to the TDAFW pump speed controller.
14.
ENSURE TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1~521 OPEN
by performing the following:
a.
VERIFY governor valve OPEN by observing at least two inches of
stem exposed (Refer to Appendix A).
b.
IF less than two inches of stem exposed,
THEN
P'OSITION stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping *Iinkage bar
above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.
D
D
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
S/G pressure may be slightly above 1064 psig ifRCS temperatures
were normal when unit tripped. TOAFWP discharge pressure must
exceed the S/G pressure to establish flow. Depending on unit
conditions at beginning of event, the S/G pressure could be lower.
AppendixC is provided as guideline for comparing inches of water
to flow and to required minimum flow over period of time after
shutdown.
15.
START TDAFW Pump as follows:
a.
MONITOR TD AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138]
as pump is started. [TO AFW pump room on Panel L-215A]
b.
ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-51l, AND
ADJUST trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511 MANUALLY
to establish TOAFW pump flow.
c.
REFER TO Appendix C to determine required ~AFW flow
based upon time since reactor trip.
d.
CONTROL TDAFW Pump flow at or slightly above
flow rate on Appendix C for current time since shutdown
OR as directed by MCR (if communications available).
D
D
D
D
 
SQN
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP
Rev. 5
1,2
Page 17 of 21
4.2
Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)
16.
IF TDAFW pump trips,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
a.
CLOSE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511.
b.
REPEAT Steps 13 through ,15.
17.
IF area outside TDAFW Pump room is cooler than inside pump room,
THEN
CONSIDER opening TDAFW Pump room doors for ventilation.
(Wedges in boxes)
If the turbine begins to sound abnormal, water may be carrying over
from SIG due to overfill (requiring flow reduction).
18.
IF TDAFW Pump begins to sound abnormally noisy,
THEN
REDUCE pump flow by throttling CLOSED [FCV-1-511.
D
D
D
D
NOTE
TDAFW pump suction may be lost if suction pressure
decreases to less than 13.9 psig.
19.
MONITOR pump suction pressure [PI-3-137] on Panel L-215.
20.
RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.
END OF TEXT
D
D
 
SQN
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
Rev. 5
1,2
Page 18 of 21
5.0
REFERENCES
None.
 
SQN
EA-3-7
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
Rev. 5
1,2
Page 19 of 21
APPENDIX A
Terry Turbine Governor Valve
NOTE:
Governor valve solenoid stem
exposed (extended)
approximately two inches
indicates valve is full open.
Linkage bar
t----.-.--
+----- Governor valve solenoid
.-----.Stem
.-----.Stem
2"/  
2"
SQN EA-3-7 LOCAL*OPERATIONOFTO AFW PUMP Rev.S 1,2Page20 of 21 APPENDIX BPage1of1USEOF PERMANENT AIR BOTTLE IN TDAFWP ROOMNOTE1:NOTE2: Four-hourairbottleis
/
permanentlymountedinside
 
TDAFWPRoom.(Unit1:Northeastcorner,Unit2:
SQN
Southwall).ThislargebottleshouldbeusedtoconserveairinSCBAunit(whichhasstandardonehourbottle).Thesleeveonthefemalefittingsmustbetwisted(rotated)
EA-3-7
slightly toallowthemalefittingtobeinsertedandseated.
LOCAL*OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
[1]IF breathingairisneeded, THEN PERFORMthefollowing:a.DONSCBA.
Rev.S
b.CONNECTtowall-mounted.bottleasfollows:1.OPENcylindervalveon
1,2
wall-mountedairbottle.
Page 20 of 21
2.ADJUSTregulatoron
APPENDIX B
wall-mounted
Page 1 of 1
bottle to approximately80-100psig.3.CONNECTmaleendoflong
USE OF PERMANENT AIR BOTTLE IN TDAFWP ROOM
supplyhoseto adapter on regulator on wall-mounted
NOTE 1:
bottle.4.CONNECTfemaleendoflong
NOTE 2:
supply hosetoadapteronSCBAregulator(onbelt).
Four-hour air bottle is permanently mounted inside TDAFWPRoom.
5.CLOSEcylindervalveonportableSCBAbottle(behindyourback).
(Unit 1: Northeast corner, Unit 2: South wall). This large bottle should be
6.VERIFYbreathingairsupplyinservice.c.IF wall-mountedbottleisdepleted
used to conserve air in SCBA unit (which has standard one hour bottle).
OR disconnectingsupplyhoseisdesiredtoallowmovement, THENPERFORMthefollowing:1.OPENcylindervalveonportableSCBAbottle(behindyourback).2.DISCONNECTfemaleend
The sleeve on the female fittings must be twisted (rotated) slightly to
of long supply hose from adapteronSCBA regulator(onbelt).END D D D D D D D D D  
allow the male fitting to be inserted and seated.
SQN EA-3-7 LOCALOPERATIONOF
[1]
TOAFWPUMP Rev.S 1,2Page21 of 21 APPENDIXCPage1of1 AFW Required Flow 60 56 52 48 44...40 3!3632 0 28 m..r: 24 0 20.E 16%12 8 4 o 4 3 2 1**"*l"""************",,**
IF breathing air is needed,
...................................................................................................................
THEN
......................................
PERFORM the following:
......................................
a.
......................................
DON SCBA.
......................................
b.
f-\-\-\f--r-\f--\-\f--<,-----f------..........
CONNECT to wall-mounted. bottle as follows:
--------f-I 160 o 200 240 360 400 280 440320 c, C)Time After Shutdown (HRS)  
1.
Ib" TVAN STANDARD PROGRAMS AND PROCESSES SURVEILLANCE
OPEN cylinder valve on wall-mounted air bottle.
TEST PROGRAM I r I SURVEILLANCETASKSHEET(STS)Page1of1 SPP-8.2 Date 06-04*2004Page25of29SPP8.2 1[06Page1of1 TVA 40753[06-2004)
2.
SURVEILLANCE
ADJUST regulator on wall-mounted bottle
TASKSHEET(STS)
to approximately 80-100 psig.
..Work Order Page of------SIKey pea
3.
'1ProcedureNo.
CONNECT male end of long supply hose to adapter on
O-t>I-O'-'S-tF1'l.-O'JH.U
regulator on wall-mounted bottle.
i Title F<J.-'JfR (.P-t-<<...E j:Ill c ttt.A).Y!/J/ct/Xf-!v'll
4.
Perf.Section 10/'1.5'j-;l.N'TestReason
CONNECT female end of long supply hose
t;C,.1-l E: t\tl (..IJ P ft2.FO{)flPx(E AuttidMafion
to adapter on SCBA regulator (on belt).
to Begin.SRO I Dat'e TimeDataSheets
5.
//Due V Extension.Max.ExtensionStartDate Time Frequency EQ ASME XIAPPModeCompletionDate
CLOSE cylinder valve on portable SCBA bottle
Time Performance
(behind your back).
Mode Operational
6.
Condition IDryCaskStorage
VERIFY breathing air supply in service.
DYes oNo I Subsequent
c.
Reviews Instruction
IF wall-mounted bottle is depleted
Test Performer'sWasthisacompleteorpartial
OR disconnecting supply hose is desired to allow movement,
Name/>Sicnature InjtiiJl Section performance?
THEN
H;A 0 (-17Y:-:1/I,/Jd;f,{/Nr--V(,.t
PERFORM the following:
____
1.
__
OPEN cylinder valve on portable SCBA bottle
:/"'WereallTechSpecJTech
(behind your back).
Req./ISFSI CoC/ODCM/Fire
2.
Protection
DISCONNECT female end oflong supply hose
____
from adapter on SCBA regulator (on belt).
Wereallotheracceptancecriteriasatisfied?
END
Yes 0 No 0 N/A 0 Ifan Tech-SpedT
D
ech Req.iiSFSi---------------CoC/ODCM/FireProtectionReq.werenotsatisfied,wasanLCO/
D
TRJODCM/ORactionrequired?(ExplaininRemarks)
D
, Yes 0 No
D
Ale3
D
==0--No-k1__TestDirector/LeadPerformer
D
Date AcceptanceCriteriaReview:SRO
D
Date Time (ASMEXISisrequirereviewwithin
D
96 hours)IndependentReviewer
D
DateANII(Ifrequired)
 
Date CopyofSTSsent to Scheduling
SQN
/, Initials Date Remark:-SectionNo.MenOur.Hrs._...:.-..SectionNo.MenOur.Hrs'---i*.!I.SectionNo.MenOur.Hrs l.r.-..---r----..r SectionNo.MenOur.Hrs.".-.--.04-2004  
EA-3-7
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT SURVEILLANCE
LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP
INSTRUCTION
Rev.S
1,2
Page 21 of 21
APPENDIXC
Page 1 of 1
AFW Required Flow
60
56
52
48
44
~...
40 3!
36
\\I-
32
0
28 m
..r:
24
0
20 .E
16 %
12
8
4o
4
3
2
1
**"*l"""************",,** ................................................................................................................... ...................................... ...................................... ............................................................................
f-
\\
-
\\
-
\\
f-
-r-\\
f-
-
\\
-
\\
f-
~
-
<,
-
----~
f-
-----..........
-
-------
f-
I
160
o
200
240
360
400
280
440
.~ 320
c,
C)
Time After Shutdown (HRS)
 
Ib
"
TVAN STANDARD
PROGRAMS AND
PROCESSES
SURVEILLANCE TEST PROGRAM
I
r
I
SURVEILLANCE TASK SHEET (STS)
Page 1 of 1
SPP-8.2
Date
06-04*2004
Page 25 of 29
SPP 8.2 1[06
Page 1 of 1
TVA40753[06-2004)
SURVEILLANCE TASK SHEET (STS)
..
Work Order
Page
of
---
---
SIKey
pea
~.:::;
'1
Procedure No. O-t>I-O '-'S-tF1'l.-O'JH.U
i
~V
Title
F<J.-'JfR (. P-t-<< ...E j:Ill c ttt. A
).Y!/J/
ct/Xf-!v'll
Perf. Section
I'1P~~"
10/'1.5
'j-;l.N'
Test Reason
t;C,.1-l E: t\\tl (..IJ
P ft2.FO{)flPx(E
AuttidMafion to Begin. SRO
I
Dat'e
Time
Data Sheets
/ /
Due
V
Extension
.
Max. Extension
Start Date
Time
Frequency
EQ
ASME XI
APP Mode
Completion Date
Time
Performance Mode
Operational Condition
I
Dry Cask Storage
DYes
oNo
I
Subsequent Reviews
Instruction
Test Performer's
Was this a complete or partial
Name
/>
Sicnature
InjtiiJl
Section
performance?
i..,.",~~'1
H;A 0 (-
17Y:-:1/I,
/Jd;f,{/~
Nr--
V(,.t
(Ex.EI~~*~a.:!i~*J.n_R~~a0-~ ____~~e!.e~JJ__ t:.~~I_Q_
:/ "'
Were all Tech SpecJTech Req./
ISFSI CoC/ODCM/Fire Protection
~9.:~C.&#xa3;e.E~n~~c!!.t~ri~~U;;~~!..?__~~Cl__lioJd_~~CL
Were all other acceptance
criteria satisfied?
Yes 0
No 0
N/A 0
Ifan Tech-SpedTechReq.iiSFSi- - - - - -- - - - -
- - --
CoC/ODCM/Fire Protection Req.
were not satisfied, was an LCO/
TRJODCM/OR action required?
(Explain in Remarks)
,
Yes 0
No O_~~CL
Ale3 ~~~~i69&#xa3;~~i~[::::::::==~~0--No-k1__~~.cL
Test Director/Lead Performer
Date
Acceptance Criteria Review: SRO
Date
Time
(ASME XI Sis require review within
96 hours)
Independent Reviewer
Date
ANII (If required)
Date
Copy of STS sent toScheduling
/
,
Initials
Date
Remark:
-
Section
No. Men
Our. Hrs
._.
..
:
.-
..
Section
No. Men
Our. Hrs
'-
--
i*
.
!
I
.
Section
No. Men
Our. Hrs
l.
r
.-..--
-r
---
-
..
r
Section
No. Men
Our. Hrs
.". -.
- -
.04-2004
 
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX CHANNEL CALIBRATION
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX CHANNEL
BY HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONRevision18
CALIBRATION BY HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
QUALITY RELATED w.T.LEARYPREPARED/PROOFREADBY:RESPONSIBLEORGANIZATION:
Revision 18
_0=.P:....:E=R...::..A..:..:T...:..;IO:::..:N...:..;S=--
QUALITY RELATED
_KEITH PERKINS APPROVED
w. T. LEARY
_(EFFECTIVEDATE:03/30/06LEVELOFUSE:
PREPARED/PROOFREAD BY: ~--:....:...:......:....:....::~~---_
CONTINUOUS
RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION: _0=.P:....:E=R...::..A..:..:T...:..;IO:::..:N...:..;S=--
USE REVISIONDESCRIPTION:Revisedtoaddanotedirectingthatconsistencybetweenchannelsbeconsideredwhendetermining
_
ifadjustisdesired.Thisisaminor
KEITH PERKINS
change.THIS PROCEDURE COULD AFFECT REACTIVITY.  
APPROVED BY:~
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
....:....:="-'-'-.:....:.......:~"""'-'-'=---
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage2of33 TABLE OF CONTENTSPage1 of 2 Section Title Page TABLE OF CONTENTS 2 1.0 INTRODUCTION
_
4 1.1Purpose 41.2Scope 4 1.2.1 SurveillanceTesttobePerformed
(
4 1.2.2 Requirements
EFFECTIVE DATE:03/30/06
Fulfilled 4 1.2.3 Modes 4 1.3.'2.0 (2.1 2.2 3.0 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 5.0 Frequency and Conditions
LEVEL OF USE:
4 REFERENCES
CONTINUOUS USE
5 Performance
REVISION
References
DESCRIPTION:
5 Developmental
Revised to add a note directing that consistency between channels be
References
considered when determining if adjust is desired. This is a minor
5 PRECAUTIONS
change.
AND LIMITATIONS
THIS PROCEDURE COULD AFFECT REACTIVITY.
5 PREREQUISITE
 
ACTIONS 7 Preliminary
SQN
Actions 7 MeasuringandTest Equipment,Parts,and Supplies 7 Field Preparations
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
7 Approvals and Notifications
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
7 ACCEPTANCE
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
CRITERIA 7  
Rev: 18
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
1&2
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage3of33 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page2of2 Section Title Page 6.0 PERFORMANCE
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
8 6.1 As-Found Data 86.2NIS Channel Adjustment
Page 2 of 33
14 7.0 POST PERFORMANCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACTIVITY 18 APPENDICES
Page 1 of 2
(APPENDIX A: APPENDIX B: APPENDIX C: APPENDIX D: CALCULATIONOFCORE THERMALPOWERLEVELUSINGLEFM 19 SUBSTITUTIONOFRCS 6.TAT LOWPOWERLEVELS
Section
(:s:40%WITHLEFMNOT
Title
AVAILABLE)
Page
22 CALCULATIONOFCORE THERMALPOWERLEVELUSINGU1118
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(>40%WITHLEFMNOT
2
AVAILABLE)
1.0
23 CALCULATIONOFCORE THERMALPOWERLEVELWITHPLANT COMPUTER INOPERABLE (RCS 6.T GREATERTHAN40%)26 SOURCE NOTES 33  
INTRODUCTION
(SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
4
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2HEATBALANCE
1.1
COMPARISONPage4of33 1.0 INTRODUCTION
Purpose
1.1 Purpose This Surveillance
4
Instruction (SI)provides detailed steps for ensuring proper calibrationofthe power range neutron flux channels.1.2 Scope 1.2.1 SurveillanceTesttobe Performed This Instruction
1.2
performs a comparison
Scope
between the power level calculatedbythe Nuclear Instrumentation
4
System (NIS)power range neutron flux channelsandthe"true" powerlevelas determinedbya secondary system heat balance based value.If necessary, the power range channels are adjusted to agree withthe"true" power level.This instruction
1.2.1
also verifies availability
Surveillance Test to be Performed
of Leading Edge Flow Meter (LEFM)calorimetric
4
power.1.2.2 Requirements
1.2.2
Fulfilled Performanceofthis Instruction
Requirements Fulfilled
completely
4
fulfills Technical Specification (TS)Surveillance
1.2.3
Requirement (SR)4.3.1.1.1.8.2 (Table 4.3-1,item2,note2)
Modes
and Technical Requirements
4
Manual (TR)4.3.3.15.1.1.2.3Modes
1.3
A.Applicable
.'
Mode-1 (above 15 percent power).8.Performance
2.0
Mode-1 (above 15 percent power).1.3 Frequency and Conditions
(
This test must be performed at leastonceevery24
2.1
hours when the reactor power level is greater than 15 percent.[C.3]To ensure NIS accuracy, this test should be performed when directed by 0-80-4 or 0-80-5.Inthe event that the Plant Computer is unavailable, provisions
2.2
have been incorporatedinthis proceduretofulfilltheSR
3.0
requirements.
4.0
[C.5]  
4.1
(SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
4.2
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
4.3
BYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage5of33 2.0 REFERENCES
4.4
2.1 Performance
5.0
References
Frequency and Conditions
0-PI-SXX-000-022.2, Calorimetric
4
Calculation.(Optional)
REFERENCES
2.2 Developmental
5
References
Performance References
A.SON Technical Specifications.
5
B.SPP-8.1, Conduct of Testing C.NP-STD-4.4.7, Attachment
Developmental References
1,Writer'sGuideforTechnical
5
Documents D.0-PI-NUC-092-082.0, Post Startup NIS Calibration
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
followingCoreLoad.E.Memo from Reactor Engineering-RIMSS57 941219 934 F.Integrated
5
Computer System Critical Design Requirements
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
and Operator's
7
Guide.3.0 PRECAUTIONS
Preliminary Actions
AND LIMITATIONS
7
A.Reactor powermustremain
Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
constant(+/-0.5%)duringthe
7
performance
Field Preparations
of Sections6.1and6.2.Itis
7
desirableforanyrequiredNIS
Approvals and Notifications
adjustmentbemade promptly during performance
7
of these sections.B.Average RCS temperature (Tavg)should be maintained
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
within0.5&deg;Fof RCS reference temperature (Tref).C.Caution should be exercised when adjustingNISpowerrange
7
instrumentation
 
to minimize the potentialfora channel trip.D.OnlyoneNIS
SQN
channelshallbe adjustedatatime.Ifaratetripoccurs,the
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
channel's trip signal and annunciatoronpanel XA-55-6A,"NC-41UorNC-41K
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
NIS POWERRANGEHIGH NEUTRONFLUXRATE"mustbe
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
cleared before proceedingtothenextNIS
Rev: 18
channel.  
1&2
(SQN POWERRANGENEUTRONFLUX
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 3 of 33
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 2 of 2
Section
Title
Page
6.0
PERFORMANCE
8
6.1
As-Found Data
8
6.2
NIS Channel Adjustment
14
7.0
POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY
18
APPENDICES
(
APPENDIX A:
APPENDIX B:
APPENDIX C:
APPENDIX D:
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
USING LEFM
19
SUBSTITUTION OF RCS 6.T AT LOW POWER LEVELS
(:s: 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)
22
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
USING U1118 (> 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)
23
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
WITH PLANT COMPUTER INOPERABLE (RCS 6.T
GREATER THAN 40%)
26
SOURCE NOTES
33
 
(
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 4 of 33
1.0
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Purpose
This Surveillance Instruction (SI) provides detailed steps for ensuring proper
calibration of the power range neutron flux channels.
1.2
Scope
1.2.1
Surveillance Test to be Performed
This Instruction performs a comparison between the power level calculated by the
Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) power range neutron flux channels and the
"true" power level as determined by a secondary system heat balance based value.
If necessary, the power range channels are adjusted to agree with the "true" power
level.
This instruction also verifies availability of Leading Edge Flow Meter (LEFM)
calorimetric power.
1.2.2
Requirements Fulfilled
Performance of this Instruction completely fulfills Technical Specification (TS)
Surveillance Requirement (SR) 4.3.1.1.1.8.2 (Table 4.3-1, item 2, note 2)
and Technical Requirements Manual (TR) 4.3.3.15.1.
1.2.3
Modes
A. Applicable Mode - 1 (above 15 percent power).
8.
Performance Mode - 1 (above 15 percent power).
1.3
Frequency and Conditions
This test must be performed at least once every 24 hours when the reactor power
level is greater than 15 percent. [C.3] To ensure NIS accuracy, this test should be
performed when directed by 0-80-4 or 0-80-5.
In the event that the Plant Computer is unavailable, provisions have been
incorporated in this procedure to fulfill the SR requirements. [C.5]
 
(
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 5 of 33
2.0
REFERENCES
2.1
Performance References
0-PI-SXX-000-022.2, Calorimetric Calculation. (Optional)
2.2
Developmental References
A. SON Technical Specifications.
B. SPP-8.1, Conduct of Testing
C. NP-STD-4.4.7, Attachment 1, Writer's Guide for Technical Documents
D. 0-PI-NUC-092-082.0, Post Startup NIS Calibration following Core Load.
E. Memo from Reactor Engineering - RIMS S57 941219 934
F. Integrated Computer System Critical Design Requirements and Operator's
Guide.
3.0
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
A. Reactor power must remain constant (+/- 0.5%) during the performance of
Sections 6.1 and 6.2. It is desirable for any required NIS adjustment be made
promptly during performance of these sections.
B. Average RCS temperature (Tavg) should be maintained within 0.5&deg;F of
RCS reference temperature (Tref).
C. Caution should be exercised when adjusting NIS power range instrumentation
to minimize the potential for a channel trip.
D. Only one NIS channel shall be adjusted at a time. If a rate trip occurs, the
channel's trip signal and annunciator on panel XA-55-6A, "NC-41 U or NC-41 K
NIS POWER RANGE HIGH NEUTRON FLUX RATE" must be cleared before
proceeding to the next NIS channel.
 
(
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 6 of 33
3.0
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (Continued)
E. Operations and Engineering should be notified if larger than normal channel
adjustments (as determined by the SRO) are required to bring the power range
channels into alignment with calculated core thermal power. [C.4] An
operability concern may exist if excessive error in the non-conservative
direction adversely impacts the NIS high flux trip setpoint. The 3% tolerance
for calibration error on the high flux trip setpoints was selected using the
extrapolated error from the 30% power level.
F. The reactor cores have been loaded with a low leakage loading pattern which
can affect NIS Reactor Power level indications such that differences greater
than the Acceptance Criteria can occur between NIS and true power level. The
impact of the NIS non-linearity due to low leakage loading pattern is in the
conservative direction, since NIS indicated power rises faster than true power
during a power increase. 0-GO-5 may direct performance of this procedure to
ensure excessive errors in the non-conservative direction do not exist. During
plant restarts, Reactor Engineering may perform 0-PI-NUC-092-082.0 at 4%
power to provide an initial NIS correction for startup.
G. Technical Specifications require a heat balance calculation for adjustment of
the NIS when the Plant is above 15% power within 24 hours. If the Leading
Edge Flow Meter (LEFM) is available, ICS point U2118 is required to be used
for the heat balance when greater than 15% power (TRM 3.3.3.15). If LEFM is
NOT available, then Loop ~T data should be used between 15 and 40% power
due to potential inaccuracies in the feedwater flow venturi heat balance below
40%. If LEFM is NOT available above 40%, then venturi-based calorimetric
power (U1118) should be used.
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2HEATBALANCE
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
COMPARISONPage6of33 3.0 PRECAUTIONS
Rev: 18
AND LIMITATIONS (Continued)
1&2
E.OperationsandEngineeringshouldbenotifiediflargerthannormalchannel
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
adjustments(asdeterminedbytheSRO)arerequiredtobringthepowerrange
Page 7 of 33
channels into alignmentwithcalculatedcorethermalpower.
I
[C.4]An operabilityconcernmayexistifexcessiveerrorinthe
Unit.
non-conservative
_
directionadverselyimpactstheNIShighfluxtripsetpoint.The3%tolerance
4.0
for calibrationerroronthehighfluxtripsetpointswasselectedusingthe
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
extrapolatederrorfromthe30%powerlevel.F.ThereactorcoreshavebeenloadedwithalowleakageloadingpatternwhichcanaffectNISReactorPowerlevelindicationssuchthat
NOTE
differences
During the performance of this Instruction, any "IFITHEN"
greaterthanthe AcceptanceCriteriacanoccurbetweenNISandtruepowerlevel.The
statement may be marked N/A when the corresponding stated
impactoftheNIS non-linearityduetolowleakageloadingpatternisinthe
condition does not occur,
conservativedirection,sinceNISindicatedpowerrisesfasterthantruepowerduringapowerincrease.0-GO-5maydirect
4.1
performanceofthisproceduretoensureexcessiveerrorsinthe
Preliminary Actions
non-conservativedirectiondonotexist.Duringplantrestarts,ReactorEngineeringmayperform
[1]
0-PI-NUC-092-082.0at4%powertoprovideaninitialNIScorrectionforstartup.
ENSURE Instruction to be used is a copy of effective version
G.Technical Specificationsrequirea heatbalancecalculationfor
Ifr
adjustment
and Data Package Cover Sheet is attached.
oftheNISwhenthePlantisabove15%powerwithin24hours.IftheLeadingEdgeFlowMeter(LEFM)isavailable,ICSpointU2118isrequiredtobeusedfortheheatbalancewhengreaterthan15%power(TRM3.3.3.15).IfLEFMisNOTavailable,thenLoopTdatashouldbeusedbetween15and40%powerduetopotential
4.2
inaccuraciesinthefeedwaterflowventuri
Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
heatbalancebelow40%.IfLEFMisNOTavailableabove40%,then
None,
venturi-based
4.3
calorimetricpower(U1118)shouldbeused.
Field Preparations
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
(
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage7of33 I Unit._4.0 PREREQUISITE
[1]
ACTIONS NOTEDuringthe performanceofthis Instruction, any"IFITHEN" statementmaybemarked
ENSURE reactor power and RCS average temperature are
N/Awhenthe corresponding
Jk
stated conditiondoesnot occur, 4.1 Preliminary
stable.
Actions[1]ENSURE Instructiontobeusedisacopyof
4.4
effective version IfrandData Package Cover Sheet is attached.4.2 Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies None, 4.3 Field Preparations
Approvals and Notifications
([1]ENSURE reactor powerandRCS average temperature
[1]
are Jk stable.4.4 Approvals and Notifications
NOTIFY SRO of test performance.
[1]NOTIFYSROof test performance.
S.O
S.O ACCEPTANCE
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
CRITERIA A.The indicated"as-found" powerlevelfromeach
A. The indicated "as-found" power level from each operable NIS neutron flux
operable NIS neutron flux channel mustequalthecore
channel must equal the core thermal power level to within +/- 2.0%.
thermal powerleveltowithin+/-2.0%.B.The indicated"as-left" powerlevelfromeach
B. The indicated "as-left" power level from each operable NIS neutron flux
operable NIS neutron flux channelthatwas adjustedmustequalthecorethermal
channel that was adjusted must equal the core thermal power level to within
powerleveltowithin
+/-0.5%.
+/-0.5%.C.Ifthe criteriastatedaboveareNOT
C. If the criteria stated above are NOT satisfied, the SRO shall be notified and
satisfied,theSROshallbe
Action Requirement 2 of TS Table 3.3-1 satisfied.
notified and Action Requirement2ofTSTable3.3-1
D. LEFM shall be used for the plant calorimetric measurement for power range
satisfied.D.LEFMshallbeusedfortheplant
NIS calibration by heat balance comparison. If this criteria is NOT satisfied,
calorimetric
the SRO shall be notified and the applicable action of TRM 3.3.3.15 shall be
measurement
entered.
for power range NIS calibration
 
by heat balance comparison.Ifthis criteriaisNOT satisfied,theSROshallbe
SQN
notifiedandthe applicableactionofTRM
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
3.3.3.15shallbe entered.  
SQN POWERRANGENEUTRONFLUX
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2HEATBALANCE
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
COMPARISONPage8of33 Unit_6.0 PERFORMANCE
Rev: 18
6.1 As-Found Data Date_NOTE 1 NOTE 2 The following step determinesifLEFMis available to satisfy TRM 3.3.3.15.IfLEFMis NOT available, operators should notify US, document status and continue with next step.Main feedwater temperature
1&2
must be greaterthanor equal to 250&deg;F for reliableLEFMdata.([1]VERIFY availabilityofLEFM calorimetric
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
power:[a]CHECK LEFM status NORMALonICS (NSSSandBOP)Current Calorimetric
Page 8 of 33
Data screen.YES NO o 0[b]CHECKLEFMCore Thermal Power (ICS point U2118)showing good (green)data.YES NO o 0[c]CHECK LEFM MFW header temperature (ICS point T8502MA)greaterthanor equal to 250&deg;F.YES NO o 0 (ACCEPTANCE
Unit
CRITERIA:LEFMis available baseduponthe indications
_
above.  
6.0
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUXO-S1-0 PS-092-078.0 CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage9of33 Unit._6.1 As-Found Data Date_(NOTEWithLEFM unavailable, AFD limitlinesin COLR must be made more restrictiveby1%andRod
PERFORMANCE
Insertion Limit lines in COLR mustberaisedby3 steps.These adjustments
6.1
are automatically
As-Found Data
appliedinICS.[2]IF LEFM calorimetric
Date
power NOT availableORICS computer NOT available, THEN PERFORM the following:
_
[a]ENTER applicable
NOTE 1
actionofTRM 3.3.3.15.[b]ENSURE work order initiated as required.[c]IF LEFM calorimetric
NOTE 2
power CANNOT be restored in time to complete this surveillance, THEN PERFORM the following:
The following step determines if LEFM is available to satisfy TRM
1.REDUCE reactor power to 98.7%(3411MWt)orless
3.3.3.15. If LEFM is NOT available, operators should notify US,
USING U1118 (if available)orNIS.2.WHEN reactor powerislessthan
document status and continue with next step.
98.7%, THEN CONTINUE this instruction
Main feedwater temperature must be greater than or equal to 250&deg;F
using alternate power indications
for reliable LEFM data.
as specified below.  
(
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
[1]
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
VERIFY availability of LEFM calorimetric power:
BYRev:18 1&2HEATBALANCE
[a]
COMPARISONPage10of33
CHECK LEFM status NORMAL on ICS (NSSS and BOP)
Unit------6.1 As-Found Data Date-----(NOTE If Engineering
Current Calorimetric Data screen.
has performed 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2,thenthe applicable
YES
section(s)
NO
of 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2maybeusedinplaceof
o
Appendix CorDto obtain the current calorimetric
0
power.[3]DETERMINE reactor core powerlevelby performing
[b]
the applicable
CHECK LEFM Core Thermal Power (ICS point
appendix below: CONDITION APPENDIX./RCS liT greaterthan15%and
U2118) showing good (green) data.
A 0LEFMcore thermal power (U2118)available (step[1]acceptance
YES
criteria met)RCS liT between15%and40%and
NO
B 0LEFMcore thermal power (U2118)NOT available RCS li Tgreaterthan40%C 0LEFMcore thermal power (U2118)NOT availablebutICS pointU1118is available RCS liT greaterthan40%and
o
D 0ICScore thermal power indication (U1118 and U2118)NOT availableANDRECORD below (N/A powerifusing printoutfromICS):%RatedCore
0
Thermal Power=%-----  
[c]
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHECK LEFM MFW header temperature (ICS point
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage11of33
T8502MA) greater than or equal to 250&deg;F.
Unit,_6.1 As-Found Data (Continued)
YES
Date_(NOTEDataforan inoperable
NO
NIS channelmaybemarkedN/A.
o
[4]RECORD"as-found" powerlevelfromeachofthefourNIS powerrangeAchannel
0
drawers: POWER RANGE"AS-FOUND" CHANNEL NIS POWER (%)N-41 (XI-92-5005B)
(
N-42 (XI-92-5006B)
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
N-43 (XI-92-5007B)
LEFM is available based upon the indications above.
N-44 (XI-92-5008B)
 
NOTE The followingstepis performed to satisfyTechSpecs.
SQN
[5]COMPARE NIS indicationwithcore thermal power level.[a]CHECK appropriateboxto indicate whether the following"as-found" acceptance
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
criteria were satisfied:
O-S1-0PS-092-078.0
ACCEPTANCE
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
CRITERIA: The indicated NIS powerlevelrecordedinstep
Rev: 18
[4]isequaltothecore
1&2
thermal powerlevelrecordedinstep
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
[3]oraslistedonthe
Page 9 of 33
printedcopytowithin
Unit.
+/-2.0 percent.(, YES NO N/A NIS Channel N-41 0 0 0 NIS Channel N-42 0 0 0 NIS Channel N-43 0 0 0 NIS Channel N-44 0 0 0ROorSRO
_
SQN POWERRANGENEUTRONFLUX
6.1
As-Found Data
Date
_
(
NOTE
With LEFM unavailable, AFD limit lines in COLR must be made more
restrictive by 1% and Rod Insertion Limit lines in COLR must be raised
by 3 steps. These adjustments are automatically applied in ICS.
[2]
IF LEFM calorimetric power NOT available
OR ICS computer NOT available,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
[a]
ENTER applicable action of TRM 3.3.3.15.
[b]
ENSURE work order initiated as required.
[c]
IF LEFM calorimetric power CANNOT be restored
in time to complete this surveillance,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
1.
REDUCE reactor power to
98.7% (3411 MWt) or less
USING U1118 (if available) or NIS.
2.
WHEN reactor power is less than 98.7%,
THEN
CONTINUE this instruction using
alternate power indications as
specified below.
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 10 of 33
Unit------
6.1
As-Found Data
Date-----
(
NOTE
If Engineering has performed 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2, then the applicable
section(s) of 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 may be used in place of Appendix C
or D to obtain the current calorimetric power.
[3]
DETERMINE reactor core power level by performing the
applicable appendix below:
CONDITION
APPENDIX
./
RCS liT greater than 15% and
A
0
LEFM core thermal power (U2118) available
(step [1] acceptance criteria met)
RCS liT between 15% and 40% and
B
0
LEFM core thermal power (U2118) NOT available
RCS liTgreater than 40%
C
0
LEFM core thermal power (U2118) NOT available
but ICS point U1118 is available
RCS liT greater than 40% and
D
0
ICS core thermal power indication (U1118 and
U2118) NOT available
AND RECORD below (N/A power if using printout from ICS):
% Rated Core Thermal Power =
%
-----
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 11 of 33
Unit,
_
6.1
As-Found Data (Continued)
Date
_
(
NOTE
Data for an inoperable NIS channel may be marked N/A.
[4]
RECORD "as-found" power level from each of the
four NIS power range A channel drawers:
POWER RANGE
"AS-FOUND"
CHANNEL
NIS POWER (%)
N-41
(XI-92-5005B)
N-42
(XI-92-5006B)
N-43
(XI-92-5007B)
N-44
(XI-92-5008B)
NOTE
The following step is performed to satisfy Tech Specs.
[5]
COMPARE NIS indication with core thermal power level.
[a]
CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the
following "as-found" acceptance criteria were
satisfied:
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [4] is
equal to the core thermal power level recorded in step [3] or
as listed on the printed copy to within +/- 2.0 percent.
(,
YES
NO
N/A
NIS Channel N-41
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-42
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-43
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-44
0
0
0
RO or SRO
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 12 of 33
Unit,
_
Date
_
6.1
As-Found Data (Continued)
[b]
IF any NIS channels were inoperable during the
performance of this Instruction, THEN
NOTIFY applicable unit SRO that this SI must be
performed on all inoperable NIS channels when
they are returned to service.
[6]
VERIFY that all NIS channel indications are within
+/-3 percent of the determined core thermal
power level.
YES
o
NO
o
(
[7]
IF a NIS channel was more than 3 percent in error in the
non-conservative direction (core thermal power> NIS),
THEN
NOTIFY Engineering to determine if the calibration error
impacts operability of the NIS high flux trip.
[8]
CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the following
"as-found" acceptance criteria were satisfied:
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [4] is less
than or equal to 100.5 percent.
YES
NO
N/A
NIS Channel N-41
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-42
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-43
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-44
0
0
0
RO or SRO
 
(
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 13 of 33
Unit
_
6.1
As-Found Data (Continued)
Date__----,-__
(
(
NOTE
Consistency between the four NIS PR channels is to be considered
when determining if an adjustment is desired.
[9]
IF any channel does not meet acceptance criteria, OR
NIS Channel Adjustment is desired, THEN
PERFORM adjustment using section 6.2
AND/OR
REDUCE reactor power not to exceed 100 percent.
END OF TEXT
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2HEATBALANCE
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
COMPARISONPage12of33
Rev: 18
Unit,_Date_6.1 As-Found Data (Continued)[b]IFanyNIS channels were inoperable
1&2
during the performanceofthis Instruction, THEN NOTIFY applicable
HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON
unit SRO thatthisSI must be performedonall inoperable
Page 14 of 33
NIS channels whentheyare returned to service.[6]VERIFY thatallNIS channel indications
Unit._-----
are within+/-3 percentofthe determined
6.2
core thermal power level.YES o NO o ([7]IFaNIS channelwasmorethan3
NIS Channel Adjustment
percent in errorinthe non-conservative
Date-----
direction (core thermal power>NIS), THEN NOTIFY Engineering
(
to determineifthe calibration
NOTE 1
error impacts operabilityoftheNIS highfluxtrip.[8]CHECK appropriateboxto indicate whether the following"as-found" acceptance
Performance of this section is required only for those PRchannels
criteria were satisfied:
designated by the Reactor Operator or that did not satisfy the
ACCEPTANCE
acceptance criteria in Section 6.1. All other NIS channels may be
CRITERIA: The indicated NIS power level recorded in step[4]islessthanorequalto
marked N/A.
100.5 percent.YES NO N/A NIS Channel N-41 0 0 0 NIS Channel N-42 0 0 0 NIS Channel N-43 0 0 0 NIS Channel N-44 0 0 0ROorSRO
NOTE 2
(SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
During the performance of Section 6.2, data required for an inoperable
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage13of33
NIS channel may be marked N/A.
Unit_6.1 As-Found Data (Continued)
[1]
Date__----,-__((NOTE Consistency
IF calculated average power in Section 6.1 or on printed copy
between the four NIS PR channelsistobe considered
differs by more than 3% from average ReS delta T,
when determiningifan adjustment
THEN
is desired.[9]IF any channeldoesnot meet acceptance
NOTIFY Engineering to determine the cause.
criteria, OR NIS Channel Adjustment
[2]
is desired, THEN PERFORM adjustmentusingsection6.2
VERIFY reactor power has remained constant
AND/OR REDUCE reactor powernotto exceed 100 percent.ENDOFTEXT
(+/- 0.5 %) since performance of Section 6.1.
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
NOTE
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
The inoperable channel may be bypassed for up to 4 hours for
BYRev:18 1&2Page14of33
surveillance testing of other channels.
Unit._-----6.2NIS Channel Adjustment
[3]
Date-----(NOTE 1 Performanceofthis section is requiredonlyfor those PRchannels
IF NIS power range channel is inoperable,
designatedbythe Reactor Operator or that did not satisfy the acceptance
THEN
criteria in Section6.1.All other NIS channelsmaybe marked N/A.NOTE 2Duringthe performance
REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to Bypass inoperable
of Section 6.2, data requiredforan inoperable
NIS channel in accordance with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.
NIS channelmaybe marked N/A.[1]IF calculated
[4]
average power in Section6.1oron printed copy differsbymorethan3%from
ENSURE all NIS power range channels are operable or
average ReS delta T, THEN NOTIFY Engineering
bypassed with no bistables tripped.
to determinethecause.[2]VERIFY reactor power has remained constant(+/-0.5%)since
(
performance
[5]
of Section 6.1.NOTE The inoperable
ENSURE rod control system is in MANUAL in accordance
channelmaybe bypassedforupto4 hours for surveillance
testing of other channels.[3]IF NIS power range channel is inoperable, THEN REQUEST Instrument
Maintenance
to Bypass inoperable
NIS channel in accordance
with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.
[4]ENSUREallNIS power range channels are operable or bypassedwithno bistables tripped.([5]ENSURE rod control systemisin MANUAL in accordance
with 0-SO-85-1.
with 0-SO-85-1.
o  
o
(SQN POWERRANGENEUTRONFLUX
 
(
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
BYRev:18 1&2HEATBALANCE
Rev: 18
COMPARISONPage15of33
1&2
Unit------6.2NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Date-----NOTE1 Steps[6]through[9]must be completedononeNIS channel before proceedingtothenext channel.NOTE 2 NIS channelsinthe followingstepmaybe performedoutof sequence.[6]IFaratetrip exists (or occurs)ontheNIS channel being calibrated, THEN CLEAR that channels trip signal (momentarilysetRATE MODE switch to RESET position)and annunciator
Page 15 of 33
on panel XA-55-6A,"NC-41Uor NC-41KNIS POWER RANGE HIGH NEUTRON FLUX RATE," before proceedingtothe next NIS channel.(NIS Channel N-41 NIS Channel N-42 NIS Channel N-43 NIS Channel N-44 Trip Cleared o o o o N/A o o
Unit------
o o First Person_CV_NOTEThegain potentiometers
6.2
have latches which must be disengaged
NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)
prior to adjustment, and re-engaged
Date-----
following adjustment.
NOTE 1
[7]ADJUST gain potentiometer
Steps [6] through [9] must be completed on one NIS channel before
on associated
proceeding to the next channel.
channel's powerrangeB drawertobring that channel's indicated powerlevelto within+/-0.5%ofthe
NOTE 2
calorimetric
NIS channels in the following step may be performed out of sequence.
power recorded in Section6.1oraslistedonthe
[6]
printed copy.AND ENSURE gain potentiometer
IF a rate trip exists (or occurs) on the NIS channel being
latch re-engaged.
calibrated, THEN
[C.2]Adjustment
CLEAR that channels trip signal (momentarily set RATE
Required N/A NIS Channel N-4100 NIS Channel N-4200 NIS Channel N-4300 NIS Channel N-4400FirstPerson
MODE switch to RESET position) and annunciator on
_CV_
panel XA-55-6A, "NC-41Uor NC-41 K NIS POWER
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
RANGE HIGH NEUTRON FLUX RATE," before proceeding
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage16of33
to the next NIS channel.
Unit------Date--6.2NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)[8]IFfinegain potentiometer
(
on powerrangeB drawerwillnot provide enough adjustment
NIS Channel N-41
to satisfy the calibration
NIS Channel N-42
requirementsofstep[7],THEN REQUEST Instrument
NIS Channel N-43
Maintenance
NIS Channel N-44
to adjustthecoarsegain (resistor R312, Coarse Level Adjust)inside the applicable
Trip
power range drawer, AND N/A o o o o NIS Channel N-41 NIS Channel N-42 NIS Channel N-43 NIS Channel N-44 READJUSTfinegain potentiometer
Cleared
to achieve calibration
oooo
requirements
N/A
specifiedinstep[7].Adjustment
oooo
Required o o o o (First Person_CV_[9]IF additional
First Person
NIS channel(s)
_
require calibration, THEN RETURN TO step[6].[10]WHEN NIS adjustmentshavebeen completed, THEN RECORD"as-left" powerlevelfromNIS
CV
power range channels.POWER RANGE" AS-LEFT" CHANNEL NIS POWER (%)N-41 (XI-92-5005B)
_
NOTE
The gain potentiometers have latches which must be disengaged prior
to adjustment, and re-engaged following adjustment.
[7]
ADJUST gain potentiometer on associated channel's power
range B drawer to bring that channel's indicated power
level to within +/- 0.5% of the calorimetric power recorded in
Section 6.1 or as listed on the printed copy. AND
ENSURE gain potentiometer latch re-engaged. [C.2]
Adjustment
Required
N/A
NIS Channel N-41
0
0
NIS Channel N-42
0
0
NIS Channel N-43
0
0
NIS Channel N-44
0
0
First Person
_
CV
_
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 16 of 33
Unit------
Date
--
6.2
NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)
[8]
IF fine gain potentiometer on power range B drawer will not provide
enough adjustment to satisfy the calibration requirements of step
[7], THEN
REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to adjust the coarse gain
(resistor R312, Coarse Level Adjust) inside the applicable
power range drawer, AND
N/A
ooo
o
NIS Channel N-41
NIS Channel N-42
NIS Channel N-43
NIS Channel N-44
READJUST fine gain potentiometer to achieve calibration
requirements specified in step [7].
Adjustment
Required
oooo
(
First Person
_
CV
_
[9]
IF additional NIS channel(s) require calibration, THEN
RETURN TO step [6].
[10]
WHEN NIS adjustments have been completed, THEN
RECORD "as-left" power level from NIS power range channels.
POWER RANGE
" AS-LEFT"
CHANNEL
NIS POWER (%)
N-41 (XI-92-5005B)
N-42 (XI-92-5006B)
N-42 (XI-92-5006B)
N-43 (XI-92-5007B)
N-43 (XI-92-5007B)
N-44 (XI-92-5008B)
N-44 (XI-92-5008B)
First Person_IV_
First Person
(SQNPOWERRANGENEUTRONFLUX
_
IV
_
 
(
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
BYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage17of33
Rev: 18
Unit.__6.2NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)[11]IFNISpowerrangechannelisinoperable,THEN
1 & 2
REQUESTInstrumentMaintenancetoremoveBypassoninoperable
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
NISchannelinaccordance
Page 17 of 33
Unit.
~__
6.2
NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)
[11]
IF NIS power range channel is inoperable, THEN
REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to remove
Bypass on inoperable NISchannel in accordance
with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.
with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.
[12]CHECKappropriateboxtoindicate
[12]
whetherthefollowing"as-left"acceptancecriteriaweresatisfied.
CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the following
Date-----ACCEPTANCE
"as-left" acceptance criteria were satisfied.
CRITERIA:TheindicatedNISpowerlevelrecordedinstep[10]is
Date-----
within+/-0.5percentthe
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
calorimetricpowerlevelrecordedinSection6.1oraslistedontheprintedcopy.YESNO N/ANISChannelN-41
The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [10] is
000 (NISChannelN-4200 0\NISChannelN-43
within +/- 0.5 percent the calorimetric power level recorded in
000NISChannelN-44000 RO or SRO[13]IF acceptancecriteriawereNOTsatisfiedforanyNISchannel, THEN NOTIFY Shift Manager that acceptancecriteriawereNOTmetandanother
Section 6.1 or as listed on the printed copy.
performanceofthistestisnecessary, subsequentlyaction2ofLCO3.3.1.1(Unit1)orLCO3.3.1(Unit2)mustbesatisfiediftheotherperformancedoesnotmeetacceptancecriteria.NOTENISchannel
YES
adjustmentmaycausestepchangeininputtorodcontrol.Adelayofatleast3minutespriortoreturningrodcontrolto
NO
automaticwillallowlead/lagsignaltodecayoff.[14]RETURNRodControlSystemtoAUTOin
N/A
accordancewith0-SO-85-1.ENDOFTEXT D  
NIS Channel N-41
((SQN POWERRANGENEUTRONFLUX
0
0
0
(
NIS Channel N-42
0
0
0
\\
NIS Channel N-43
0
0
0
NIS Channel N-44
0
0
0
RO or SRO
[13]
IF acceptance criteria were NOT satisfied for any NIS channel,
THEN
NOTIFY Shift Manager that acceptance criteria were NOT met
and another performance of this test is necessary,
subsequently action 2 of LCO 3.3.1.1 (Unit 1) or LCO 3.3.1
(Unit 2) must be satisfied if the other performance does not
meet acceptance criteria.
NOTE
NIS channel adjustment may cause step change in input to rod control. A delay of at
least 3 minutes prior to returning rod control to automatic will allow lead/lag signal to
decay off.
[14]
RETURN Rod Control System to AUTO in
accordance with 0-SO-85-1.
END OF TEXT
D
 
(
(
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 18 of 33
7.0
POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY
[1]
NOTIFY SRO that test has been completed.
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 19 of 33
Unit
_
Date
_
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
APPENDIX A
Page 1 of 3
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER USING LEFM
ICS allows two options for blowdown flows:
Option #1 (Preferred) -use point [F2261A] which requires no
operator entered data (computer automatically updates the
blowdown flows).
Option #2 - use manually entered S/G blowdown flow rates.
Computer point [F2261A] is more accurate than flow indicators
located in the fan rooms. If the computer point is inoperable and
blowdown flows from the FIS's are used, then indicated core thermal
power may be a slightly different value.
(
(1)
ENSURE S/G blowdown flows are updated by performing the
following functions on ICS:
[a)
[b)
SELECT "NSSS AND SOP".
SELECT "CALORIMETRIC FUNCTION MENU".
D
D
[c)
SELECT "UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED
SLOWDOWN FLOW" on menu AND
PERFORM one of the following options
(N/A option not used):
1.
IF using computer point [F2261A) S/G Total Slowdown
Flow, THEN
(a)
VERIFY point value is updating
(changing values).
(b)
IF computer point is NOT updating,
THEN
NOTIFY MIG that point is not
updating and initiate WOo
D
D
D
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 20 of 33
(
(
Unit
_
Date
_
NOTE
APPENDIX A
Page 2 of 3
Local readings of steam generator blowdown flow are obtained
from Panel L-357.
2.
IF manually updating blowdown flows, THEN
[a]
RECORD local readings for
S/G blowdown flow:
RCS
BLOWDOWN FLOW
LOOP
(GPM)
1
FI-1-152
2
FI-1-156
3
FI-1-160
4
FI-1-164
[b]
ENSURE blowdown flows above
entered in ICS.
[c]
IF blowdown flows were updated, THEN
WAIT a minimum of 10 minutes
to allow program to accurately
reflect new value.
D
 
(
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 21 of 33
Unit
APPENDIX A
Date
Page 3 of 3
NOTE
ICS printout may be used to document power level and NIS values.
Since core thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviation may exist
between the recorded core thermal power value (if used) and the
printed sheet value (if used). SI acceptance is satisfied in the body
of the instruction.
[2]
SELECT "DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC DATA"
on ICS Calorimetric menu AND
(
\\
PERFORM one of the following:
[a]
RECORD the following:
LEFM Core Thermal Power (U2118)
Percent Rated Core Thermal Power (U1127)
OR
____~_Mwt
%
------
D
(
\\
[b]
PRINT power level and NIS values AND
ATTACH report to this instruction.
D
 
I\\
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 22 of 33
Unit
_
Date
_
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
APPENDIX B
Page 1 of 1
SUBSTITUTION OF RCS flT AT LOW POWER LEVELS
(:s: 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)
RCS delta T loops (flTO) are aligned to results of a secondary-side
heat balance. Consequently, using flTs to adjust NIS at low power
levels still satisfies the requirement to use heat balance. Loop flT is
used to avoid potentially non-conservative errors in NIS power range
indication if adjustments were made based upon an inaccurate
secondary heat balance at a low feedwater flowrate. At low power
levels the traditional secondary-side heat balance (U 1118) is not as
accurate as Reactor Coolant Loop flTs.
This appendix should NOT be used if LEFM is operable.
(
[1]
CALCULATE the average RCS delta T using control
board indications or computer point for average
RCS flT.
Loop A (TI-68-2D)
%
PLANT
COMPUTER
Loop B (TI-68-25D)
%
OR
U0485
%
Loop C (TI-68-44D)
%
Loop D (TI-'68-67D)
%
(
Total
% -7- (4) =Avg
[2]
RECORD average RCS delta T as the core thermal
power level
%.
%
---~
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 23 of 33
Unit
_
Date
_
APPENDIXC
Page 1 of 3
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL USING U1118
(> 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)
(
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
This appendix is used when RCS ~T is greater than 40%
and LEFM (U2118) NOT available, but ICS and U1118 are available.
ICS allows two options for blowdown flows:
Option #1 (Preferred) - use point [F2261A] which requires no
operator entered data (computer automatically updates the
blowdown flows).
Option #2 - use manually entered S/G blowdown flow rates.
Computer point [F2261A] is more accurate than flow indicators
located in the fan rooms. If the computer point is inoperable and
blowdown flows from the FIS's are used in the calculation of U1118, then
expect U1118 to indicate a different value and adjustment of NIS may be
required.
[1]
ENSURE S/G blowdown flows are updated by performing the
following on ICS:
[a]
[b]
SELECT "NSSS AND BOP".
SELECT "CALORIMETRIC FUNCTION MENU"
o
o
(
[c]
SELECT "UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED
BLOWDOWN FLOW' on menu AND
PERFORM one of the following options
(N/A option not used):
1.
IF using computer point [F2261A] S/G Total
Blowdown Flow, THEN
[a]
VERIFY point value is updating
(changing values).
[b]
IF computer point is NOT updating, THEN
NOTIFY MIG that point is not
updating and initiate WOo
o
o
o
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON
Page 24 of 33
{
(
Unit
_
Date---
NOTE
APPENDIX C
Page 2 of 3
Local readings of steam generator blowdown flow are obtained
from Panel L-357.
2.
IF manually updating blowdown flows, THEN
[a]
RECORD local readings for
S/G blowdown flow:
RCS
BLOWDOWN FLOW
LOOP
(GPM)
1
FI-1-152
2
FI-1-156
3
FI-1-160
4
FI-1-164
[b]
ENSURE blowdown flows above
entered in ICS.
[c]
IF blowdown flows were updated, THEN
WAIT a minimum of 10 minutes
to allow program to accurately
reflect new value.
o
 
(
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
BYRev:18 1&2HEATBALANCECOMPARISONPage18of337.0POST PERFORMANCE
Rev: 18
ACTIVITY[1]NOTIFYSROthat testhasbeencompleted.
1&2
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
Page 25 of 33
BYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage19of33
Unit
Unit_Date_NOTE 1 NOTE 2 APPENDIX APage1of3 CALCULATION
_
OF CORE THERMAL POWER USING LEFMICSallowstwo
Date---
options for blowdown flows: Option#1 (Preferred)-usepoint[F2261A]which requires no operatorentereddata (computer automatically
NOTE
updates the blowdown flows).Option#2-use
APPENDIX C
manually enteredS/Gblowdownflowrates.
Page 3 of 3
Computer point[F2261A]ismoreaccuratethanflow
ICS printout may be used to document power level and NIS values.
indicatorslocatedinthefanrooms.Ifthe
Since core thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviation may exist
computer point is inoperable
between the recorded core thermal power value (if used) and the
and blowdownflowsfromtheFIS'sareused,thenindicatedcorethermal
printed sheet value (if used). SI acceptance is satisfied in the body
powermaybea slightly different value.((1)ENSURE S/G blowdownflowsareupdatedbyperformingthe
of the instruction.
following functionsonICS:[a)[b)SELECT"NSSSANDSOP".
[2]
SELECT"CALORIMETRICFUNCTIONMENU".
SELECT "DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC DATA"
D D[c)SELECT"UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED SLOWDOWNFLOW"onmenu
on ICS Calorimetric menu AND
AND PERFORMoneofthe following options(N/Aoptionnotused):1.IF using computer point[F2261A)S/GTotal Slowdown Flow, THEN (a)VERIFYpointvalueis
0
updating (changing values).(b)IF computerpointis NOT updating, THEN NOTIFYMIGthatpointisnot
PERFORM one of the following:
updatingandinitiate
[a]
WOo D D D  
RECORD the following:
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
Venturi Core Thermal Power (U1118)
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
Mwt
BYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage20of33
(
((Unit_Date_NOTE APPENDIX APage2of3Localreadingsofsteam
Percent Rated Core Thermal Power (U1127)
generator blowdownfloware obtainedfromPanelL-357.2.IF manually updating blowdown flows, THEN[a]RECORDlocalreadingsfor
%
S/G blowdown flow: RCS BLOWDOWN FLOW LOOP (GPM)1 FI-1-152 2 FI-1-156 3 FI-1-160 4 FI-1-164[b]ENSURE blowdownflowsaboveenteredinICS.
OR
[c]IF blowdownflowswereupdated, THEN WAIT a minimumof10minutestoallow program to accuratelyreflectnewvalue.
[b]
D  
PRINT power level and NIS values AND
(SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
ATTACH report to this instruction.
CHANNEL CALI BRA TION BYRev:18 1&2HEATBALANCE
0
COMPARISON
[3]
Page21of33 Unit APPENDIX A DatePage3of3 NOTE ICS printoutmaybeusedto
IF any value is a blue "NCAl" quality, THEN
document powerlevelandNIS
PERFORM the following:
values.Since core thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviation may exist between the recorded core thermal power value (if used)andthe printed sheet value (if used).SI acceptance
[a]
is satisfiedinthe body of the instruction.
IF cause of bad data is unknown, THEN
[2]SELECT"DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC
REQUEST assistance from MIG or ICS
DATA"onICS Calorimetric
computer engineer.
menu AND (\PERFORM one of the following:
0
[a]RECORD the following:
[b]
LEFM Core Thermal Power (U2118)Percent Rated Core Thermal Power(U1127)OR____
INITIATE WO if required.
%------D (\[b]PRINT power levelandNIS values AND ATTACH reporttothis instruction.
0
D  
[c]
I\SQN POWERRANGENEUTRONFLUX
GO TO Appendix D.
0
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 26 of 33
Unit
_
Date---
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
APPENDIX D
Page 1 of 7
CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL
WITH INOPERABLE PLANT COMPUTER
(RCS ~T Greater Than 40%)
This appendix provides guidance determining calorimetric power when
ICS core thermal power indication (U1118 and U2118) is unavailable
with power above 40% and the computer cannot be restored in time to
complete SR 4.3.1.1.1.
0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 requires several hours from initiation until
completion of power calculation.
(
(
[1]
IF 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 will be used for calorimetric data,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
[a]
NOTIFY Systems Engineering to perform
manual calorimetric calculation
using 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2.
[b]
MARK remaining steps "N/A" in this appendix.
D
D
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
BYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage22of33
Rev: 18
Unit_Date_NOTE 1 NOTE 2 APPENDIX B Page1of1 SUBSTITUTIONOFRCS flTATLOWPOWER
1&2
LEVELS (:s: 40%WITHLEFMNOT
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
AVAILABLE)
Page 27 of 33
RCS delta T loops (fl TO)are aligned to results of a secondary-side
Unit---
heat balance.Consequently, using flTsto adjustNISat low power levels still satisfies the requirementtouse heat balance.Loop flTisusedto avoid potentially
Date
non-conservative
_
errorsinNIS power range indication
NOTE 1
if adjustments
NOTE 2
were made based upon an inaccurate
APPENDIX D
secondary heat balanceatalow feedwater flowrate.Atlow power levels the traditional
Page 2 of 7
secondary-side
The remaining steps determine core thermal power by manually
heat balance (U 1118)isnotas accurate as Reactor Coolant Loop fl Ts.This appendix shouldNOTbeusedifLEFMis
entering calorimetric data on opposite unit's ICS computer. This
operable.([1]CALCULATE the average RCS delta T using control board indications
method requires adding 3.5% to the calculated power level for
or computer point for average RCS flT.Loop A (TI-68-2D)
additional conservatism due to greater errors associated with indicator
%PLANT COMPUTER Loop B (TI-68-25D)
error and readability. Therefore, power level should be reduced to
%OR U0485%Loop C (TI-68-44D)
less than or equal to 96.5% before performance.
%Loop D (TI-'68-67D)
Calorimetric calculation on opposite unit's ICS assumes that blowdown
%(Total%-7-(4)=Avg[2]RECORD average RCS deltaTasthe core thermal power level%.%
flow is identical on each unit. This error is accounted for in the 3.5%
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
correction factor.
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
[2]
BYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage23of33Unit_Date_APPENDIXCPage1of3 CALCULATIONOFCORE THERMAL POWERLEVELUSINGU1118
IF opposite unit's ICS will be used to perform a calorimetric
(>40%WITHLEFMNOT
calibration,
AVAILABLE)
THEN
(NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 This appendixisusedwhenRCSTis greaterthan40%and LEFM(U2118)NOT
(
available,butICSandU1118areavailable.ICSallowstwooptionsfor
PERFORM the following:
blowdown flows: Option#1 (Preferred)-usepoint[F2261A]whichrequiresno
[a]
operatorentereddata (computer automatically
ENSURE reactor power less than or equal to 96.5%.
updates the blowdown flows).Option#2-use manually entered S/G blowdownflowrates.
[b]
Computer point[F2261A]ismore accuratethanflow indicators
ENSURE reactor power and RCS temperature stable.
locatedinthefanrooms.Ifthe
D
computerpointis inoperable
D
and blowdownflowsfromtheFIS'sareusedinthe
 
calculationofU1118,then
(
expectU1118toindicatea
SQN
differentvalueand adjustmentofNISmaybe
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
required.[1]ENSURE S/G blowdownflowsare updatedbyperformingthe
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
followingonICS:[a][b]SELECT"NSSSANDBOP".
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
SELECT"CALORIMETRIC
Rev: 18
FUNCTION MENU" o o ([c]SELECT"UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED BLOWDOWN FLOW'onmenu AND PERFORMoneofthe following options(N/Aoptionnotused):1.IF using computer point[F2261A]S/GTotalBlowdownFlow, THEN[a]VERIFYpointvalueisupdating (changing values).[b]IF computerpointis NOT updating, THEN NOTIFY MIG thatpointisnot
1&2
updating and initiate WOo o o o  
HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
Page 28 of 33
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
Unit
BYRev:18 1&2Page24of33
APPENDIX D
{(Unit_Date---NOTE APPENDIX CPage2of3Localreadingsofsteam
Date
generatorblowdownfloware
Page 3 of 7
obtainedfromPanelL-357.2.IFmanuallyupdatingblowdownflows, THEN[a]RECORDlocalreadingsforS/Gblowdownflow:
NOTE 1
RCS BLOWDOWN FLOW LOOP (GPM)1 FI-1-152 2 FI-1-156 3 FI-1-160 4 FI-1-164[b]ENSUREblowdownflowsaboveenteredinICS.
If ICS is unavailable, LEFM Feed flow and feed temperature may still
[c]IF blowdownflowswereupdated, THEN WAITaminimumof10minutestoallowprogramto
be available on LEFM panel [LOCL-500-R183] in Aux Inst Rm.
accuratelyreflectnewvalue.
NOTE 2
o
MFW header temp must be greater than 250&deg;F for reliable LEFM data.
(SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
[3]
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
IF LEFM feed flow and feed temperature is available on
BYRev:18 1&2HEATBALANCE
local LEFM panel, THEN
COMPARISONPage25of33
PERFORM the following:
Unit_Date---NOTE APPENDIX CPage3of3 ICS printoutmaybeusedto
[a]
document powerlevelandNISvalues.Sincecore thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviationmayexistbetweentherecordedcore
RECORD the following data:
thermal powervalue(ifused)andtheprintedsheetvalue(ifused).SI
Parameter
acceptanceissatisfiedinthebodyofthe instruction.
Indication
[2]SELECT"DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC
Reading
DATA"onICS Calorimetric
Loop 1 Feedwater Pressure
menu AND 0 PERFORMoneofthe following:
PI-3-37 [M-3]
[a]RECORD the following:
psig
Venturi Core Thermal Power (U1118)Mwt (PercentRatedCoreThermalPower(U1127)
Loop 2 Feedwater Pressure
%OR[b]PRINT powerlevelandNIS
PI-3-50 [M-3]
values AND ATTACHreporttothis
psig
instruction.
Loop 3 Feedwater Pressure
0[3]IFanyvalueisablue"NCAl" quality, THEN PERFORM the following:[a]IFcauseofbaddatais
PI-3-92 [M-3]
unknown, THEN REQUEST assistancefromMIGorICS
psig
computer engineer.0[b]INITIATEWOifrequired.
Loop 4 Feedwater Pressure
0[c]GOTO Appendix D.0
PI-3-105 [M-3]
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
psig
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
Loop 1 SfG Pressure
BYRev:18 1&2HEATBALANCE
PI-1-2A or 2B [M-4]
COMPARISONPage26of33Unit_Date---NOTE 1 NOTE 2 APPENDIX DPage1of7 CALCULATIONOFCORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL WITH INOPERABLE
psig
PLANT COMPUTER (RCS GreaterThan40%)This appendixprovidesguidance
Loop 2 SfG Pressure
determining
PI-1-9A or 9B [M-4]
calorimetricpowerwhenICScorethermalpowerindication(U1118andU2118)is
psig
unavailablewithpowerabove40%andthe
Loop 3 SfG Pressure
computer cannotberestoredintimetocompleteSR4.3.1.1.1.
PI-1-20A or 20B [M-4]
0-PI-SXX-000-022.2requiresseveralhoursfrom
psig
initiation
Loop 4 S/G Pressure
untilcompletionofpowercalculation.
PI-1-27Aor 27B [M-4]
(([1]IF 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2
psig
willbeusedfor calorimetric
Total Feedwater Flow
data, THEN PERFORMthefollowing:
LEFM
[a]NOTIFY SystemsEngineeringtoperform
Ibm/hr
manual calorimetric
Feedwater Temperature
calculation
LEFM
using 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2.[b]MARKremainingsteps"N/A"inthis
of
appendix.D D
(must be > 250&deg;F)
SQN POWERRANGENEUTRONFLUX
IV
[b]
SELECT Calorimetric Main Menu screen on other
unit's ICS computer.
(step continued on next page)
o
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 29 of 33
Unit
APPENDIX D
Date
Page 4 of 7
[3]
(Continued)
[c]
SELECT LEFM Special Offline Calorimetric on
Calorimetric Menu.
[d]
ENTER data in ICS from table in substep 3 [a].
[e]
SELECT function key F3 to execute calculation.
[f]
PRINT calorimetric results.
[g]
VERIFY data was correctly entered in ICS
from table in substep 3 [a].
[h]
RECORD Total S/G Thermal Power from
calorimetric printout:
____MWt
[i]
CALCULATE percent power
corresponding to item [h]
IV
D
D
D
____MWt =
34.55
%
---
NOTE
The following step adds 3.5% to calorimetric power to compensate for
additional errors in this method. The corrected power value below
should be used in Section 6.1.
[j]
CALCULATE corrected core thermal power:
(substep [i])
% + 3.5 % =
[k]
VERIFY substeps [g] through [j].
%
-~-
IV
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1&2
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
Page 30 of 33
Unit
APPENDIX D
Date
Page 5 of 7
NOTE
1,2-PI-ICC-003-036.0 provides details on required test equipment for
feedwater temperature measurement.
[4]
IF LEFM feed flow and feed temperature is NOT available,
THEN
PERFORM the following:
[a]
NOTIFY MIG or Systems Engineering to install
precision temperature monitoring equipment in
feedwater header temperature wells TW-3-197 and
TW-3-198 [TB el. 685].
D
(
(
[b]
RECORD average feedwater header temperature:
of
-----
(step continued on next page)
MIG or Eng
IV
 
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Rev: 18
1 & 2
HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON
Page 31 of 33
Unit
APPENDIX D
Date
Page 6 of 7
[4]
(Continued)
[c]
RECORD the following data:
Parameter
Indication
Reading
Loop 1 Feedwater Press
PI-3-37 [M-3]
psig
Loop 2 Feedwater Press
PI-3-50 [M-3]
psig
Loop 3 Feedwater Press
PI-3-92 [M-3]
psig
Loop 4 Feedwater Press
PI-3-105 [M-3]
psig
Loop 1 S/G Pressure
PI-1-2A or 2B [M-4]
psig
Loop 2 S/G Pressure
PI-1-9A or 9B [M-4]
psig
Loop 3 S/G Pressure
PI-1-20A or 20B [M-4]
psig
Loop 4 S/G Pressure
PI-1-27A or 27B [M-4]
psig
Loop 1 Feedwater Flow
FI-3-35A or 35B [M-4]
Ibm/hr
Loop 2 Feedwater Flow
FI-3-48A or 48B [M-4]
Ibm/hr
Loop 3 Feedwater Flow
FI-3-90A or 90B [M-4]
Ibm/hr
Loop 4 Feedwater Flow
FI-3-103A or 103B [M-4]
Ibm/hr
IV
(
[d]
SELECT Calorimetric Main Menu screen on other
unit's ICS computer.
[e]
SELECT Special Offline Calorimetric
on Calorimetric Menu.
(step continued on next page)
o
o
 
(
SQN
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage27of33
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
Unit---Date_NOTE 1 NOTE 2 APPENDIX DPage2of7Theremainingsteps
Rev: 18
determinecorethermal
1 & 2
power by manually entering calorimetricdataon oppositeunit'sICS computer.Thismethodrequiresadding3.5%tothecalculatedpowerlevelfor
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
additional
Page 32 of 33
conservatismdueto greater errors associated
Unit
with indicator errorandreadability.
APPENDIX D
Therefore,powerlevelshouldbereducedtolessthanorequalto96.5%beforeperformance.
Date
Calorimetriccalculationon
Page 7 of 7
oppositeunit'sICS assumes that blowdownflowis identicaloneachunit.Thiserrorisaccountedforinthe3.5%
[4]
correction
(Continued)
factor.[2]IF oppositeunit'sICSwillbeusedtoperforma
[f]
calorimetric
ENTER data in ICSfrom substeps 4 [b] and 4 [c].
calibration, THEN (PERFORMthefollowing:[a]ENSUREreactorpowerlessthanorequalto96.5%.
[9]
[b]ENSUREreactorpowerandRCS
SELECTfunction key F3 to execute calculation.
temperature
0
stable.D D
[h]
(SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
PRINT calorimetric results.
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
0
BYRev:18 1&2Page28of33
[i]
Unit APPENDIX D DatePage3of7NOTE1IfICSis unavailable,LEFMFeedflowandfeed
VERIFY data from substeps 4 [b] and 4 [c]
temperaturemaystill be availableonLEFMpanel
was correctly entered in ICS.
[LOCL-500-R183]inAuxInstRm.
IV
NOTE 2 MFWheadertempmustbe
[j]
greaterthan250&deg;FforreliableLEFMdata.[3]IFLEFMfeedflowandfeed
RECORD Total S/G Thermal Power from
temperatureisavailableonlocalLEFMpanel, THEN PERFORMthefollowing:[a]RECORDthefollowingdata:
calorimetric printout:
Parameter Indication
(
ReadingLoop1 FeedwaterPressurePI-3-37[M-3]
MWt
psigLoop2 Feedwater PressurePI-3-50[M-3]
[k]
psigLoop3 FeedwaterPressurePI-3-92[M-3]
CALCULATE percent power
psigLoop4 FeedwaterPressurePI-3-105[M-3]
corresponding to item [j]
psigLoop1 SfG PressurePI-1-2Aor2B[M-4]
____MWt =
psigLoop2 SfG Pressure PI-1-9Aor9B[M-4]psigLoop3 SfG Pressure PI-1-20Aor20B[M-4]
34.55
psigLoop4S/GPressure
%
PI-1-27Aor27B[M-4]psig Total Feedwater Flow LEFM Ibm/hr Feedwater Temperature
---
LEFM of(mustbe>250&deg;F)IV[b]SELECT CalorimetricMainMenuscreenonotherunit'sICScomputer.(stepcontinuedonnextpage)
NOTE
o
The following step adds 3.5% to calorimetric power to compensate for
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
additional errors in this method. The corrected power value below
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
should be used in Section 6.1.
BYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage29of33
[I]
Unit APPENDIX D DatePage4of7[3](Continued)
CALCULATE corrected core thermal power:
[c]SELECT LEFM Special Offline Calorimetric
(substep [k])
on Calorimetric
% + 3.5 % =
Menu.[d]ENTERdatainICSfromtableinsubstep3
[m]
[a].[e]SELECTfunctionkeyF3to
VERIFY substeps [j] through [I].
execute calculation.
%
[f]PRINT calorimetric
---
results.[g]VERIFYdatawas correctly enteredinICSfromtablein
IV
substep 3[a].[h]RECORDTotalS/G ThermalPowerfrom calorimetric
 
printout:____MWt[i]CALCULATE percent power correspondingtoitem[h]IV D D D____MWt=34.55%---NOTEThefollowingstepadds3.5%to
SQN
calorimetricpowerto compensate
POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX
for additionalerrorsinthis
method.Thecorrected
powervaluebelowshouldbeusedin
Section 6.1.[j]CALCULATE correctedcorethermalpower: (substep[i])%+3.5%=[k]VERIFY substeps[g]through[j].%IV  
SQN POWERRANGENEUTRONFLUX
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALI BRATIONBYRev:18 1&2HEATBALANCE
CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY
COMPARISONPage30of33
Rev: 18
Unit APPENDIX D Date Page5of7 NOTE 1 ,2-PI-ICC-003-036.0
1 & 2
provides details on required test equipment for feedwater temperature
HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON
measurement.[4]IF LEFMfeedflowandfeed
Page 33 of 33
temperature
SOURCE NOTES
is NOT available, THEN PERFORM the following:
Page 1 of 1
[a]NOTIFYMIGor Systems Engineering
REQUIREMENTS
to install precision temperature
SOURCE
monitoring
IMPLEMENTING
equipment in feedwater header temperature
STATEMENT
wells TW-3-197 and TW-3-198[TBel.685].
DOCUMENT
D (([b]RECORD average feedwater header temperature:
STATEMENT
of-----(step continued on next page)MIGorEng IV
Ensure calculation of thermal
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
INPO SER 89-23
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
C.1
BYRev:18 1&2Page31of33
power is correct before
Unit APPENDIX D DatePage6of7[4](Continued)
CAQR SQQ 90052
[c]RECORDthefollowingdata:
calibrating excore detectors.
Parameter Indication
Excore detectors should be
ReadingLoop1 Feedwater Press PI-3-37[M-3]psigLoop2 Feedwater PressPI-3-50[M-3]
INPO SER 89-09
psigLoop3 Feedwater PressPI-3-92[M-3]
C.2
psigLoop4 Feedwater PressPI-3-105[M-3]
calibrated based on best
psigLoop1S/GPressure
available power indication.
PI-1-2Aor2B[M-4]psigLoop2S/GPressure
NIS power range calibrations
PI-1-9Aor9B[M-4]psigLoop3S/GPressure
INPO SOER 90-03
PI-1-20Aor20B[M-4]psigLoop4S/GPressurePI-1-27Aor27B[M-4]
C.3
psigLoop1 Feedwater Flow FI-3-35Aor35B[M-4]
should be performed periodically
Ibm/hrLoop2 Feedwater Flow FI-3-48Aor48B[M-4]
following power ascension above
Ibm/hrLoop3 Feedwater Flow FI-3-90Aor90B[M-4]
15% power.
Ibm/hrLoop4 Feedwater Flow FI-3-103Aor103B[M-4]
Careful consideration and
Ibm/hr IV ([d]SELECT CalorimetricMainMenuscreenonotherunit'sICScomputer.
INPO SOER 90-03
[e]SELECTSpecialOffline
CA
Calorimetric
(
on Calorimetric
caution should be exercised
Menu.(stepcontinuedonnextpage)
before adjusting nuclear
o o
instrumentation. Operations and
(SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX O-SI-OPS-092-078.0
Engineering Management should
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
be notified if larger than normal
BYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage32of33
channel adjustments are
Unit APPENDIX D DatePage7of7[4](Continued)
required.
[f]ENTERdatain ICSfrom substeps4[b]and4[c].[9]SELECTfunctionkeyF3toexecutecalculation.
0-81-0P8-092-078.0 will be
0[h]PRINT calorimetric
LER 328/91005
results.0[i]VERIFYdatafrom substeps4[b]and4[c]wascorrectlyenteredinICS.
C.5
IV[j]RECORDTotalS/G ThermalPowerfrom calorimetric
revised to allow the use of a
printout: (MWt[k]CALCULATE percent power correspondingtoitem[j]____MWt=34.55%---NOTEThefollowingstepadds3.5%to
calorimetricpowerto compensate
for additionalerrorsinthismethod.ThecorrectedpowervaluebelowshouldbeusedinSection6.1.
[I]CALCULATEcorrectedcorethermalpower: (substep[k])%+3.5%=[m]VERIFY substeps[j]through[I].%---IV
SQN POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX 0-SI-OPS-092-078.0
CHANNEL CALIBRATION
BYRev:18 1&2 HEAT BALANCE COMPARISONPage33of33
SOURCE NOTESPage1of1 REQUIREMENTS
SOURCE IMPLEMENTING
STATEMENT DOCUMENT STATEMENT Ensure calculationofthermalINPOSER89-23
C.1 power is correct beforeCAQRSQQ90052
calibrating
excore detectors.
Excore detectorsshouldbeINPOSER89-09
C.2 calibratedbasedonbest
available power indication.NISpowerrange
calibrationsINPOSOER90-03
C.3shouldbe performed periodicallyfollowingpower
ascension above15%power.Careful considerationandINPOSOER90-03
CA (cautionshouldbeexercisedbeforeadjusting
nuclear instrumentation.
Operations
and Engineering
Management
shouldbenotifiedif
largerthannormal
channel adjustments
are required.0-81-0P8-092-078.0willbeLER328/91005
C.5revisedtoallowtheuseofa
810910819844
810910819844
Plant Computerprogramtoprovidean increased frequencyofthe performanceofthis procedure.
Plant Computer program to
(  
provide an increased frequency
JPM#40-2aPage1of7Rev0 SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFOR-MANCE
of the performance of this
MEASURE
procedure.
JPM B.1.j.JPM#40-2 Uncontrolled
(
Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation (O-SI-OPS 062-214.0)
 
Original SignaturesonFile PREPAREDIREVISEDBY:
JPM # 40-2a
VALIDATED BY:*APPROVEDBY: (Operations
Page 1 of 7
Training Manager)Date!Date!Date!CONCURRED:
Rev 0
**(Operations
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
Representative)
JOB PERFOR-MANCE MEASURE
Date!*Validationnotrequiredforminor
IN~PlantJPM B.1.j.
enhancements, procedure Rev changes thatdonot affecttheJPM,orindividualstep
JPM # 40-2
changesthatdonot affect th-e flow oftheJPM.**Operations
Uncontrolled Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation
ConcurrencerequiredfornewJPMsand
(O-SI-OPS 062-214.0)
changes that affect the flowoftheJPM(ifnotdrivenbya
Original Signatures on File
procedure revision).  
PREPAREDI
JPM#40-2aPage2of7Rev0 I NUCLEAR TRAINING REVISION/USAGE
REVISED BY:
LOG REVISION DESCRIPTION
VALIDATED BY:
OF V DATE PAGES PREPARED/NUMBER REVISION AFFECTED REVISED BY: 0 Initial issue-modifiedfromJPM#40-2
*
vSpecifyiftheJPM change will require another Validation(YorN).See cover sheetforcriteria.  
APPROVED BY:
JPM#40-2a Page3of7 Rev 0 SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT AUO/RO/SRO
(Operations Training Manager)
JOB PERFORMANCE
Date!
MEASURE Task: Uncontrolled
Date!
Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation (0-SI-062-214.0)JAJTAT ASK#: 3420990304 (AUO)KIA Ratings: 004K1.19 (2.7/2.9)004A2.25 (3.8/4.3)004K1.16 (3.3/3.5)2.2.13 (3.6/3.8)Task Standard: The identified
Date!
flowpathis isolated and under administrative
CONCURRED:
control.Evaluation.Method: Simulator In-Plant_X
**
__==================================================================================
(Operations Representative)
Date!
* Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that
do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect th-e flow of
the JPM.
** Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the
flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).
 
JPM # 40-2a
Page 2 of 7
Rev 0
I
NUCLEAR TRAINING
REVISION/USAGE LOG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION OF
V
DATE
PAGES
PREPARED/
NUMBER
REVISION
AFFECTED
REVISED BY:
0
Initial issue- modified from JPM #40-2
v ~ Specify if the JPM change will require another Validation (Y or N).
See cover sheet for criteria.
 
JPM # 40-2a
Page 3 of 7
Rev 0
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
AUO/RO/SRO
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
Task:
Uncontrolled Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation (0-SI-062-214.0)
JAJTA TASK#: 3420990304 (AUO)
KIA Ratings:
004K1.19 (2.7/2.9)
004A2.25 (3.8/4.3)
004K1.16 (3.3/3.5)
2.2.13 (3.6/3.8)
Task Standard:
The identified flow path is isolated and under administrative control.
Evaluation .Method:
Simulator
In-Plant_X__
==================================================================================
Performer:
Performer:
Performance
Performance Rating:
Rating: SAT Evaluator:
SAT
NAME UNSAT SIGNATURE Performance
Evaluator:
Time DATE Start Time_Finish Time__========================================================.===========================
NAME
COMMENTS  
UNSAT
JPM#40-2aPage4of7Rev0 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONSTOEVALUATOR:
SIGNATURE
1.Sequenced steps identifiedbyan"s"2.Any UNSAT requires comments3.DoNOTusewithJPM#40
Performance Time
4.Insure Unit2VCT Hallway door unlocked on theday'of the JPM.5.Insure operator performs the followingrequiredactionsfor
DATE
SELF-CHECKING;
Start Time
a.Identifies
_
the correctunit,train, component, etc.b.Reviews the intendedactionandexpected
Finish Time ~__
response.c.Comparestheactual responsetothe expected response.Validation
========================================================.===========================
Time: CR.Local14mins Tools/Equipment/ProceduresNeeded:
COMMENTS
0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
 
Appendix B References:
JPM # 40-2a
Reference O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
Page 4 of 7
Title UncontrolledBoronDilutionRevNo.3READTOOPERATOR
Rev 0
Directions
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:
to Trainee:Iwillexplaintheinitial
1.
conditions,andstatethetasktobe
Sequenced steps identified by an "s"
performed.Allstepsshallbe
2.
simulatedforthisJPM.Iwill provide initiatingcuesand indicateanystepstobe
Any UNSAT requires comments
discussed.
3.
When you completethetask successfully, the objectiveforthisjob
Do NOT use with JPM #40
performance
4.
measure willbesatisfied.Ensureyou
Insure Unit 2 VCT Hallway door unlocked on the day 'of the JPM.
indicatetomewhenyou understand
5.
your assignedtask.Toindicatethatyouhave
Insure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;
completed your assignedtaskreturn
a.
the handout sheetIprovidedyou.
Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:1.Unit2hasbeen
b.
shutdown for refuelingandis currentlyinMode5.2.Inonehourthe
Reviews the intended action and expected response.
reactorvesselheadboltswillbe
c.
detensioned
Compares the actual response to the expected response.
in preparationforpullingthehead.3.All systems requiredforMode6are
Validation Time: CR.
operable.INITIATING
Local
CUES:1.YouaretheUnit2
14 mins
AuxiliaryBldgAUGandyouareto
Tools/Equipment/ProceduresNeeded:
completethedilutionpathisolationin
0-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B
preparation
References:
fortheinitial
Reference
performance
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
of
Title
Appendix B.2.AnotherAUGhas alreadyclosedvalve81-536, Primary WaterValveto Containment
Uncontrolled Boron Dilution
and determined
Rev No.
valve FCV-62-128, VeTBypassFlow,isclosed.3.Youareto
3
close the remainingvalveson O-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.4.Thevalveswillbe
-~--~-----~------~----------------------------------------------------~---~---------
verifiedclosedandtaggedafterthe
----~-------------------------------------~--------~--~------------~----------------
clearanceispreparedandissued.5.InformtheU2CROwhenthe
READ TO OPERATOR
remainingvalveson AppendixBhavebeenclosed.
Directions to Trainee:
Job Performance
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated for this
Checklist:
JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you complete the task
STEP/STANDARD JPM#40-2aPage5of7Rev0 SAT/UNSAT STEP 1.: Obtain copyofrequired
successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me
surveillance
when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return
instruction.
the handout sheet I provided you.
-SAT-UNSAT STANDARD: Obtains copy of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
Appendix B procedure.
1.
Start Time--NOTE: Steps may be performed in any order.-SAT STEP 2.: CLOSEvalve62-916,CationBed
Unit 2 has been shutdown for refueling and is currently in Mode 5.
Demin Outlet.-UNSAT Cue: HW turned several timesintheCW direction and is now snug.Critical Step STANDARD: Operator locates 2-HCV-62-916 (CVCS deminreachrodarea),turns
2.
handwheel clockwiseuntilsnug.
In one hour the reactor vessel head bolts will be detensioned in preparation for pulling the head.
STEP 3.: CLOSEvalve62-922,MixedBed
3.
Demin Outlet.-SAT-UNSAT Cue: HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.Critical Step STANDARD: Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-922 (CVeS deminreachrodarea), turns handwheel clockwiseuntilsnug.
All systems required for Mode 6 are operable.
STEP 4.: CLOSEvalve62-696,BoricAcidtoVCToutlet.
INITIATING CUES:
-SAT-UNSAT Cue: HW turned several timesintheCW direction and is now snug.Critical Step STANDARD: Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-696 (hallwaytoVCTroom),turns
1.
handwheel clockwiseuntilsnug.
You are the Unit 2 Auxiliary Bldg AUG and you are to complete the dilution path isolation in preparation for
Job Performance
the initial performance of O-SI~OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B.
Checklist:
2.
STEP/ST ANDARD JPM#40-2aPage6of7Rev0 SAT/UNSAT STEP 5.:Closevalve62-940, Primary Watertochemical
Another AUG has already closed valve 81-536, Primary Water Valve to Containment and determined
mixing tank.-SAT-UNSAT CUE: HW will not turnintheCW direction and is snug.STANDARD: Operator locates valve
valve FCV-62-128, VeT Bypass Flow, is closed.
(690 blenderarea)and attempts toturnthe handwheelinthe clockwise direction.
3.
STEP 6.:Closevalve62-929,Manual
You are to close the remaining valves on O-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.
EmergencyBorateValve.
4.
-SAT-UNSAT CUE: HW will not turnintheCW direction and is snug.STANDARD: Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-929
The valves will be verified closed and tagged after the clearance is prepared and issued.
(690 blenderarea,day-glo
5.
green)and attemptstoturnthe handwheel in the clockwise direction STEP 7.:Closevalve62-932, Emergencyborationflushvalve.
Inform the U2 CRO when the remaining valves on Appendix B have been closed.
-" SAT-UNSAT CUE: HW will not turnintheCW direction and is snug.STANDARD: Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-932
 
(690 blenderarea)and attempts toturnthe handwheelinthe clockwise direction STEP8.:InformUnit2CROthattheclosingofthe
Job Performance Checklist:
remainingvalveson Appendix B-SAT of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
STEP/STANDARD
is complete.-UNSAT NOTE: Role playas Unit 2 CROandacknowledge
JPM # 40-2a
the report.Stop Time__STANDARD: Operator informsUnit2CROthatthe
Page 5 of 7
remainingvalveson AppendixBof O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
Rev 0
havebeenclosed.  
SAT/UNSAT
READTO OPERATOR Directions
STEP 1.:
to Trainee:Iwillexplaintheinitialconditions,andstatethetasktobeperformed.AllstepsshallbesimulatedforthisJPM.Iwillprovideinitiatingcuesandindicateanystepstobediscussed.Whenyoucompletethetasksuccessfully,theobjectiveforthisjob
Obtain copy of required surveillance instruction.
performancemeasurewillbesatisfied.Ensureyouindicatetomewhenyouunderstandyourassignedtask.Toindicatethatyouhavecompletedyourassignedtaskreturnthe
-
handoutsheetIprovidedyou.
SAT
INITIAL CONDITIONS:1.Unit2hasbeenshutdownforrefuelingandiscurrentlyinMode5.2.Inonehourthereactorvesselheadboltswillbedetensionedin
-
preparationforpullingthehead.3.AllsystemsrequiredforMode6areoperable.
UNSAT
INITIATING
STANDARD:
CUES:1.YouaretheUnit2AuxiliaryBldgAUGandyouaretocompletethedilutionpathisolatloninpreparationfortheinitialperformanceofO-SI-OPS-062-214.0
Obtains copy of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B procedure.
Appendix B.2.AnotherAUGhasalreadyclosedvalve81-536,Primary
Start Time--
WaterValveto Containment
NOTE:
and determinedvalveFCV-62-128,VCTBypassFlow,isclosed.3.YouaretoclosetheremainingvalvesonO-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.Thevalveswillbeverifiedclosedandtaggedaftertheclearanceispreparedand
Steps may be performed in any order.
issued.5.InformtheU2CRGwhentheremainingvalvesonAppendixBhavebeenclosed.  
-
TENNESSE*E
SAT
VALLEY AUTHORITY SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT SURVEILLANCE
STEP 2.:
INSTRUCTION
CLOSE valve 62-916, Cation Bed Demin Outlet.
-
UNSAT
Cue:
HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.
Critical Step
STANDARD:
Operator locates 2-HCV-62-916 (CVCS demin reach rod area), turns
handwheel clockwise until snug.
STEP 3.:
CLOSE valve 62-922, Mixed Bed Demin Outlet.
-
SAT
-
UNSAT
Cue:
HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.
Critical Step
STANDARD:
Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-922 (CVeS demin reach rod area),
turns handwheel clockwise until snug.
STEP 4.:
CLOSE valve 62-696, Boric Acid to VCT outlet.
-
SAT
-
UNSAT
Cue:
HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.
Critical Step
STANDARD:
Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-696 (hallway to VCT room), turns
handwheel clockwise until snug.
 
Job Performance Checklist:
STEP/STANDARD
JPM # 40-2a
Page 6 of 7
Rev 0
SAT/UNSAT
STEP 5.:
Close valve 62-940, Primary Water to chemical mixing tank.
-
SAT
-
UNSAT
CUE:
HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.
STANDARD:
Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62~940 (690 blender area) and attempts to
turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction.
STEP 6.:
Close valve 62-929, Manual Emergency Borate Valve.
-
SAT
-
UNSAT
CUE:
HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.
STANDARD:
Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-929 (690 blender area, day-glo green)
and attempts to turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction
STEP 7.:
Close valve 62-932, Emergency boration flush valve.
-" SAT
-
UNSAT
CUE:
HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.
STANDARD:
Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-932 (690 blender area) and attempts to
turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction
STEP 8.:
Inform Unit 2 CRO that the closing of the remaining valves on Appendix B
-
SAT
of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 is complete.
-
UNSAT
NOTE:
Role playas Unit 2 CROandacknowledge the report.
Stop Time__
STANDARD:
Operator informs Unit 2 CRO that the remaining valves on Appendix B of
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 have been closed.
 
READ TO OPERATOR
Directions to Trainee:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be
simulated for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be
discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job
performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand
your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the
handout sheet I provided you.
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1. Unit 2 has been shutdown for refueling and is currently in Mode 5.
2. In one hour the reactor vessel head bolts will be detensioned in preparation for pulling
the head.
3. All systems required for Mode 6 are operable.
INITIATING CUES:
1. You are the Unit 2 Auxiliary Bldg AUG and you are to complete the dilution path
isolatlon in preparation for the initial performance of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B.
2. Another AUG has already closed valve 81-536, Primary Water Valve to Containment
and determined valve FCV-62-128, VCT Bypass Flow, is closed.
3. You are to close the remaining valves on O-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.
4~ The valves will be verified closed and tagged after the clearance is prepared and
issued.
5. Inform the U2 CRG when the remaining valves on Appendix B have been closed.
 
TENNESSE*E VALLEY AUTHORITY
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED BORON DILUTION
Revision 3
QUALITY RELATED
JERRY B. ESPY
PREPARE~PROOFREADBY:~~~~~~~~~~_
OPERATIONS
RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION: --~~~~~--~
JIM DVORAK
APPROVED BY:
~~~~~
~_
EFFECTIVE DATE:
13 May 02
LEVEL OF USE:
CONTINUOUS
REVISION
DESCRIPTION:
Revised to update shutdownmarqin procedure number. This is a non-
intent change.
 
SQN
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED BORON
Rev. 3
1,2
DILUTION
Page 2 of 12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 1
Section
Title
Page
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
1.0
INTRODUCTION
3
1.1
Purpose
3
1.2
Scope
3
1.2.1
Operability Test to be Performed
3
1.2.2
Requirements Fulfilled
4
1.2.3
Mode
4
1.3
Frequency/Conditions
~
5
2.0
REFERENCES
5
2.1
Performance References
5
2.2
DevelopmentaIReferences
~
~
5
3.0
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
6
4.0
PREREQUISITE ACT*IONS
7
4.1
Preliminary Actions
7
4.2
Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
7
4.3
Field Preparations
7
4.4
Approvals and Notifications
7
5.0
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
~
7
6.0
PERFORMANCE
~
8
7.0
POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES ............*............................................. 8
APPENDIX A
9
APPENDIX B
10
APPENDIX C
11
APPENDIX D*
12
 
SQN
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED BORON
Rev. 3
1,2
DILUTION
Page 3 of 12
1.0
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Purpose
This instruction provides steps to ensure that valves listed in Surveillance
Requirement 4.9.1.3 (Boron Concentration Control During Refueling Operations)
are maintained in the closed position and maintained under administrative control
during refueling operations. The control of the valves listed in SR 4.9.1.3 will
prevent any uncontrolled boron dilution accident by isolating all possible sources
of unborated water to the RCS. Administrative control is maintained by the
SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.
This procedure may also be performed as *an option to prevent an uncontrolled
RCS dilution during RHR system operation (modes 4 or 5).
1.2
Scope
1.2.1
Operability Test to be Performed
This surveillance provides valve alignment checklists that will isolate and
administratively control all potential flowpaths of unborated water sources to
the Reactor Coolant System. The checklists (Appendix A thru D) represent the
valve combinations specified by SR 4.9.1.3 (LCO 3.9.1) that are required to be
verified closed and under administrative control during refueling operations.
This Surveillance may be performed under the following conditions:
A. Mode 6 (Refuel Operations)
To prevent an uncontrolled RCS dilution during refueling by ensuring all
available RCS dilution paths are isolated and placed under administrative
control. The isolation of dilution flow paths is required by SR 4.9.1.3 and
partially fulfills the plant technical specification requirements of LCO 3.9.1.
B. Modes 4 &5
To prevent an uncontrolled RCS dilution at cold or hot shutdown conditions while
on the RHRSystem by implementing one of the following options:
*1.
The RCS is borated to a concentration that would allow sufficient operator
response time to stop the dilution. The adequacy of RCS is boron
concentration is determined by 0-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0, Shutdown Margin.
 
SQN
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED BORON
Rev. 3
1,2
DILUTION
Page 4 of 12
1.2.1
Operability Test to be Performed (Continued)
2.
The shutdown rods are withdrawn by 10/0 delta K/K to provide positive operator
indication of a dilution accident in progress (SRM reactor trip) and additional
time for operator termination of the event. If the shutdown rods are withdrawn
then O-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0, Shutdown Margin must be completed to verify
K~eff remains less than .99 to prevent a mode change.
3.
The RHR system is isolated from the RCS, FCV-74-1 or FCV-74-2 closed.
4.
The available RCS dilution paths are closed and placed under administrative
control.
1.2.2
RequirementsFulfilied
A.
Mode 6 (Refueling)
Performed to partially fulfill the plant technical specification requirements of
LCO 3.9.1 which requires one of the valve combinations specified in SR
4.9.1.3 to be closed and under administrative control.
B. Modes 4 & 5 RHR Operation
Westinghouse letter S53 860813 665 expressed concerns and provided
recommended actions reqardinq the potential for an inadvertent boron
dilution event at cold or hat shutdown conditions while on the RHR System.
Recommended actions to preclude an inadvertent boron dilution event while
in hot or cold shutdown are listed in section 1.2.1, "Operability Test to be
Performed." The isolation of dilution flow paths provides one option for
preventing dilution of the ReS at Cold or Hot Shutdown conditions while on
the Residual Heat Removal System.
1.2.3
Mode
A. Applicable Modes -
B. Performance Modes -
Mode 6 Refueling Operations
Mode 4 & 5 Hot and Cold Shutdown (optional)
Mode 6 Refueling
Mode 4 & 5 Hot and Cold Shutdown (optional)
 
SQN
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED BORON
Rev. 3
1,2
DILUTION
Page 5 of 12
1.3
Frequency/Conditions
A. Mode 6 Refueling
Performed at least once every 72 hours while in mode 6. Performance
consists of verifying one valve combination (Appendix A, B, C, or D) being
closed and under administrative control.
B. Modes 4 & 5
Initiated by 0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown from Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown
upon entry into Mode 4.
Performance consists of verifying that one of the options stated in Section
1.2.1, "Operability Test to be Performed" has been completed.
If option 1, 2,
or 3 has NOT been completed THEN Perform this SI to close and
administratively control the dilution flowpath. The performance of the valve
checklist to isolate the dilution flowpaths is required only once in modes 4 or
5 with the hold order remaining in effect until Option 1, 2, or 3 is employed.
2.0
REFERENCES
2.1
Performance References
A.SPP-10.2, Clearance Program
2.2
Developmental References
A. SI-214, Uncontrolled Boron Dilution. -
B. SON Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements (SR) 4.9.1.3.
C. SON Technical Specification LeO 3.9.1.
D. Westinghouse-letter to SON dated Feb. 22,1982 (S53 860813 665)
E. Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), Chapter 15 Accident analysis section
15.2.4 Uncontrolled Boron Dilution.
F. TVAdrawings
1. 47W809-1 CVCS flow diagram
2. 47W809-2 eves flow diagram
3. 47W819-1 Primary water flow diagram
4. 45N662-2 CVCS Schematic diagram
5. 45N703-5 Wiring diagram, 125V Vital Battery Bd I
6. 45N703-7 Wiring diagram, 125V Vital Battery Bd III
 
SQN
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED BORON
Rev. 3
1,2
DILUTION
Page 6 of 12
3.0
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
A. A specific clearance must be issued to include all valves listed in the appendix
that is performed. This ensures positive administrative control of valving which
could result in an uncontrolled dilution event.
B. After the initial performance of this instruction the clearance procedure may be
utilized to verify valve positions in subsequent performances.
C. The clearance procedure may be utilized for verification per SPP-10.3 for
removal and return to normal of equipment.
D. Failure to observe all posted RADCON requirements may lead to unnecessary
Radiation Absorbed Doses.
 
SQN
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED
UNCONTROLLED BORON
BORON DILUTION Revision 3 QUALITY RELATEDJERRYB.ESPY
Rev. 3
OPERATIONSRESPONSIBLEORGANIZATION:JIMDVORAKAPPROVEDBY:EFFECTIVEDATE:13May02LEVELOFUSE:CONTINUOUS
1,2
REVISIONDESCRIPTION:Revisedtoupdate
DILUTION
shutdownmarqinprocedurenumber.Thisisa
Page 7 of 12
intent change.
Unit
SQN O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
Date-----
UNCONTROLLED
4.0
BORONRev.3 1,2 DILUTIONPage2of12 TABLEOFCONTENTSPage1of1 Section Title PageTABLEOFCONTENTS
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
2 1.0 INTRODUCTION
NOTE
31.1Purpose
Throughout this Instruction where an IFITHEN statement exists, the
31.2Scope 3 1.2.1 OperabilityTesttobePerformed
step should be N/A if condition does not exist.
31.2.2RequirementsFulfilled
US/SRO
41.2.3Mode 4 1.3 Frequency/Conditions5 2.0 REFERENCES
4.1
5 2.1 Performance
Preliminary Actions
References
[1]
5 2.2 DevelopmentaIReferences5 3.0 PRECAUTIONS
ENSURE the Instruction to be used is a copy of the
AND LIMITATIONS
effective version, AND
6 4.0 PREREQUISITE
ENSURE Data Package Cover Sheet is attached.
ACT*IONS 7 4.1 Preliminary
[2]
Actions 7 4.2 MeasuringandTestEquipment,Parts,andSupplies
ENSURE Precautions and Limitations, Section 3.0, has
74.3Field Preparations
been reviewed.
7 4.4 ApprovalsandNotifications
4.2*
7 5.0 ACCEPTANCE
Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies
CRITERIA7 6.0 PERFORMANCE87.0POST PERFORMANCE
None.
ACTIVITIES
4.3
............*.............................................
Field Preparations
8 APPENDIX A 9 APPENDIX B 10 APPENDIX C 11 APPENDIX D*12
None.'
SQN O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
4.4
UNCONTROLLED
Approvalsan.d Notifications
BORONRev.3 1,2 DILUTIONPage3of12 1.0 INTRODUCTION
[1]
1.1 Purpose This instructionprovidesstepstoensurethatvalveslistedin
OBTAIN approval from the Unit (SRO) prior to beginning this
Surveillance
Requirement
4.9.1.3 (Boron ConcentrationControlDuringRefueling
Operations)
are maintainedintheclosedpositionandmaintainedunder
administrative
control during refuelingoperations.ThecontrolofthevalveslistedinSR
4.9.1.3 will prevent any uncontrolled
boron dilution accidentbyisolatingallpossiblesources
of unboratedwatertotheRCS.
Administrativecontrolismaintainedbythe
SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.This proceduremayalsobeperformedas*anoptiontopreventan
uncontrolled
RCS dilutionduringRHRsystemoperation(modes4or5).
1.2 Scope 1.2.1 Operability
Test to be Performed This surveillanceprovidesvalve
alignmentcheckliststhatwillisolateand
administrativelycontrolallpotentialflowpathsofunborated
watersourcesto the ReactorCoolantSystem.Thechecklists (AppendixAthruD)representthe
valve combinationsspecifiedbySR4.9.1.3(LCO3.9.1)thatarerequiredtobe
verifiedclosedandunder
administrativecontrolduringrefueling
operations.
This Surveillancemaybeperformedunderthefollowingconditions:A.Mode6(Refuel
Operations)
To prevent an uncontrolledRCSdilutionduringrefuelingbyensuringall
availableRCSdilutionpathsareisolatedandplacedunder
administrativecontrol.TheisolationofdilutionflowpathsisrequiredbySR
4.9.1.3 and partiallyfulfillstheplanttechnical
specification
requirementsofLCO3.9.1.B.Modes4&5 To prevent an uncontrolledRCSdilutionatcoldorhotshutdown
conditions
whileonthe RHRSystem by implementingoneofthefollowingoptions:
*1.TheRCSisboratedtoa
concentrationthatwouldallow
sufficient
operatorresponsetimetostopthedilution.The
adequacyofRCSisboron
concentration
is determined
by 0-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0,ShutdownMargin.
SQN O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED
BORONRev.3 1,2 DILUTION Page 4 of 12 1.2.1 Operability
Testtobe Performed (Continued)
2.The shutdownrodsare withdrawnby1 0/0 deltaK/Kto provide positive operator indication
of a dilution accident in progress (SRM reactor trip)and additional
time for operator terminationofthe event.Ifthe shutdown rods are withdrawn then O-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0, Shutdown Margin must be completed to verify
remains lessthan.99to prevent a mode change.3.The RHR system is isolatedfromtheRCS, FCV-74-1 or FCV-74-2 closed.4.The available RCS dilution paths are closed and placed under administrative
control.1.2.2 RequirementsFulfilied
A.Mode 6 (Refueling)
Performed to partially fulfill the plant technical specification
requirements
of LCO 3.9.1 which requiresoneofthe valve combinations
specifiedinSR 4.9.1.3tobe closed and under administrative
control.B.Modes4&5 RHR Operation Westinghouse
letter S53 860813 665 expressed concerns and provided recommended
actions reqardinq the potential for an inadvertent
boron dilution eventatcoldor hat shutdown conditions
whileonthe RHR System.Recommended
actions to preclude an inadvertent
boron dilution event while in hotorcold shutdown are listed in section 1.2.1,"Operability
Testtobe Performed." The isolation of dilution flow paths provides one option for preventing
dilutionofthe ReSatColdor Hot Shutdown conditions
while on the Residual Heat Removal System.1.2.3Mode A.Applicable
Modes-B.Performance
Modes-Mode 6 Refueling Operations
Mode4&5 HotandCold Shutdown (optional)
Mode 6 Refueling Mode 4&5 HotandCold Shutdown (optional)
SQN O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED
BORONRev.3 1,2 DILUTIONPage5of12 1.3 Frequency/ConditionsA.Mode6Refueling
Performedatleastonceevery72hourswhileinmode6.
Performance
consistsofverifyingonevalve
combination(AppendixA,B,C,orD)beingclosedandunder
administrative
control.B.Modes4&5Initiatedby0-GO-7,UnitShutdownfromHotStandbytoCold
ShutdownuponentryintoMode4.
Performanceconsistsofverifying
thatoneoftheoptionsstatedinSection
1.2.1,"OperabilityTesttobe Performed"hasbeencompleted.Ifoption1,2,or3hasNOTbeencompletedTHENPerformthisSItocloseand
administrativelycontrolthedilutionflowpath.The
performanceofthevalve
checklisttoisolatethedilution
flowpathsisrequiredonlyonceinmodes4or5withtheholdorderremainingineffectuntilOption1,2,or3isemployed.
2.0 REFERENCES
2.1 Performance
References
A.SPP-10.2,ClearanceProgram
2.2 Developmental
ReferencesA.SI-214, UncontrolledBoronDilution.-B.SON Technical Specification
SurveillanceRequirements(SR)4.9.1.3.C.SON Technical Specification
LeO 3.9.1.D.Westinghouse-lettertoSONdatedFeb.
22,1982(S53860813665)E.Final SafetyAnalysisReport(FSAR), Chapter15Accident
analysis section 15.2.4 UncontrolledBoronDilution.
F.TVAdrawings1.47W809-1CVCSflowdiagram
2.47W809-2 evesflowdiagram3.47W819-1Primarywaterflowdiagram
4.45N662-2 CVCS Schematic diagram 5.45N703-5Wiringdiagram,125VVitalBatteryBdI
6.45N703-7Wiringdiagram,125VVitalBatteryBdIII
SQN O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED
BORONRev.3 1,2 DILUTIONPage6of12 3.0 PRECAUTIONS
AND LIMITATIONSA.A specificclearancemustbeissuedtoincludeallvalveslistedinthe
appendixthatisperformed.Thisensurespositive
administrativecontrolofvalvingwhichcouldresultinan
uncontrolleddilutionevent.B.Aftertheinitialperformanceofthisinstructiontheclearance
proceduremaybeutilizedtoverifyvalvepositionsin
subsequent
performances.C.The clearanceproceduremaybeutilizedforverificationperSPP-10.3forremovalandreturntonormalofequipment.D.FailuretoobserveallpostedRADCONrequirementsmayleadto
unnecessaryRadiationAbsorbedDoses.
SQN O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED
BORONRev.3 1,2 DILUTIONPage7of12 Unit Date-----4.0 PREREQUISITE
ACTIONS NOTE Throughout
this Instructionwherean IFITHEN statementexists,the
step shouldbeN/A if conditiondoesnotexist.
US/SRO 4.1 Preliminary
Actions[1]ENSURE the Instructiontobeusedisacopyofthe
effectiveversion,AND
ENSUREDataPackage
Cover Sheetisattached.
[2]ENSURE Precautions
and Limitations,Section3.0,hasbeenreviewed.
4.2*Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies None.4.3 Field Preparations
None.'4.4 Approvalsan.d
Notifications
[1]OBTAINapprovalfromtheUnit(SRO)priortobeginningthis
test.
test.
---/DateTime 5.0 ACCEPTANCE
-~---~------- /
CRITERIA A.Specific quantitative
Date
and/or qualitative
Time
requirementsthatareintendedtobe
5.0
verifiedbythis Instructionarenotedinthe
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
instructionstepswherethe
A.
verifying actionsareperformedand
Specific quantitative and/or qualitative requirements that are intended to be
documented.B.If specific acceptancecriteriastatedinthe
verified by this Instruction are noted in the instruction steps where the verifying
instructionstepsarenotmet,notify
actions are performed and documented.
the 8Massoonaspracticalafter
B.
observationofthe noncompliance.  
If specific acceptance criteria stated in the instruction steps are not met, notify
SQN O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
the 8M as soon as practical after observation of the noncompliance.
UNCONTROLLED
 
BORONRev.3 1,2 DILUTIONPage8of12 Unit Date-----6.0 PERFORMANCE[1]IFInitial
SQN
Performance
O-SI-OPS-062-214.0
ofInstruction,THEN
UNCONTROLLED BORON
REQUEST a clearanceforvalveslistedinthe
Rev. 3
appendixthatistobeperformed.
1,2
[2]IDENTIFY the appendixtobeperformed.
DILUTION
A.Appendix A B.Appendix B C.Appendix C D.Appendix 0 ACCEPTANCE
Page 8 of 12
CRITERIA:Atleastonesetofvalveslistedon
Unit
AppendixA,B,C,or 0Closedandunder, Administrative
Date-----
control (AdministrativecontrolmaintainedbySPP-10.2, Clearance Program.)[3]COMPLETEthedesiredAppendix,AND
6.0
E'NSURE Clearancetagsplacedin
PERFORMANCE
accordance
[1]
with SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.7.0 POST PER'FORMANCE
IF Initial Performance of Instruction, THEN
ACTIVITIES
REQUEST a clearance for valves listed in the
[1]DELIVERSIpackagetoUS/SROforreviewand
appendix that is to be performed.
approval.D D D D  
[2]
SQN 0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
IDENTIFY the appendix to be performed.
UNCONTROLLED
A. Appendix A
BORONRev.3 1,2 DILUTIONPage9of12 Unit---,----HOLDORDERNO.
B. Appendix B
----APPENDIX APage1 of1 Date----DESCRIPTION
C. Appendix C
LOCATIONVALVENO.POSITION INITIALS Primary Water690pipechase
D. Appendix 0
Closed&Valvetoin corner 81-536 tagged containment
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
behind CCPITCationDemin690CVCS Closed&Bed Outletdeminreach
At least one set of valves listed on
62-916 taggedrodareaMixedBed690CVCS Closed&DeminOutletdeminreach
Appendix A, B, C, or 0 Closed and under,Administrative control
62-922 taggedrodareaBABlendPW 690 Blender Closed&Supplyareanear 62-933 taggedL-43panel ACCEPTANCE
(Administrative control maintained by SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.)
CRITERIA:Atleastonesetofvalveslistedon
[3]
AppendixA,B,C,or 0Closedandunder
COMPLETE the desired Appendix, AND
Administrative
E'NSURE Clearance tags placed in accordance with
hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.)  
SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.
SQN 0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
7.0
UNCONTROLLED
POST PER'FORMANCE ACTIVITIES
BORONRev.3 1,2 DILUTIONPage10of12
[1]
Unit---HOLD ORDER NO.----APPENDIX BPage1of1 Date----DESCRIPTIONLOCATIONVALVENO.
DELIVER SI package to US/SRO for review and
POSITION INITIALS Primary Water690pipechase
approval.
81-536 Closed&Valveto in corner behind tagged containment
D
CCPITCationDemin
D
690 cvesdemin62-916
D
Closed&Bed Outlet re-achrodarea taggedMixBedDemin690
D
evcsdemin62-922
 
Closed&Outletreachrodarea
SQN
tagged BoricAcidto690hallwayto
0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
62-696 Closed&VCT outletVCTroom tagged Primary Water 690 blender area 62-940 Closed&to chemical taggedmixingtank
UNCONTROLLED BORON
Manual 690 blender area 62-929 Closed&Emergency (day-glo green)taggedBoratevalve
Rev. 3
Emergency 690 blender area 62-932 Closed&boration flush (day-glo orange)tagged valve 690 blender area VCT Bypass Fuse location'" Closed&FlowUnit1-125VVital
1,2
DILUTION
Page 9 of 12
Unit---,----
HOLD ORDER NO.----
APPENDIX A
Page 1 of1
Date----
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
VALVE NO.
POSITION
INITIALS
Primary Water
690 pipe chase
Closed &
Valve to
in corner
81-536
tagged
containment
behind CCPIT
Cation Demin
690 CVCS
Closed &
Bed Outlet
demin reach
62-916
tagged
rod area
Mixed Bed
690 CVCS
Closed &
Demin Outlet
demin reach
62-922
tagged
rod area
BA Blend PW
690 Blender
Closed &
Supply
area near
62-933
tagged
L-43 panel
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or 0
Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2,
Clearance Program.)
 
SQN
0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED BORON
Rev. 3
1,2
DILUTION
Page 10 of 12
Unit---
HOLD ORDER NO.----
APPENDIX
B
Page 1 of 1
Date----
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
VALVE NO.
POSITION
INITIALS
Primary Water
690 pipe chase
81-536
Closed &
Valve to
in corner behind
tagged
containment
CCPIT
Cation Demin
690 cves demin
62-916
Closed &
Bed Outlet
re-ach rod area
tagged
Mix Bed Demin
690 evcs demin
62-922
Closed &
Outlet
reach rod area
tagged
Boric Acid to
690 hallway to
62-696
Closed &
VCT outlet
VCT room
tagged
Primary Water
690 blender area
62-940
Closed &
to chemical
tagged
mixing tank
Manual
690 blender area
62-929
Closed &
Emergency
(day-glo green)
tagged
Borate valve
Emergency
690 blender area
62-932
Closed &
boration flush
(day-glo orange)
tagged
valve
690 blender area
VCT Bypass
Fuse location'"
Closed &
Flow
Unit 1 - 125V Vital
FCV-62-12-8
FCV-62-12-8
tagged BattBdIA28(FusesRemoved)Unit2-125VVitalBattBdIIIA28
tagged
(1)Onlythe applicableunit'sfusesneedtoberemovedandtagged.
BattBd I A28
ACCEPTANCE
(Fuses Removed)
CRITERIA:Atleastonesetofvalveslistedon
Unit 2 - 125V Vital
AppendixA,B,C,orDClosedandunder
Batt Bd III A28
Administrative
(1) Only the applicable unit's fuses need to be removed and tagged.
hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance Program).  
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
SQN 0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or D
UNCONTROLLED
Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2,
BORONRev.3 1,2 DILUTIONPage11of12
Clearance Program).
APPENDIX C Unit---HOLD ORDER NO.------Page1of1 Date-----DESCRIPTION
 
LOCATIONVALVENO.POSITIONINITIALS
SQN
Primary Water690pipechase81-536
0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
Closed&Valvetoin corner tagged containmentbehindCCPITCATBed690CVCS
UNCONTROLLED BORON
62-921 Closed&DeminFlushdeminreach
Rev. 3
taggedrodareaMixBed690CVCS 62-914 Closed&DeminBFlushdeminreach
1,2
taggedrodareaMixBed690CVCS
DILUTION
62-907 Closed&DeminAFlushdeminreach
Page 11 of 12
taggedrodareaBABlend690
APPENDIX C
blender 62-933 Closed&PW Supply area near tagged 1-L-43 panel ACCEPTANCE
Unit---
CRITERIA:Atleastonesetofvalves
HOLD ORDER NO. ------
listed on AppendixA,B,C,orDClosedand under Administrativehold(SPP-10.2, Clearance Program).  
Page 1 of 1
SQN 0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
Date-----
UNCONTROLLED
DESCRIPTION
BORONRev.3 1,2 DILUTIONPage12of12
LOCATION
Unit---HOLD ORDER NO.--.--------
VALVE NO.
APPENDIX'DPage1of1 Date---DESCRIPTION
POSITION
LOCATION VALVE NO.POSITION INITIALS Primary Water690pipechase
INITIALS
81-536Closed&Valve to in corner behind tagged containment
Primary Water
CCPIT Primary Water690CVCSdemin
690 pipe chase
62-907Closed&to Mixed Bedreachrodarea
81-536
taggedDerninAMixBed Demin690CVCSdemin
Closed &
62-914Closed&B Flushreachrodarea
Valve to
tagged CAT Bed690CVCSdemin
in corner
62-921Closed&Demin Flushreachrodarea
tagged
tagged Blender outlet 69*0 hallway to 62-696Closed&to VCT outletVCTroom tagged Primary Water 6'90 blender area 62-940Closed&to chemical tagged mixing tank Manual 690 blender area 62-929Closed&Emergency (day-glo green)tagged Borate valve Emergency 690 62-932Closed&boration flush blender area tagged valve (day-glo orange)690 blender area VCT Bypass Fuse location'" FlushClosed&Unit1-125V Vital FCV-62-128
containment
taggedBattBdIA28 (Fuses Removed)Unit2-125V Vital BattBdIIIA28 (1)Only the applicable
behind CCPIT
unit'sfusesneedtoberemovedand
CAT Bed
tagged.ACCEPTANCE
690 CVCS
CRITERIA: At leastonesetof valveslistedon AppendixA,B,C,or 0 Closed and under Administrative
62-921
hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance Program).  
Closed &
Demin Flush
JPM#61AP2Page1of8Rev.6 SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT JOB PERFORMANCE
demin reach
MEASURE In-PlantJPM-B.1.k JPM#61AP2 TRANSFER 480V SD BOARD 2A 1-A F'ROM NORMAL TO A.L TERNATE SUPPLY PREPARED/REVISED BY: VALIDATED BY:*APPROVED BY: (Operations
tagged
Training Manager)Date/.Date/Date/CONCURRED:
rod area
**(Operations
Mix Bed
Representative)
690 CVCS
Date/*Validation
62-914
not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes thatdonot affecttheJPM,or individual
Closed &
step changes thatdonot affecttheflowof the JPM.**Operations
Demin B Flush
Concurrence
demin reach
requiredfornew JPMs and changes that affect theflowoftheJPM(ifnot
tagged
drivenbya procedure revision).  
rod area
JPM#61AP2Page2of8Rev.6 I NUCLEAR TRAINING REVISION/USAGE
Mix Bed
LOG REVISION DESCRIPTION
690 CVCS
OF V DATE PAGES PREPARED/NUMBER REVISION AFFECTED REVISED BY: 0 Initial issue.RevisedJPM
62-907
#61AP to apply Y 12/17/01 All L.Pauley to 480V SDBD 2A l-A.Usedfor2000HLT audit exam.ValidationN/Abasedon
Closed &
JPM 61AP.1 Revised per recent revisions to 2-S0-201-N 8/20/02 4,5JP Kearney1;No impactonJPMflow Pen/ink Update references
Demin A Flush
only.N 11/04/03 2,4T.E.Pitchford 2 Incorporated
demin reach
AUO feedback.N 8/30/04 All MG Croteau 3 Updated to current revision.N 10/04/05 All MG Croteau 4 Incorporated
tagged
AUG feedback.N 11/16/05 All MG Croteau 5 Update to current revision N 10105/2006
rod area
2,4,5,8M.D.Lackey 6 ModifiedcueandstepsV*-SpecifyiftheJPM change will require another validation(YorN).See cover sheet for criteria.  
BA Blend
JPM#61AP2Page3of8 Rev.6SEQUOYAHNUCLEARPLANT
690 blender
62-933
Closed &
PW Supply
area near
tagged
1-L-43 panel
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or D
Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance
Program).
 
SQN
0-SI-OPS-062-214.0
UNCONTROLLED BORON
Rev. 3
1,2
DILUTION
Page 12 of 12
Unit---
HOLD ORDER NO. --.--------
APPENDIX'
D
Page 1 of 1
Date---
DESCRIPTION
LOCATION
VALVE NO.
POSITION
INITIALS
Primary Water
690 pipe chase
81-536
Closed &
Valve to
in corner behind
tagged
containment
CCPIT
Primary Water
690 CVCS demin
62-907
Closed &
to Mixed Bed
reach rod area
tagged
Dernin A
Mix Bed Demin
690 CVCS demin
62-914
Closed &
B Flush
reach rod area
tagged
CAT Bed
690 CVCS demin
62-921
Closed &
Demin Flush
reach rod area
tagged
Blender outlet
69*0 hallway to
62-696
Closed &
to VCT outlet
VCT room
tagged
Primary Water
6'90 blender area
62-940
Closed &
to chemical
tagged
mixing tank
Manual
690 blender area
62-929
Closed &
Emergency
(day-glo green)
tagged
Borate valve
Emergency
690
62-932
Closed &
boration flush
blender area
tagged
valve
(day-glo orange)
690 blender area
VCT Bypass
Fuse location'"
Flush
Closed &
Unit 1 - 125V Vital
FCV-62-128
tagged
Batt Bd I A28
(Fuses Removed)
Unit 2 - 125V Vital
BattBd III A28
(1) Only the applicable unit's fuses need to be removed and tagged.
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or 0
Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance
Program).
 
 
JPM # 61AP2
Page 1 of 8
Rev. 6
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
In-Plant JPM - B.1.k
JPM# 61AP2
TRANSFER 480V SD BOARD 2A1-A
F'ROM NORMAL TO A.LTERNATE SUPPLY
PREPARED/
REVISED BY:
VALIDATED BY:
*
APPROVED BY:
(Operations Training Manager)
Date/
.
Date/
Date/
CONCURRED:
**
(Operations Representative)
Date/
* Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that
do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect the flow of
the JPM.
** Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the
flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).
 
JPM # 61AP2
Page 2 of 8
Rev. 6
I
NUCLEAR TRAINING
REVISION/USAGE LOG
REVISION
DESCRIPTION OF
V
DATE
PAGES
PREPARED/
NUMBER
REVISION
AFFECTED
REVISED BY:
0
Initial issue. Revised JPM #61AP to apply
Y
12/17/01
All
L. Pauley
to 480V SDBD 2Al-A. Used for 2000
HLT audit exam. Validation N/A based on
JPM 61AP.
1
Revised per recent revisions to 2-S0-201-
N
8/20/02
4,5
J P Kearney
1; No impact on JPM flow
Pen/ink
Update references only.
N
11/04/03
2,4
T. E. Pitchford
2
Incorporated AUO feedback.
N
8/30/04
All
MG Croteau
3
Updated to current revision.
N
10/04/05
All
MG Croteau
4
Incorporated AUG feedback.
N
11/16/05
All
MG Croteau
5
Update to current revision
N
10105/2006
2,4,5,8
M. D. Lackey
6
Modified cue and steps
V*- Specify if the JPM change will require another validation (Y or N).
See cover sheet for criteria.
 
JPM # 61AP2
Page 3 of 8
Rev. 6
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
AUO/RO/SRO
AUO/RO/SRO
JOBPERFORMANCEMEASURE
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE
Task: Transfer480VSOBoard2A1-AfromNormaltoAlternateSupply
Task:
JAlTA TASK#: 0620120104
Transfer 480V SO Board 2A1-A from Normal to Alternate Supply
KIA Ratings: 062A2.05 (2.9/3.3)062A3.05(3.5/3.6)(AUO)062A4.04(2.6/2.7)2.1.20(4.3/4.2)
JAlTA TASK #: 0620120104
Task Standard:480VShutdownBoard2A1-AfailstotransferfromNormaltoAlternateSupply.
KIA Ratings:
Operator reclosesnormalbreaker.
062A2.05 (2.9/3.3)
Evaluation
062A3.05 (3.5/3.6)
Method: Simulator---In-Plant x
(AUO)
062A4.04 (2.6/2.7)
2.1.20 (4.3/4.2)
Task Standard:
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A fails to transfer from Normal to Alternate Supply. Operator recloses
normal breaker.
Evaluation Method :
Simulator---
In-Plant
x
======================================================~============================
Performer:
Performer:
Performance
Performance Rating:
Rating: SAT Evaluator:
SAT
NAME UNSAT SIGNATUREPerformanceTime
Evaluator:
DATEStartTime_FinishTime_
NAME
UNSAT
SIGNATURE
Performance Time
DATE
Start Time
_
Finish Time
_
===================================================================================
===================================================================================
COMMENTS  
COMMENTS
JPM#61AP2Page4of8Rev.6 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
 
TO EVALUATOR:1.Criticalstepsidentifiedbyan
JPM # 61AP2
asterisk (*)2.Sequencedstepsidentifiedbyan"s"3.Any UNSAT requires comments4.SM approval will be required to enter the"Trip Hazard Zone" nearthe480V SOBO 2A1-A.5.Ensurearcflash
Page 4 of 8
distanceandPPE requirements
Rev. 6
met.6.Role playassecondpersonto
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:
complete transferasdirectedbytheoperator.
1.
7.Ensure operator performs the followingrequiredactionsfor
Critical steps identified by an asterisk (*)
SELF-CHECKING;a.Identifiesthe
2.
correctunit,train,component,etc.b.Reviewstheintendedactionandexpectedresponse.
Sequenced steps identified by an "s"
c.Comparestheactual responsetotheexpectedresponse.
3.
Valldation
Any UNSAT requires comments
Time: CR.---Local10mins Tools/Equipment/Procedures
4.
Needed: 2-S0-201-1,Section8.1.
SM approval will be required to enter the "Trip Hazard Zone" near the 480V
SOBO 2A1-A.
5.
Ensure arc flash distance and PPE requirements met.
6.
Role playas second person to complete transfer as directed by the operator.
7.
Ensure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;
a. Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.
b. Reviews the intended action and expected response.
c. Compares the actual response to the expected response.
Valldation Time: CR.---
Local
10 mins
Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:
2-S0-201-1, Section 8.1.
References:
References:
Reference 2-S0-201-1
Reference
Title 480V.Shutdown BoardsREADTO*OPERATOR
Directions
to Trainee:Iwillexplaintheinitialconditions,andstatethetasktobeperformed.
AllstepsshallbesimulatedforthisJPM.WHEN
ENTERINGAUNITTRIP HAZARDZONEENSUREYOUDONOT
TOUCH ANY SWITCHES*WITHIN
THATZONE.Iwillprovideinitiatingcuesandindicateanystepstobe discussed.Whenyou completethetasksuccessfully,the
objectiveforthisjob
performance
measurewillbesatisfied.Ensureyouindicatetomewhenyou
understand
your assignedtask.Toindicatethatyouhave
completedyourassignedtaskreturnthehandoutsheetI
provided you.INITIALCONDITIONS:*Bothunitsareat100
%power.All6.9kVshutdownboardsarebeingsuppliedfromtheirnormal
feeders.*Electrical
maintenancehasto perform an inspectiononthenormalsupply
breakeronthe480V shutdown board-2A 1-A*All equipmentisavailableandoperable.*All prerequisites
are completed.*AllArcFlash
requirements
for protectiveclothingaremet.
INITIATING
CUES:*YouaretheControlRoom
AU*O.Electrical
maintenanceisreadytoperformtheinspectionofthe
normal feeder breakerto480V shutdownboard2A1-A.*Youareto transfer480Vshutdownboard2A1-Atoitsalternatesuppliesutilizing
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
section 8.1.*When 480V shutdownboard2A1-Aisalignedtoitsalternatesupply,informUnit2SROand
Title
he/she will notify Electrical
480V .Shutdown Boards
Maintenancethattheymayproceedwiththeirinspection.
-----------------~--------------------------~---------------------------------
Job Performance
------------------------~-------------~---~----~----~~--------------------~---
Checklist:
READ TO *OPERATOR
STEP/ST ANDARDJPM#61AP2Page5of8REV.6 SAT/U N SAT STEP1.:Obtainacopyoftheappropriateprocedure.
Directions to Trainee:
SAT-Cue: If operator addresses TI-300 for Arc Flash required clothing, state-UNSAT"All ARC Flash Requirementsaremet."StartTime--STANDARD: OperatorobtainsacopyofSection8.1.
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated
STEP 2.:-ENSURE[2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A]6.9kVFeedto480VShutdownBoard
for this JPM. WHEN ENTERING A UNIT TRIP HAZARD ZONE ENSURE YOU DO NOT
SAT-Alternate Transformer2A-A(6.9kVSDBd2A-ACompt.5)CLOSED.
TOUCH ANY SWITCHES*WITHIN THAT ZONE. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any
-UNSAT Cue: If asked, Red indicating
steps to be discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job
light for alternate supply breaker is illuminated
performance measure will be satisfied.
and/or breaker has a"RED" target.STANDARD: Operatorensures6.9kVFeedto480VShutdownBoardAlternate
Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your
Transformer2A-Aisclosed.STEP3.: VERIFY (2BCTB-201-DO/5B-A)Breaker52E,AlternateSupplyBreaker
assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I
-SAT (Emergency)
provided you.
from Transformer2A-AOPEN(480VSDBD2A2-A,Compt
INITIAL CONDITIONS:
58).-UNSAT Cue." If asked, Green indicating
*
light for alternate supply breaker is illuminated
Both units are at 100% power. All 6.9 kV shutdown boards are being supplied from their normal
and/or breaker has a"GREEN" target inside panel.STANDARD: Check 2A-AAlternate
feeders.
Supply Transformerto480Vshutdownboard2A2-Aopenlocallyat480Vshutdownboard2A2-ACompt5B.greentargetSTEP4.: ENSUREPowerChecklist2-201-1.01hasbeencompleted.
*
-SAT Cue: After operator identifies
Electrical maintenance has to perform an inspection on the normal supply breaker on the 480V
the need to check the Configuration
shutdown board -2A1-A
Log-UNSAT Book, then CUE that the checklisthasno deviations.
*
STANDARD: Operatorensurespowerchecklistiscompletebycheckingthe
All equipment is available and operable.
ConfigurationLogBookintheMCR.STEP5.: VERIFY3-phasevoltagesupplyfrom2A-AAlternateSupply
*
Transformer
All prerequisites are completed.
-SAT(480VSDBD2A1-ACompt5A).
*
-UNSAT Cue: Al/3-phases
All Arc Flash requirements for protective clothing are met.
voltage-490V.STANDARD: Check voltage456Vbut504volts.  
INITIATING CUES:
Job Performance
*
Checklist:
You are the Control Room AU*O. Electrical maintenance is ready to perform the inspection of the
STEP/ST ANDARD JPM#61AP2Page6of8REV.6 SAT/UNSAT NOTE: The following steps take two people, role playas the second party and perform actions as directedbythe operator.Failure to perform the next two steps in sequence will result in de-energizing
normal feeder breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A.
the board.If operator asks foraCV tell them that they are to proceed as ifaCV was present.Evaluator Note: During performanceofthisandthenextstep:
*
If evaluatorisstationedatcontrolswitchforalternate
You are to transfer 480V shutdown board 2A1-A to its alternate supplies utilizing 2-S0-201-1
feeder breaker;Cue: A*fter being instructed
section 8.1.
how to place and hold switchintheCLOSE
*
position, cue that the switch isin the Close position.If stationedatthe breakerfortheNormal
When 480V shutdown board 2A1-A is aligned to its alternate supply, inform Unit 2 SRO and
feeder breaker;Cue: After being instructed
he/she will notify Electrical Maintenance that they may proceed with their inspection.
how to place the switchintheTRIP position, cue that the switchisintheTRIP
 
position-SAT STEP*6.S: PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A)
Job Performance Checklist:
52E Alternate Supply Breaker-UNSAT (Emergency)ControlSwitchintheCLOSEpositionandholduntilstep[5]
STEP/STANDARD
is complete (Campt 5A).Critical step Cue: Alternate feederACBhasGREEN light still illuminated
JPM # 61AP2
and a red flag above the handswitch.
Page 5 of 8
STANDARD: HS-52Eonalternate
REV. 6
supply breakerto480Vshutdownboard
SAT/UNSAT
2A 1-AturnedandheldinCLOSEDposition.
STEP1.:
STE*PS: PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/1
Obtain a copy of the appropriate procedure.
B-A)52N Normal*Supply
SAT
Breaker Control-SATSwitchtotheTRIPposition (Compt 1A).-UNSAT Cue: Normal feeder ACBhasGREEN light illuminated
-
and alternate feeder ACBhasGREEN light illuminated.(Breaker did not close)Alternate Path Critical step STANDARD:PlacesHS-52N,NormalSupply
Cue:
BreakerControlSwitchtotheTRIP
If operator addresses TI-300 for Arc Flash required clothing, state
position..STEP 8.: Verify (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A)52E
-
Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
UNSAT
-SATClosedand(2-BCTB--201-DN/1
"All ARC Flash Requirements are met. "
B-A)52NNormalSupply
Start Time--
Breaker OPEN.-UNSAT Cue: ACB52EGreen light LIT, ACB52NGreen light LIT.If asked, ACB 52N opening soundwasheard, but no closing sound was heard from ACB 52E.Cue: If operator checks.board voltage (Compt 6).ItisZero.STANDARD: OperatorattemptstoverifyalternateACB52ECLOSEDandnormalACB52NOPENandrecognizesalternate
STANDARD:
breakerdidnotclose.  
Operator obtains a copy of 2-S0~201-1, Section 8.1.
Job Performance
STEP 2.:-
Checklist:
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9kV Feed to 480V Shutdown Board
STEP/STANDARDJPM#61AP2Page7of8REV.6 SAT/UNSATSTEP*9.: IF (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A)52EAlternateSupplyBreakerfailstoclose,-SATTHENPLACE(2-BCTB-201-DN/1B-A)52NNormalSupplyBreakerControlSwitchtotheCLOSEposition (Compt1A),ANDVERIFY(2-
SAT
-UNSATBCTB-201-DN/1B-A)52NNormalSupplyBreakerCLOSED.
-
Critical step NOTE:*Operator should ensure 52E handswitchhasbeen released prior to reclosing normal feeder breaker.Cue: When ACB 52N control switch is placed in the CLOSED position: "ACS52NRed lightisLITand closing sound was heard".STANDARD: Operatorcloses52Nandverifiesitisclosed.STEP10.: MONITOR voltmeterfor3phasevoltage (Compt 6)-SAT Cue: Al13-phases
Alternate Transformer 2A-A (6.9kV SD Bd 2A-A Compt. 5) CLOSED.
voltage-490V.-UNSAT STANDARD: Operatorchecksboardvoltage456Vbut504volts.STEP11.:InformUnit2SROthatboardfailedtotransfer,andthenormalbreaker
-
-SAThasbeenre-closed.
UNSAT
-UNSAT STANDARD: OperatornotifiesUnit
Cue:
2SROofthefailureoftheboardtotransfer.StopTime__IENDOFJPM
If asked, Red indicating light for alternate supply breaker is
READTO OPERATOR Directions
illuminated and/or breaker has a "RED" target.
to Trainee:Iwill explaintheinitial
STANDARD:
conditions,andstatethetasktobe
Operator ensures 6.9kV Feed to 480V Shutdown Board Alternate
performed.Allstepsshallbe simulated forthisJPM.WHEN
Transformer 2A-A is closed.
ENTERING AUNIT TRIP HAZARD ZONE ENSUREYOUDONOTTOUCH
STEP 3.:
ANY SWITCHES WITHIN THAT ZONE.Iwill provide initiatingcuesand indicateanystepstobe
VERIFY (2BCTB-201-DO/5B-A) Breaker 52E, Alternate Supply Breaker
discussed.
-
When you complete the task successfully, the objectiveforthisjob
SAT
performance
(Emergency) from Transformer 2A-A OPEN (480V SDBD 2A2-A, Compt
measurewillbe satisfied.Ensureyou indicatetomewhenyou
58).
understand
-
your assignedtask.To indicatethatyouhave
UNSAT
completed your assigned taskreturnthe handout sheet I provided you.INITIAL.CONDIT.IONS:*Bothunitsareat100
Cue."
%power.All6.9kV
If asked, Green indicating light for alternate supply breaker is
shutdownboardsarebeing
illuminated and/or breaker has a "GREEN" target inside panel.
supplied from their normal feeders.*Electrical
STANDARD:
maintenancehasto perform an inspectiononthenormal
Check 2A-AAlternate Supply Transformer to 480V shutdown board 2A2-
feeder breakeronthe 480V shutdownboard2A 1-A*All equipment is available and operable.*All prerequisites
A open locally at 480V shutdown board 2A2-A Compt 5B. green target
are completed.*AllArcFlash
STEP 4.:
requirements
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been completed.
for protectiveclothingaremet.INITIATING
-
CUES:*Youarethe
SAT
ControlRoomAUO.Electrical
Cue:
maintenanceisreadyto perform the inspection
After operator identifies the need to check the Configuration Log
of the normal feeder breaker to 480V shutdownboard2A1-A.*Youareto transfer 480V shutdownboard2A1-Atoits
-
alternate supplyutilizing 80-201-1 section 8.1.*When 480V shutdownboard2A1-Aisalignedtoits
UNSAT
alternatesupply,informUnit
Book, then CUE that the checklist has no deviations.
2 8RO and he/she will notify Electrical
STANDARD:
Maintenance
Operator ensures power checklist is complete by checking the
that theymayproceedwith
Configuration Log Book in the MCR.
their inspection.  
STEP 5.:
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A-A Alternate Supply Transformer
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE 2-50-201-1
-
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDSRevision20
SAT
QUALITY RELATED PREPARED BY:DARRELLW.LUNSFORD RESPONSIBLE
(480V SDBD 2A1-A Compt 5A).
ORGANIZATION:
-
UNSAT
Cue:
Al/3-phases voltage - 490V.
STANDARD:
Check voltage ~. 456 V but ~. 504 volts.
 
Job Performance Checklist:
STEP/STANDARD
JPM # 61AP2
Page 6 of 8
REV. 6
SAT/UNSAT
NOTE:
The following steps take two people, role playas the second party
and perform actions as directed by the operator. Failure to perform
the next two steps in sequence will result in de-energizing the
board. If operator asks for a CV tell them that they are to proceed as
if a CV was present.
Evaluator Note:
During performance of this and the next step:
If evaluator is stationed at control switch for alternate feeder breaker;
Cue:
A*fter being instructed how to place and hold switch in the CLOSE
position, cue that the switch isin the Close position.
If stationed at the breaker for the Normal feeder breaker;
Cue:
After being instructed how to place the switch in the TRIP position,
cue that the switch is in the TRIP position
-
SAT
STEP *6. S:
PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A) 52E Alternate Supply Breaker
-
UNSAT
(Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE position and hold until step [5]
is complete (Campt 5A).
Critical step
Cue:
Alternate feederACB has GREEN light still illuminated and a red flag
above the handswitch.
STANDARD:
HS-52E on alternate supply breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A
turned and held in CLOSED position.
STE*P *7~ S:
PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal*Supply Breaker Control
-
SAT
Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
-
UNSAT
Cue:
Normal feeder ACB has GREEN light illuminated and alternate feeder
ACB has GREEN light illuminated. (Breaker did not close)
Alternate Path
Critical step
STANDARD:
Places HS-52N, Normal Supply Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP
position..
STEP 8.:
Verify (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A)52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
-
SAT
Closed and (2-BCTB--201-DN/1B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker OPEN.
-
UNSAT
Cue:
ACB 52E Green light LIT, ACB 52N Green light LIT.
If asked, ACB 52N opening sound was heard, but no closing sound
was heard from ACB 52E.
Cue:
If operator checks. board voltage (Compt 6). It is Zero.
STANDARD:
Operator attempts to verify alternate ACB 52E CLOSED and normal ACB
52N OPEN and recognizes alternate breaker did not close.
 
Job Performance Checklist:
STEP/STANDARD
JPM # 61AP2
Page 7 of 8
REV. 6
SAT/UNSAT
STEP *9.:
IF (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A) 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
-
SAT
THEN PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker
Control Switch to the CLOSE position (Compt 1A), AND VERIFY (2-
-
UNSAT
BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker CLOSED.
Critical step
NOTE:*
Operator should ensure 52E handswitch has been released prior to
reclosing normal feeder breaker.
Cue:
When ACB 52N control switch is placed in the CLOSED position:
"ACS 52N Red light is LIT and closing sound was heard".
STANDARD:
Operator closes 52N and verifies it is closed.
STEP 10.:
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)
-
SAT
Cue:
Al13-phases voltage - 490V.
-
UNSAT
STANDARD:
Operator checks board voltage ~ 456 V but ~ 504 volts.
STEP 11.:
Inform Unit 2 SRO that board failed to transfer, and the normal breaker
-
SAT
has been re-closed.
-
UNSAT
STANDARD:
Operator notifies Unit 2SRO of the failure of the board to transfer.
Stop Time__
I
END OF JPM
 
READ TO OPERATOR
Directions to Trainee:
I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps
shall be simulated for this JPM. WHEN ENTERING AUNIT TRIP HAZARD
ZONE ENSURE YOU DO NOT TOUCH ANY SWITCHES WITHIN THAT ZONE.
I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you
complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure
will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned
task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout
sheet I provided you.
INITIAL.CONDIT.IONS:
*
Both units are at 100% power. All 6.9 kV shutdown boards are being supplied
from their normal feeders.
*
Electrical maintenance has to perform an inspection on the normal feeder
breaker on the 480V shutdown board 2A1-A
*
All equipment is available and operable.
*
All prerequisites are completed.
*
All Arc Flash requirements for protective clothing are met
.INITIATING CUES:
*
You are the Control Room AUO. Electrical maintenance is ready to perform the
inspection of the normal feeder breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A.
*
You are to transfer 480V shutdown board 2A1-A to its alternate supply utilizing 2-
80-201-1 section 8.1.
*
When 480V shutdown board 2A1-A is aligned to its alternate supply, inform Unit
2 8RO and he/she will notify Electrical Maintenance that they may proceed with
their inspection.
 
 
TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY
SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT
SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE
2-50-201-1
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
Revision 20
QUALITY RELATED
PREPARED BY:
DARRELL W. LUNSFORD
RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION:
OPERATIONS
OPERATIONS
APPROVED BY:W.T.LEARY EFFECTIVE DATE: 06/12/06LEVELOFUSE:
APPROVED BY:
CONTINUOUS
W. T. LEARY
USE REVISION DESCRIPTION:ReversedtwostepsinSection8.1,8.2,8.3and8.4to
EFFECTIVE DATE:
ensure power checklist is complete before verifyingvoltageandaddedanotethatthe
06/12/06
remainderofthe instructionwillbe performedatthe respectiveboardperNB051011.
LEVEL OF USE:
Correctedtypoon 2-201-1.05perNB050534.AddedNote5inSection8.1thatduringboard
CONTINUOUS USE
transfer, power interruption
REVISION
to C&A Vent Bd 2A1-Amaycause"A" ShutdownBdRm Chillertotripper RT060202 (PER98065/98292).
DESCRIPTION:
These are minoreditorialchanges.  
Reversed two steps in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4 to ensure
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
power checklist is complete before verifying voltage and added a
note that the remainder of the instruction will be performed at the
respective board per NB051011. Corrected typo on 2-201-1.05
per NB050534. Added Note 5 in Section 8.1 that during board
transfer, power interruption to C&A Vent Bd 2A1-A may cause "A"
Shutdown Bd Rm Chiller to trip per RT060202 (PER98065/98292).
These are minor editorial changes.
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page2of60 TABLEOFCONTENTSPage1of2 Section Title TABLEOFCONTENTS
2
.1.0INTRODUCTION
Rev 20
.Page 2 41.1 Purpose 4 1.2 Scope............................................................................................................
Page 2 of 60
4 2.0 REFERENCES.............................
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4 2.1 Performance
Page 1 of 2
References..............................................................................
Section Title
4 2.2 Developmental
TABLE OF CONTENTS
References...........................................................................
.
4 3.0 PRECAUTIONS
1.0
AND LIMITATIONS............................................................
INTRODUCTION
64.0PREREQUISITEACTIONS
.
7 5.0 STARTUP/STANDBY
Page
READINESS 9 5.1 Energizing
2
480V ShutdownBoard2A1-AFromNormal
4
Supply...................
1.1
9 5.2 Energizing
Purpose
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-AFromNormal
4
Supply...................
1.2
12 5.3 Energizing
Scope............................................................................................................
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-BFromNormal
4
Supply...................
2.0
15 5.4.Energizing
REFERENCES.............................
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-BFromNormal
4
Supply...................
2.1
18 5.5 Energizing
Performance References..............................................................................
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate Supply................
4
21 5.6 Energizing
2.2
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate Supply................
Developmental References...........................................................................
24 5.7 Energizing
4
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate Supply................
3.0
27 5.8 Energizing
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS............................................................
480V Shutdown Board 282-B From Alternate Supply................
6
30 6.0 NORMAL OPERATION 33 7.0 SHUTDOWN.................................................................................................
4.0
34 7.1 De-energizing
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A................................................
7
34 7.2 De-energizing
5.0
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A................................................
STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS
36 7.3 De-energizing
9
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-8................................................
5.1
38 7.4 De-energizing
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal Supply...................
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8................................................
9
40 8.0 INFREQUENT
5.2
OPERATION 42 8.1 Transferring
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal Supply...................
480V ShutdownBoard2A1-AFromNormalto
12
5.3
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal Supply...................
15
5.4.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal Supply...................
18
5.5
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate Supply................
21
5.6
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate Supply................
24
5.7
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate Supply................
27
5.8
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 282-B From Alternate Supply................
30
6.0
NORMAL OPERATION
33
7.0
SHUTDOWN.................................................................................................
34
7.1
De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A................................................
34
7.2
De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A................................................
36
7.3
De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-8................................................
38
7.4
De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8................................................
40
8.0
INFREQUENT OPERATION
42
8.1
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to
Alternate Power Supply................................................................................
Alternate Power Supply................................................................................
42  
42
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
 
2Rev20Page3of60 TABLE OF CONTENTSPage2of2 Section Title Page 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 9.0 Transferring
SQN
480VShutdownBoard
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2A2-AFromNormalto
Alternate Power Supply.Transferring
480VShutdownBoard2B1-BFromNormalto
Alternate Power Supply.Transferring
480VShutdownBoard2B2-BFromNormalto
Alternate Power Supply.Transferring
480V ShutdownBoard2A1-AFrom
Alternate to Normal Power Supply.Transferring
480VShutdownBoard
2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power Supply.Transferring
480V ShutdownBoard2B1-BFrom
Alternate to Normal Power Supply.Transferring
480V ShutdownBoard2B2-BFrom
Alternate to Normal Power Supply.RECORDS.44 46 48 51 53 55 57 59 SOURCE NOTES 60 ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENT
1: 480V SHUTDOWNBOARDPOWER
CHECKLIST 2-201-1.01
ATTACHMENT
2: 480V SHUTDOWNBOARDPOWER
CHECKLIST 2-201-1.02
ATTACHMENT
3: 480V SHUTDOWNBOARDPOWER
CHECKLIST 2-201-1.03
ATTACHMENT
4: 480V SHUTDOWNBOARDPOWER
CHECKLIST 2-201-1.04
ATTACHMENT
5: 480V SHUTDOWNBOARDPOWER
CHECKLIST 2-201-1.05
ATTACHMENT
6: 480V SHUTDOWNBOARDPOWER
CHECKLIST 2-201-1.06
ATTACHMENT
7: 480V SHUTDOWNBOARDPOWER
CHECKLIST 2-201-1.07
ATTACHMENT
8: 480V SHUTDOWNBOARDPOWER
CHECKLIST 2-201-1.08
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page4of601.0INTRODUCTION
2
1.1 PurposeThisinstructionprovidesthestepsnecessaryforthenormaloperationoftheUnit2
Rev 20
480VShutdownBoards.
Page 3 of 60
1.2 Scope This instructionprovidestheprecautionsandactionsforenergizingtheUnit2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
480VShutdownBoardsfromtheirnormalsources,transferringpowersources,andshutdownoftheboardsformaintenanceortesting.2.0REFERENCES
Page 2 of 2
2.1 Performance
Section Title
References
Page
None 2.2 Developmental
8.2
ReferencesA.Procedures1.0-GO-6-1,ElectricalApparatusOperations2.0-SO-250-1,125VoltDCVitalPowerSystem3.0-SO-202-4,6900VShutdownBoards4.OPDP-7,FuseControl5.SOI-201.2,480VAuxiliaryBuildingElectricalBoards6.SSP-12.6,EquipmentStatusVerificationandChecking
8.3
ProgramB.TVADrawings1.45N749-1through42.45N779-1through43.45N765-1and24.45N703-1through4
8.4
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
8.5
2Rev20Page5of60 2.2 Developmental
8.6
References (continued)C.FSAR1.Section8.0, Electric Power2.Section7.0, Instrumentation
8.7
and Controls3.Section15.2.7,LossofElectricalLoad
8.8
and/or Turbine Trip4.Section15.2.9,LossofOff-SitePowertotheStation
9.0
Auxiliaries5.Section15.5.1, Environmental
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to
ConsequencesofaPostulatedLossofACPowertothePlant
Alternate Power Supply
.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to
Alternate Power Supply
.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to
Alternate Power Supply
.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate to
Normal Power Supply
.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to
Normal Power Supply
.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to
Normal Power Supply
.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to
Normal Power Supply
.
RECORDS
.
44
46
48
51
53
55
57
59
SOURCE NOTES
60
ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENT 1:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.01
ATTACHMENT 2:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.02
ATTACHMENT 3:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.03
ATTACHMENT 4:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.04
ATTACHMENT 5:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.05
ATTACHMENT 6:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.06
ATTACHMENT 7:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.07
ATTACHMENT 8:
480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.08
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 4 of 60
1.0
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Purpose
This instruction provides the steps necessary for the normal operation of the Unit 2
480V Shutdown Boards.
1.2
Scope
This instruction provides the precautions and actions for energizing the Unit 2
480V Shutdown Boards from their normal sources, transferring power sources, and
shutdown of the boards for maintenance or testing.
2.0
REFERENCES
2.1
Performance References
None
2.2
Developmental References
A.
Procedures
1.
0-GO-6-1, Electrical Apparatus Operations
2.
0-SO-250-1, 125 Volt DC Vital Power System
3.
0-SO-202-4, 6900V Shutdown Boards
4.
OPDP-7, Fuse Control
5.
SOI-201.2, 480V Auxiliary Building Electrical Boards
6.
SSP-12.6, Equipment Status Verification and Checking
Program
B.
TVA Drawings
1.
45N749-1 through 4
2.
45N779-1 through 4
3.
45N765-1 and 2
4.
45N703-1 through 4
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 5 of 60
2.2
Developmental References (continued)
C.
FSAR
1.
Section 8.0, Electric Power
2.
Section 7.0, Instrumentation and Controls
3.
Section 15.2.7, Loss of Electrical Load and/or Turbine
Trip
4.
Section 15.2.9, Loss of Off-Site Power to the Station
Auxiliaries
Auxiliaries
D.Technical Specifications1.LCO3.8.2.12.LCO3.8.2.2
5.
'3.LCO3.8.1.14.LCO3.8.1.2
Section 15.5.1, Environmental Consequences of a
End of Section 2.2
Postulated Loss of AC Power to the Plant Auxiliaries
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
D.
2Rev20Page6of60 3.0 PRECAUTIONS
Technical Specifications
AND LIMITATIONS
1.
A.Protectiverelayingshallbeinserviceandtripcircuitsupplyenergizedbeforeenergizingafeederorbus.B.Whenreplacingfusesuseonlyexact
LCO 3.8.2.1
replacement
2.
or acceptablesubstituteinaccordancewithOPDP-7.C.Whenrackinginorout480Vcircuitbreakers,forpersonnelsafetyandtoensureoperability,operateinaccordancewith
LCO 3.8.2.2 '
0-GO-10.D.Protectivegroundswillberemovedbeforeenergizinga
3.
feeder bus.E.Whenworkingwithoraroundelectricalcomponents,forpersonnelsafetyandtoensureoperability,conductshouldbeinaccordancewiththeSequoyahHealthandSafetyManual,SectionIV.
LCO 3.8.1.1
F.Alignmentofa480VShutdownBoardtofeedfromthe
4.
AlternateSupplyBreakerisacceptable,ifthespare
LCO 3.8.1.2
480V transformerisutilizedtopoweronlyone480Vshutdownboardatatime.G.Priortoenergizinganelectricalboardafterworkhasbeenperformed,the
End of Section 2.2
8Morhisrepresentativemustperforma
 
walkdownontheboard.Operationsmayrequirethework
SQN
directorstoassistinthewalkdown.H.Priortotransferring(normaltoalternateoralternatetonormal)the480vShutdownBoardsthatarealignedtofeed
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
the 1-IVand2-IVVitalInverters,theControlRodDriveSystemfortheaffectedunitshallbeplacedinmanualrodcontrol.Notethatrodcontrolsystemalarmsmayoccur
during transferoperation.(REF.
SQ993258PER)EndofSection
3.0
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page7of60 Date---4.0 PREREQUISITE
ACTIONS NOTE 1 NOTE 2 Throughout
this instruction
where an IF/THEN statement exists, the step should be N/A if condition does NOT exist.Throughout
this instruction, voltage verification
serves as independent
verificationforall breaker operation.
[1]ENSURE instructiontobeusedisa
copy of effective version.[2]ENSURE Section 3.0, Precautions
and Limitations
has been reviewed.[3]IF removingaboardfrom
service, THEN NOTIFY Unit 8RO to evaluate applicable
LCOs.[4]IF returning equipment to service after a clearance, THEN ENSURE protective
safety groundshavebeen removed before energizinganybus.NOTE The followinglistsarenot
intendedtobe all-inclusive.
15E500 series drawings and applicable
procedures
should be reviewed for particular
circumstances.
[5]REVIEW the applicable
80s for potential impacts.Unit Two 480V Shutdown Boards Reactor MOV Boards 2-80-201-2
C&A Vent Boards 2-S0-201-3
Reactor Vent Boards 2-80-201-4
DG Auxiliary Boards 2-S0-201-8
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-80-201-1
2 Rev 20Page8 of 60Date_4.0 PREREQUISITE
ACTIONS (CONTINUED)
[6]EVALUATE the followingpanels,and
systemswhichare associatedwithboardlistedfor
possible impacts.Shutdown Board 2A2-ARadMon&SampDistPnlFireProtDistPnl
[7]ENSURE each performer documents theirnameand initials: Print Name Initials[8]INDICATE below which performance
sectionofthis instructionwillbeusedandthereasonforthis
performance:
o 5.0 STARTUP/STANDBY
READINESS o 6.0 NORMAL OPERATION D 7.0 SHUTDOWN D 8.0 INFREQUENT
OPERATION REASON_End of Section 4.0
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page9of60Date_5.0 STARTUP/STANDBY
2
READINESS 5.1 Energizing
Rev 20
480V Shutdown Board2A1-AFromIts
Page 6 of 60
Normal Supply CAUTIONNOTE1NOTE2 Prior to energizing
3.0
an electrical
PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS
board after workhasbeen performedonit,theSM/SM
A.
representative
Protective relaying shall be in service and trip circuit supply
must perform a walkdown of the board.Operations
energized before energizing a feeder or bus.
may require the work directors to assistinthe walkdown.480VShutdownBoard2A1-Aisnormallysuppliedfrom2A-A
B.
6900VShutdownBoard.ThisInstructionsectionprovidesfornormalsourcefeedestablishment.AlternatesourcefeediscoveredinSection8.0.Allstepsinthissectionreferto
When replacing fuses use only exact replacement or
480VShutdownBoard2A1-Aunless
acceptable substitute in accordance with OPDP-7.
specificallystatedotherwise.[1]VERIFY 6900VShutdownBoard2A-A
C.
ENERGIZED.[2]VERIFY125VVitalBatteryBoards
When racking in or out 480V circuit breakers, for personnel
I and III ENERGIZED.[3]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DN/1
safety and to ensure operability, operate in accordance with
B-Al52NNormal 480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt1B).[4]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al
0-GO-10.
52E Alternate 480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt5B).[5]ENSUREthefollowing
D.
Attachmentshavebeen PERFORMED:
Protective grounds will be removed before energizing a
A.Attachment1,480VShutdownBoardPower
feeder bus.
E.
When working with or around electrical components, for
personnel safety and to ensure operability, conduct should
be in accordance with the Sequoyah Health and Safety
Manual, Section IV.
F.
Alignment of a 480V Shutdown Board to feed from the
Alternate Supply Breaker is acceptable, if the spare 480V
transformer is utilized to power only one 480V shutdown
board at a time.
G.
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
performed, the 8M or his representative must perform a
walkdown on the board. Operations may require the work
directors to assist in the walkdown.
H.
Prior to transferring (normal to alternate or alternate to
normal) the 480v Shutdown Boards that are aligned to feed
the 1-IV and 2-IV Vital Inverters, the Control Rod Drive
System for the affected unit shall be placed in manual rod
control. Note that rod control system alarms may occur
during transfer operation. (REF. SQ993258PER)
End of Section 3.0
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 7 of 60
Date---
4.0
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
Throughout this instruction where an IF/THEN
statement exists, the step should be N/A if
condition does NOT exist.
Throughout this instruction, voltage
verification serves as independent verification
for all breaker operation.
[1]
ENSURE instruction to be used is a copy of effective version.
[2]
ENSURE Section 3.0, Precautions and Limitations has
been reviewed.
[3]
IF removing a board from service, THEN
NOTIFY Unit 8RO to evaluate applicable LCOs.
[4]
IF returning equipment to service after a clearance,
THEN
ENSURE protective safety grounds have been removed
before energizing any bus.
NOTE
The following lists are not intended to be all-inclusive.
15E500 series drawings and applicable procedures
should be reviewed for particular circumstances.
[5]
REVIEW the applicable 80s for potential impacts.
Unit Two 480V Shutdown Boards
Reactor MOV Boards
2-80-201-2
C & A Vent Boards
2-S0-201-3
Reactor Vent Boards
2-80-201-4
DG Auxiliary Boards
2-S0-201-8
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-80-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 8 of 60
Date
_
4.0
PREREQUISITE ACTIONS (CONTINUED)
[6]
EVALUATE the following panels, and systems which are
associated with board listed for possible impacts.
Shutdown Board 2A2-A
Rad Mon &Samp Dist Pnl
Fire Prot Dist Pnl
[7]
ENSURE each performer documents their name and
initials:
Print Name
Initials
[8]
INDICATE below which performance section of this
instruction will be used and the reason for this performance:
o
5.0
STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS
o
6.0
NORMAL OPERATION
D
7.0
SHUTDOWN
D
8.0
INFREQUENT OPERATION
REASON
_
End of Section 4.0
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 9 of 60
Date
_
5.0
STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS
5.1
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply
CAUTION
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
directors to assist in the walkdown.
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally
supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.
This Instruction section provides for normal
source feed establishment. Alternate source
feed is covered in Section 8.0.
All steps in this section refer to 480V
Shutdown Board 2A1-A unless specifically
stated otherwise.
[1]
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
[2]
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III
ENERGIZED.
[3]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[5]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been
PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 1, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.01.
Checklist 2-201-1.01.
B.Attachment2,480VShutdownBoardPower
B.
Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.02.
Checklist 2-201-1.02.
/-1-st---cv/-1-st---cv  
/
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
-1-
2Rev20Page10of60
st - --cv
Date 5.1 Energizing
/
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
-1-
[6]VERIFYthefollowingRelaysareRESET:(Compt3of
st - --cv
6900VShutdownBoard2A-A).
 
A.480V Shutdown Transformer2A1-A Overcurrent
SQN
Relays SO/51/1st IV B.480V Shutdown Transformer2A1-AGroundRelay50G/1st IV[7]CLOSE[2-BCT A-202-CO/3-Al
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer2A1-A (Compt3of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
2-S0-201-1
-/1st CV[8]MONITOR ammeterforminimalcurrentflowafter
2
transformerischarged(Compt3of
Rev 20
6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
Page 10 of 60
[9]VERIFYnormal3-phase
Date
voltage to[2-BCTB-201-DN/1
5.1
B-A]52NNormalSupplyBreaker.(Compt 1A)[10]ENSUREthefollowingRelaysareRESET.
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
A.86E Overcurrent
[6]
Relay (Compt SA)/1st IV B.86N Overcurrent
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of
Relay (Compt 1A)/1st IV[11]CLOSE[2-BCTB-201-DN/1
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
B-A]52N,NormalSupply
A.
Breaker to 480V ShutdownBoard2A1-A.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Overcurrent
/1st CV[12]MONITOR voltmeterfor3phasevoltage(Compt6)  
Relays SO/51
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
/
1st
IV
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Ground
Relay 50G
/
1st
IV
[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (Compt 3 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 2A-A).
-/
1st
CV
[8]
MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2A-A).
[9]
VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
(Compt 1A)
[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA)
/
1st
IV
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A)
/
1st
IV
[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N, Normal Supply
Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.
/
1st
CV
[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-80-201-1
2-80-201-1
2Rev20Page11of60
2
Date----5.1 Energizing
Rev 20
480V Shutdown Board2A1-AFromIts
Page 11 of 60
Normal Supply (Continued)[13]CHECK 480V ShutdownBoard2A1-Afor
Date----
ground indication.NOTE1NOTE2 The following steps[14]through[17]maybe marked N/A if currently performed in section 5.2.Transformer
5.1
2A-A fan circuit is paralleltothe fan circuit of either transformer
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
2A 1-A (Normal)or 2A2-A (Alternate)andis operable when the selected transformer's
[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A for ground
fan circuit is operable.[14]ENSURE
indication.
Selector Switch positionedtoan operable source (Compt 2Aof 480V Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A-N/A the other).Normal (preferred)
NOTE 1
Alternate[15]ENSURE
NOTE 2
the following Relays are RESET: (Compt5of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
The following steps [14] through [17] may be
A.B.480V Shutdown Transformer
marked N/A if currently performed in section
2A-A Overcurrent
5.2.
Relays 50/51 480V Shutdown Transformer
Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the
2A-A Ground Relay 50G/1st IV/1st IV[16]CLOSE[2-BCT
fan circuit of either transformer 2A 1-A
A-202-CO/5-Al
(Normal) or 2A2-A (Alternate) and is operable
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer
when the selected transformer's fan circuit is
2A-A (Compt5of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
operable.
/1st cv[17]MONITOR
[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow after transformer
source (Compt 2Aof 480V Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the
is charged.End of Section 5.1  
other).
NOTE2NOTE1 SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
Normal (preferred)
Alternate
[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
A.
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
Relays 50/51
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
50G
/
1st
IV
/
1st
IV
[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
/
1st
cv
[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
after transformer is charged.
End of Section 5.1
 
NOTE 2
NOTE 1
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page12of60Date_5.2 Energizing
2
480V Shutdown Board2A2-AFromIts
Rev 20
Normal Supply CAUTION Prior to energizing
Page 12 of 60
an electrical
Date
board after workhasbeen performedonit,theSM/SM
_
representative
5.2
must perform a walkdown of the board.Operations
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply
may require the work directors to assistinthe walkdown.480VShutdownBoard2A2-Aisnormallysuppliedfrom2A-A
CAUTION
6900VShutdownBoard.ThisInstructionsectionprovidesfornormalsourcefeedestablishment.AlternatesourcefeediscoveredinSection8.0.Allstepsinthissectionreferto
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
480VShutdownBoard2A2-Aunless
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
specificallystatedotherwise.[1]VERIFY 6900VShutdownBoard2A-A
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
ENERGIZED.[2]VERIFY125VVitalBatteryBoardsIandIII
directors to assist in the walkdown.
ENERGIZED.[3]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DO/1B-A]52NNormal480V
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally
Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt1B).[4]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al52EAlternate
supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.
480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt5B).[5]ENSUREthefollowing
This Instruction section provides for normal
Attachmentshavebeen PERFORMED:
source feed establishment. Alternate source
A.Attachment
feed is covered in Section 8.0.
3, 480VShutdownBoardPower
All steps in this section refer to 480V
Shutdown Board 2A2-A unless specifically
stated otherwise.
[1]
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
[2]
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III
ENERGIZED.
[3]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[5]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been
PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 3, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.03.
Checklist 2-201-1.03.
B.Attachment
B.
4, 480VShutdownBoardPower
Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.04.
Checklist 2-201-1.04.
/-1 s-t----cv  
/
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
-1s-t
- ---cv
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 13 of 60
Date
5.2
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
[6]
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
A.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A Overcurrent
Relays 50/51.
/
1st
IV
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A Ground Relay
50G.
/
1st
IV
[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (Compt 4 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 2A-A).
/
1st
CV
[8]
MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 4 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2A-A).
[9]
VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
(Compt. 1A).
[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A).
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1B-Al 52N, Normal Supply
Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.
/
1st
CV
[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
 
D
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page13of60
2
Date 5.2 Energizing
Rev 20
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-AFromIts Normal Supply (Continued)
Page 14 of 60
[6]VERIFYthefollowingRelaysare
Date----
RESET:(Compt4of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
5.2
A.480V Shutdown Transformer
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
2A2-A OvercurrentRelays50/51.
[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A for ground
/1st IV B.480V Shutdown Transformer
indication.
2A2-AGroundRelay
NOTE 1
50G./1st IV[7]CLOSE[2-BCT A-202-CO/4-Al
NOTE 2
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer
The following steps [14] through [17] may be
2A2-A (Compt4of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
marked N/A if currently performed in section
/1st CV[8]MONITOR ammeterforminimal
5.2.
currentflowafter transformerischarged(Compt4of
Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the
6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
fan circuit of either transformer 2A1-A
[9]VERIFYnormal3-phasevoltageto
(Normal) or 2A2-A (Alternate) and is operable
[2-BCTB-201-DO/1
when the selected transformers fan circuit is
B-Al52NNormalSupplyBreaker.(Compt.1A).[10]ENSUREthefollowingRelaysare
operable.
RESET.A.86E Overcurrent
[14] ENSURE selector switch positioned to an operable
Relay (Compt 5A).B.86N Overcurrent
source (Compt 2A of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the
Relay (Compt 1A).[11]CLOSE[2-BCTB-201-DO/1B-Al52N,NormalSupply
other).
Breaker to 480VShutdownBoard2A2-A.
Normal (preferred)
/1st CV[12]MONITOR voltmeterfor3phase voltage(Compt6).
Alternate
D SQN480VSHUTDOWN
[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
2Rev20Page14of60
A.
Date----5.2 Energizing
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)
Relays 50/51.
[13]CHECK 480VShutdownBoard2A2-Aforground
B.
indication.NOTE1NOTE2Thefollowingsteps
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
[14]through[17]maybemarkedN/Aifcurrentlyperformedinsection
50G.
5.2.Transformer2A-Afancircuitisparalleltothefancircuitof
[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker
either transformer2A1-A(Normal)or
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of
2A2-A(Alternate)andis
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
operablewhentheselected
/
transformersfancircuitis
1st
operable.[14]ENSURE
CV
selectorswitchpositionedtoan
[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
operablesource(Compt2Aof480RxMOVBd2A1-A-N/Athe
after transformer is charged.
other).Normal(preferred)
End of Section 5.2
Alternate[15]ENSUREthefollowingRelaysareRESET:(Compt5of
 
6900VShutdownBoard2A-A).
SQN
A.480V Shutdown Transformer
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2A-A OvercurrentRelays50/51.
2-S0-201-1
B.480V Shutdown Transformer2A-AGroundRelay
2
50G.[16]CLOSE[2-BCT A-202-CO/5-Al
Rev 20
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer2A-A(Compt5of
Page 15 of 60
6900VShutdownBoard2A-A).
Date
/1st CV[17]MONITOR ammeterfor3phaseminimalcurrentflow
_
after transformerischarged.
5.3
End of Section 5.2  
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
CAUTION
2Rev20Page15of60Date_5.3 Energizing
NOTE 1
480V Shutdown Board2B1-BFrom its Normal Supply CAUTIONNOTE1NOTE2 Prior to energizing
NOTE 2
an electrical
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
board after workhasbeen performedonit,theSM/SM
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
representative
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
must perform a walkdown of the board.Operations
directors to assist in the walkdown.
may require the work directors to assistinthe walkdown.480V ShutdownBoard2B1-Bis
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally
normallysuppliedfrom2B-B
supplied from 2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board.
6900V Shutdown Board.This Instruction
This Instruction section provides for normal
section providesfornormalsourcefeed
source feed establishment. Alternate source
establishment.
feed is covered in Section 8.0.
Alternate sourcefeediscoveredinSection8.0.Allstepsinthissectionreferto
All steps in this section refer to 480V
480V ShutdownBoard2B1-Bunless
Shutdown Board 2B1-B unless specifically
specificallystatedotherwise.
stated otherwise.
[1]VERIFY 6900VShutdownBoard2B-BENERGIZED.
[1]
[2]VERIFY 125VVitaiBatteryBoardsIIandIV
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
[2]
VERIFY 125VVitai Battery Boards II and IV
ENERGIZED.
ENERGIZED.
[3]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DP/1
[3]
B-B]52NNormal 480V Supply BreakerOPEN(Compt1B).
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
[4]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B]
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
52E Alternate 480V Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).[5]ENSUREthefollowing
[4]
Attachmentshavebeen PERFORMED:
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V
A.Attachment
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
5, 480VShutdownBoardPower
[5]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been
PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 5, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.05.
Checklist 2-201-1.05.
B.Attachment
B.
6, 480V ShutdownBoardPower
Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.06.
Checklist 2-201-1.06.
/-1 5-t----cv/-1 5-t----cv  
/
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
-15-t ----cv
/
-15-t ----cv
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page16of60Date_5.3 Energizing
2
480V Shutdown Board2B1-BFromits
Rev 20
Normal Supply (Continued)[6]VERIFYthefollowingRelaysare
Page 16 of 60
RESET: (Compt 3 of 6900VShutdownBoard2B-B).
Date
A.480V Shutdown Transformer
_
2B1-B OvercurrentRelays50/51.
5.3
/1st IV B.480V Shutdown Transformer2B1-BGroundRelay
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
50G./1st IV[7]CLOSE[2-BCTA-202-CP/3-Bl
[6]
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer2B1-B(Compt3of
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of
6900V ShutdownBoard2B-B).
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
/-1-st----cv[8]MONITOR
A.
ammeterminimalcurrentflowafter
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B Overcurrent
transformerischarged(Compt3of
Relays 50/51.
6900V ShutdownBoard2B-B).[9]VERIFYnormal3-phasevoltageto[2-BCTB-201-DP/1B-B]52NNormalSupplyBreaker.(Compt.1A).[10]ENSUREthefollowingRelaysare
/
RESET.A.86E OvercurrentRelay(Compt5A).
1st
/1st IVB.86N OvercurrentRelay(Compt1A).
IV
/1st IV[11]CLOSE[2-BCTB-201-DP/1B-B]52N,NormalSupply
B.
Breaker To 480VShutdownBoard2B1-B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B Ground Relay
/1st CV[12]MONITOR
50G.
voltmeterfor3phasevoltage(Compt6).[13]CHECK 480VShutdownBoard2B1-Bforground
/
1st
IV
[7]
CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B (Compt 3 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 2B-B).
/
-1-
st -
---cv
[8]
MONITOR ammeter minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2B-B).
[9]
VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
(Compt. 1A).
[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A).
/
1st
IV
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
/
1st
IV
[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N, Normal Supply
Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.
/
1st
CV
[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B for ground
indication.
indication.
D  
D
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page17of60Date_5.3 Energizing
2
480V Shutdown Board2B1-BFromits
Rev 20
Normal Supply (Continued)NOTE1NOTE2Thefollowingsteps[14]through[17]maybe
Page 17 of 60
marked N/A if currentlyperformedinsection
Date
5.4.Transformer2B-Bfan circuitisparalleltothefancircuitof
_
either transformer
5.3
2B1-B(Normal)or2B2-B (Alternate)andis operablewhentheselected
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
transformer'sfancircuitis
NOTE 1
operable.[14]ENSURE
NOTE 2
SelectorSwitchpositionedtoanoperable
The following steps [14] through [17] may be
source (Compt1Cof 480V Rx MOVBd2B2-B-N/A the other).Normal (preferred)
marked N/A if currently performed in section
Alternate[15]ENSUREthefollowingRelaysare
5.4.
RESET:(Compt5of 6900V ShutdownBoard2B-B).
Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the
A.480V Shutdown Transformer
fan circuit of either transformer 2B1-B
2B-B OvercurrentRelays50/51.
(Normal) or 2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable
/1st IV B.480V Shutdown Transformer2B-BGroundRelay
when the selected transformer's fan circuit is
50G./1st IV[16]CLOSE[2-BCT A-202-CP/5-Bl
operable.
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer2B-B(Compt5of
[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
6900V Shutdown Board 28-B)./1st cv[17]MONITOR
source (Compt 1C of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the
ammeterfor3phaseminimalcurrentflow
other).
after transformerischarged.
Normal (preferred)
Initials End of Section 5.3  
Alternate
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
A.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
Relays 50/51.
/
1st
IV
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
50G.
/
1st
IV
[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of
6900V Shutdown Board 28-B).
/
1st
cv
[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
after transformer is charged.
Initials
End of Section 5.3
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page18of60Date_5.4 Energizing
2
480V Shutdown Board2B2-BFromits
Rev 20
Normal SupplyCAUTION1 Prior to energizing
Page 18 of 60
an electrical
Date
board after workhasbeen performedonit,theSM/SM
_
representative
5.4
must perform a walkdown of the board.Operations
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply
may require the work directors to assistinthe walkdown.NOTE1 480VShutdownBoard2B2-Bisnormallysuppliedfrom2B-B
CAUTION 1
6900VShutdownBoard.ThisInstructionsectionprovidesfornormalsourcefeed
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
establishment.
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
Alternate sourcefeediscoveredinSection8.0.NOTE2Allstepsinthissectionreferto
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
480VShutdownBoard2B2-Bunless
directors to assist in the walkdown.
specificallystatedotherwise.[1]VERIFY 6900VShutdownBoard2B-B
NOTE 1
ENERGIZED.[2]VERIFY125VVitalBatteryBoardsIIandIV
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally
supplied from 2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board.
This Instruction section provides for normal
source feed establishment. Alternate source
feed is covered in Section 8.0.
NOTE 2
All steps in this section refer to 480V
Shutdown Board 2B2-B unless specifically
stated otherwise.
[1]
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
[2]
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards II and IV
ENERGIZED.
ENERGIZED.
[3]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-B]52NNormal 480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt1B).[4]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl
[3]
52E Alternate 480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt5B).[5]ENSUREthefollowing
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
Attachmentshavebeen PERFORMED:
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
A.Attachment
[4]
7, 480VShutdownBoardPower
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[5]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been
PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 7, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.07.
Checklist 2-201-1.07.
B.Attachment
B.
8, 480VShutdownBoardPower
Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.08.
Checklist 2-201-1.08.
/-1 s-t---cv  
/
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
-1s-t ---cv
2Rev20Page19of60
 
Date 5.4 Energizing
SQN
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
[6]VERIFYthefollowingRelaysareRESET: (Compt4of 6900V ShutdownBoard2B-B).
2-S0-201-1
A.480V Shutdown Transformer
2
2B2-B OvercurrentRelays50/51.
Rev 20
/1 st IV B.480V Shutdown Transformer2B2-BGroundRelay
Page 19 of 60
50G./1 st IV[7]CLOSE[2-BCT A-202-CP/4-B]
Date
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer
5.4
2B2-B (Compt4of 6900V Shutdown Board 28-8)./1 st CV[8]MONITOR ammeterforminimalcurrentflowafter
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
transformerischarged(Compt3of
[6]
6900V ShutdownBoard2B-B).
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
[9]VERIFY normal 3-phasevoltageto[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
B-B]52NNormalSupplyBreaker.(Compt 1A).[10]ENSUREthefollowingRelaysareRESET.
A.
A.86E Overcurrent
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B Overcurrent
Relay (Compt SA).B.86N OvercurrentRelay(Compt1A).
Relays 50/51.
[11]CLOSE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-B]52N,Normal
/
Supply Breaker To 480V ShutdownBoard2B2-B.
1st
/1st CV[12]MONITOR voltmeterfor3phasevoltage (Compt 6).[13]CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8forground indication.
IV
D Date  
B.
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B Ground Relay
50G.
/
1
st
IV
[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (Compt 4 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 28-8).
/
1st
CV
[8]
MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2B-B).
[9]
VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.
(Compt 1A).
[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-B] 52N, Normal Supply
Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.
/
1st
CV
[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8 for ground
indication.
D
Date
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-80-201-1
2-80-201-1
2Rev20Page20of60
2
5.4 Energizing
Rev 20
480V Shutdown Board2B2-BFrom its Normal Supply (Continued)NOTE1NOTE2Thefollowingsteps[14]through[17]maybemarked
Page 20 of 60
N/A if currentlyperformedinsection5.3.
5.4
Transformer2B-Bfan circuitisparalleltothefan
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)
circuit of either transformer2B1-B(Normal)or2B2-B (Alternate)andis operablewhentheselected
NOTE 1
transformer'sfancircuitis
NOTE 2
operable.[14]ENSURE
The following steps [14] through [17] may be marked N/A if
Selector Switch positionedtoan operable source(Compt1Cof480RxMOVBd2B2-B-
currently performed in section 5.3.
N/A the other).Normal (preferred)
Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the fan circuit of
Alternate[15]ENSUREthefollowingRelaysare
either transformer 2B1-B (Normal) or 2B2-B (Alternate) and is
RESET:(Compt5of 6900VShutdownBoard2B-B).
operable when the selected transformer's fan circuit is
A.480V Shutdown Transformer
operable.
2B-B OvercurrentRelays50/51.
[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
/1st IV B.480V Shutdown Transformer2B-BGroundRelay
source (Compt 1C of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the
50G./1st IV[16]CLOSE[2-BCT
other).
A-202-CP/5-Bl
Normal (preferred)
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer2B-B(Compt5of
Alternate
6900V ShutdownBoard2B-B).[17]MONITOR
[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
ammeterfor3phaseminimalcurrentflow
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
after transformerischarged.
A.
End of Section 5.4  
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
Relays 50/51.
/
1st
IV
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
50G.
/
1st
IV
[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 2B-B).
[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
after transformer is charged.
End of Section 5.4
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page21of60
2
Date----5.5 Energizing
Rev 20
480V Shutdown Board2A1-AFromIts
Page 21 of 60
Alternate Supply CAUTIONNOTE1NOTE2NOTE3 Prior to energizing
Date----
an electrical
5.5
board after workhasbeen performedonit,theSM/SM
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply
representative
CAUTION
must perform a walkdown of the board.Operations
NOTE 1
may require the work directors to assistinthe walkdown.480VShutdownBoard2A1-Ais
NOTE 2
normallysuppliedfrom2A-A
NOTE 3
6900V Shutdown Board.This Instruction
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
section provides for alternatesourcefeed
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
establishment.Allstepsinthissectionreferto
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
480V Shutdown Board2A1-Aunless
directors to assist in the walkdown.
specifically
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally
stated otherwise.
supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.
The alternate supply transformer
This Instruction section provides for alternate
2A-A is designed tosupplyonlyoneboardatatime.Sincethe
source feed establishment.
breakers are NOTinterlocked,the
All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown Board
operator must ensure both breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.[1]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al
2A1-A unless specifically stated otherwise.
Breaker 52E, Alternate Supply Breaker(Emergency)From
The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is designed to
Transformer
supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers
2A-A OPEN (480VShutdownBoard2A2-A
are NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both
Compt 5B).[2]VERIFY 6900VShutdownBoard2A-A
breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.
ENERGIZED.
[1]
[3]VERIFY 125VVitalBatteryBoardsIandIII
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
ENERGIZED.
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
[4]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DN/1B-A]52NNormal 480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt1B).[5]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A Compt 5B).
52E Alternate 480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt5B).
[2]
[6]ENSUREthefollowing
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
Attachmentshavebeen PERFORMED:
[3]
A.Attachment
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III ENERGIZED.
1, 480V ShutdownBoardPower
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[5]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[6]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 1, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.01.
Checklist 2-201-1.01.
B.Attachment
B.
2, 480VShutdownBoardPower
Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.02.
Checklist 2-201-1.02.
/-1-st----cv/-1-st----cv  
/
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
-1-
st - ---cv
/
-1-
st - ---cv
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 22 of 60
Date
_
5.5
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply
(Continued)
NOTE
Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the fan
circuit of either transformer 2A1-A (Normal) or 2A2-A
(Alternate) and is operable when the selected
transformer's fan circuit is operable.
[7]
ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
source (Compt 2A of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the
other).
Normal (preferred)
Alternate
[8]
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
A.
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
Relays 50/51
4.80V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
50G
/
1st
IV
/
1st
IV
[9]
CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 2A-A).
/
1st
cv
[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2A-A).
[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
(Compt SA)
[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
B.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A)
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A)
/
1st
IV
/
1st
IV
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page22of60Date_5.5 Energizing
2
480V Shutdown Board2A1-AFromIts
Rev 20
Alternate Supply (Continued)
Page 23 of 60
NOTE Transformer
Date
2A-A fan circuit is paralleltothefan circuit of either transformer2A1-A (Normal)or 2A2-A (Alternate)andis operable when the selected transformer's
5.5
fan circuit is operable.[7]ENSURE Selector Switch positionedtoan operable source (Compt2Aof 480V Rx MOVBd2A1-A-N/A the other).Normal (preferred)
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply
Alternate[8]VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt5of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
(Continued)
A.B.480V Shutdown Transformer
[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E, Alternate Supply
2A-A Overcurrent
Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.
Relays 50/51 4.80V Shutdown Transformer
/
2A-A Ground Relay 50G/1st IV/1st IV[9]CLOSE[2-BCT
1st
A-202-CO/5-Al
cv
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer
[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)
2A-A (Compt5of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A for ground
/1st cv[10]MONITOR
indication.
ammeter for minimal current flow after transformer
[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of
is charged (Compt5of 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).[11]VERIFY
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
normal 3-phase voltage to[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al
A.
52E Alternate Supply Breaker.(Compt SA)[12]ENSURE
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Overcurrent
the following Relays are RESET.A.B.86E Overcurrent
Relays SO/51
Relay (Compt 5A)86N Overcurrent
/
Relay (Compt 1A)/1st IV/1st IV
1st
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
IV*
2Rev20Page23of60
B.
Date 5.5 Energizing
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Ground
480V ShutdownBoard2A1-AFromIts
Relay SOG
Alternate Supply (Continued)
/
[13]CLOSE[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A]
1st
52E, Alternate Supply Breaker to 480VShutdownBoard2A1-A.
IV
/1 st cv[14]MONITOR voltmeterfor3phasevoltage (Compt 6)[15]CHECK 480VShutdownBoard
[17] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A] 6900V Supply Breaker
2A1-Aforground indication.
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (Compt 3 of
[16]ENSUREthefollowingRelaysare
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A) CLOSED.
RESET: (Compt3of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
/
A.480V Shutdown Transformer2A1-A Overcurrent
1st
Relays SO/51/1st IV*B.480V Shutdown Transformer2A1-AGround
CV
Relay SOG/1st IV[17]ENSURE[2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A]
[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer2A1-A (Compt3of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A)
after transformer is charged.
CLOSED./1st CV[18]MONITOR ammeterfor3phaseminimal
End of Section 5.5
current flow after transformerischarged.EndofSection5.5  
 
NOTE1NOTE2 SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page24of60Date_5.6 Energizing
2
480V Shutdown Board2A2-AFromIts
Rev 20
Alternate Supply CAUTION Prior to energizing
Page 24 of 60
an electrical
Date
board after workhasbeen performedonit,the 8M/8M representative
_
must perform a walkdown of the board.Operations
5.6
may require the work directors to assistinthe walkdown.480VShutdownBoard
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply
2A2-Aisnormallysuppliedfrom
CAUTION
2A-A 6900VShutdownBoard.ThisInstructionsectionprovidesforalternatesourcefeed
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
establishment.Allstepsin
performed on it, the 8M/8M representative must perform a
thissectionreferto
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
480VShutdownBoardAunless specificallystatedotherwise.NOTE3 The alternate supply transformer2A-Aisdesignedtosupplyonlyoneboardatatime.Sincethebreakersare
directors to assist in the walkdown.
NOTinterlocked,the
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally supplied from
operatormustensureboth
2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section
breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.[1]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-AlBreaker52E, Alternate Supply Breaker(Emergency)From
provides for alternate source feed establishment.
Transformer
All steps inthis section refer to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-
2A-A OPEN(480VShutdownBoard2A1-ACompt5B).[2]VERIFY 6900VShutdownBoard2A-A
A unless specifically stated otherwise.
ENERGIZED.[3]VERIFY125VVitalBatteryBoards
NOTE 3
I and III ENERGIZED.[4]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DO/1
The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is designed to
B-Al52NNormal 480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt1B).[5]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A]52EAlternate
supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers are
480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt5B).[6]ENSUREthefollowing
NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both breakers
Attachmentshavebeen PERFORMED:
are NOT closed simultaneously.
A.Attachment
[1]
3, 480VShutdownBoardPower
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A Compt 5B).
[2]
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.
[3]
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III
ENERGIZED.
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[5]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[6]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 3, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.03.
Checklist 2-201-1.03.
B.Attachment4,480VShutdownBoardPower
B.
Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.04.
Checklist 2-201-1.04.
I-1 s-t----cv I-1 s-t----cv  
I
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
-1s-t
- ---cv
I
-1s-t ----cv
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page25 of60Date_5.6 Energizing
2
480V Shutdown Board2A2-AFromIts
Rev 20
Alternate Supply (Continued)
Page 25 of60
NOTE Transformer
Date
2A-A fan circuit is paralleltothefan circuit of either transformer
_
2A 1-A (Normal)or 2A2-A (Alternate)andis operable when the selected transformers
5.6
fan circuit is operable.[7]ENSURE selector switch positionedtoan operable source (Compt2Aof480Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A-N/A the other).Normal (preferred)
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply
Alternate[8]VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt5of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
(Continued)
A.480V Shutdown Transformer
NOTE
2A-A Overcurrent
Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the fan
Relays50/51./1st IV B.480V Shutdown Transformer
circuit of either transformer 2A1-A (Normal) or 2A2-A
2A-A Ground Relay 50G./1st IV[9]CLOSE[2-BCT
(Alternate) and is operable when the selected
A-202-CO/5-Al
transformers fan circuit is operable.
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer
[7]
2A-A (Compt5of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
ENSURE selector switch positioned to an operable
/1st cv[10]MONITOR
source (Compt 2A of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the
ammeter for minimal current flow after transformer
other).
is charged (Compt5of 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).[11]VERIFY
Normal (preferred)
normal 3-phase voltage to[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al
Alternate
52E Alternate Supply Breaker.(Compt.5A).[12]ENSURE
[8]
the following Relays are RESET.A.86E Overcurrent
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
Relay (Compt SA).B.86N Overcurrent
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
Relay (Compt 1A).  
A.
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
Relays 50/51 .
/
1st
IV
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
50G.
/
1st
IV
[9] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 2A-A).
/
1st
cv
[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2A-A).
[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
(Compt. 5A).
[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page26of60
2
Date 5.6 Energizing
Rev 20
480V Shutdown Board2A2-AFromIts
Page 26 of 60
Alternate Supply (Continued)[13]CLOSE[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al
Date
52E, Alternate Supply Breaker to 480V ShutdownBoard2A2-A.
5.6
/1st cv[14]MONITOR
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply
voltmeterfor3phase voltage (Compt 6).[15]CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-Aforground indication.
(Continued)
D[16]ENSURE
[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E, Alternate Supply
the followingRelaysare RESET: (Compt4of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A).
Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.
A.480V Shutdown Transformer
/
2A-A OvercurrentRelays50/51.
1st
B.480V Shutdown Transformer
cv
2A-AGroundRelay
[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
50G.[17]ENSURE
[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A for ground
[2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A]
indication.
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer
D
2A2-A (Compt4of 6900V ShutdownBoard2A-A)
[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
CLOSED./1st cv[18]MONITOR
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).
ammeterfor3phaseminimal
A.
current flow after transformerischarged.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent
End of Section 5.6  
Relays 50/51.
NOTE2NOTE1 SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay
50G.
[17]ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6900V Supply Breaker
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (Compt 4 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A) CLOSED.
/
1st
cv
[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
after transformer is charged.
End of Section 5.6
 
NOTE 2
NOTE 1
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page27of60Date_5.7 Energizing
2
480V Shutdown-Board2B1-BFrom its Alternate Supply CAUTION Prior to energizing
Rev 20
an electrical
Page 27 of 60
board after workhasbeen performedonit,theSM/SM
Date
representative
_
must perform a walkdown of the board.Operations
5.7
may require the work directors to assistinthe walkdown.480VShutdownBoard2B1-Bisnormallysuppliedfrom
Energizing 480V Shutdown- Board 2B1-B From its Alternate Supply
2B-B 6900VShutdownBoard.ThisInstructionsectionprovidesforalternatesourcefeed
CAUTION
establishment.Allstepsinthissectionreferto
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
480V ShutdownBoard2B1-Bunless
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
specificallystatedotherwise.NOTE3 The alternate supply transformer2B-Bisdesignedtosupplyonlyoneboardatatime.Sincethebreakersare
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
NOTinterlocked,the
directors to assist in the walkdown.
operatormustensurebothbreakersare
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally supplied from
NOT closed simultaneously.[1]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]Breaker52E, Alternate SupplyBreaker(Emergency)From
2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section
Transformer
provides for alternate source feed establishment.
2B-B OPEN(480VShutdownBoard2B2-BCompt5B).[2]VERIFY 6900VShutdownBoard2B-B
All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown
ENERGIZED.
Board 2B1-B unless specifically stated otherwise.
[3]VERIFY125VVitalBatteryBoardsIIandIV
NOTE 3
ENERGIZED.[4]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DP/1B-B]52NNormal 480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt1B).[5]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B]52EAlternate
The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to
480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt5B).
supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers are
[6]ENSUREthefollowing
NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both
Attachmentshavebeen PERFORMED:
breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.
A.Attachment
[1]
5, 480VShutdownBoardPower
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B Compt 5B).
[2]
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
[3]
VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards II and IV ENERGIZED.
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[5]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[6]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 5, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.05.
Checklist 2-201-1.05.
B.Attachment
B.
6, 480VShutdownBoardPower
Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.06.
Checklist 2-201-1.06.
/-1 s-t---cv  
/
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
-1s-t ---cv
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page28of60Date_5.7 Energizing
2
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Alternate Supply (Continued)
Rev 20
NOTE Transformer
Page 28 of 60
28-8 fan circuit is paralleltothefan circuit of either transformer
Date
281-8 (Normal)or 2B2-B (Alternate)andis operablewhenthe selected transformer's
_
fan circuit is operable.[7]ENSURE Selector Switch positionedtoan operable source (Compt1Cof 480V Rx MOV Bd 2B2-8-N/A the other).Normal (preferred)
5.7
Alternate[8]VERIFY the followingRelaysare RESET: (Compt5of 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-8).A.480V Shutdown Transformer
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Alternate Supply
2B-B Overcurrent
(Continued)
Relays SO/51./1st IV B.480V Shutdown Transformer
NOTE
2B-B Ground Relay 50G./1st IV[9]CLOSE[2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl
Transformer 28-8 fan circuit is parallel to the fan
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer
circuit of either transformer 281-8 (Normal) or
2B-B (Compt5of 6900V Shutdown Board 28-B)./-1-st----cv[10]MONITOR ammeter minimal current flow after transformer
2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable when the
is charged (Compt5of 6900V Shutdown Board 28-8).[11]VERIFY
selected transformer's fan circuit is operable.
normal 3-phase voltage to[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-Bl
[7]
52E Alternate Supply Breaker.(Compt.SA).[12]ENSURE
ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable
the followingRelaysare RESET.A.86E Overcurrent
source (Compt 1C of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2B2-8- N/A the
Relay (Compt SA)./1st IVB.86N Overcurrent
other).
Relay (Compt 1A)./1st IV  
Normal (preferred)
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-80-201-1
Alternate
2Rev20Page29 of60 End of Section 5.7Date_
[8]
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-8).
A.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
Relays SO/51.
/
1st
IV
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
50G.
/
1st
IV
[9]
CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 28-B).
/
-1-
st -
---cv
[10] MONITOR ammeter minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 28-8).
[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-Bl 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
(Compt. SA).
[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).
/
1st
IV
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
/
1st
IV
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-80-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 29 of60
End of Section 5.7
Date
_
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page30of60
2
5.8 Energizing
Rev 20
480V Shutdown Board2B2-BFrom its Alternate Supply CAUTIONNOTE1NOTE2NOTE3 Prior to energizing
Page 30 of 60
an electrical
5.8
board after workhasbeen performedonit, the SM/SM representative
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply
must perform a walkdown of the board.Operations
CAUTION
may require the work directors to assistinthe walkdown.480VShutdownBoard2B2-Bisnormallysuppliedfrom
NOTE 1
2B-B 6900VShutdownBoard.ThisInstructionsectionprovidesforalternatesourcefeed
NOTE 2
establishment.Allstepsinthissectionreferto
NOTE 3
480VShutdownBoard2B2-Bunless
Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been
specificallystatedotherwise.Thealternatesupply
performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a
transformer2B-Bisdesignedtosupplyonlyoneboardatatime.Sincethebreakers
walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work
are NOTinterlocked,the
directors to assist in the walkdown.
operatormustensurebothbreakersare
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally supplied from
NOT closed simultaneously.[1]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B]
2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section
Breaker 52E, Alternate SupplyBreaker(Emergency)From
provides for alternate source feed establishment.
Transformer
All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown Board
2B-B OPEN(480VShutdownBoard2B1-BCompt5B).[2]VERIFY 6900VShutdownBoard2B-B
2B2-B unless specifically stated otherwise.
ENERGIZED.[3]VERIFY 125VVitaiBatteryBoardsIIandIV
The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to
ENERGIZED.[4]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1
supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers
B-B]52NNormal 480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt1B).[5]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]52EAlternate
are NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both
480V Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt5B).[6]ENSUREthefollowing
breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.
Attachmentshavebeen PERFORMED:
[1]
A.Attachment
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
7, 480VShutdownBoardPower
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B Compt 5B).
[2]
VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.
[3]
VERIFY 125VVitai Battery Boards II and IV ENERGIZED.
[4]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[5]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[6]
ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:
A.
Attachment 7, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.07.
Checklist 2-201-1.07.
B.Attachment
B.
8, 480VShutdownBoardPower
Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Board Power
Checklist 2-201-1.08.
Checklist 2-201-1.08.
/-1 s-t----cv/-1 s-t----cv  
/
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
-1s-t
- ---cv
/
-1s-t ----cv
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page31of60Date_5.8 Energizing
2
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply (Continued)
Rev 20
NOTE Transformer2B-Bfancircuitisparalleltothefancircuitofeither
Page 31 of 60
transformer2B1-B(Normal)or2B2-B(Alternate)andisoperablewhenthe
Date
selected transformer'sfancircuitisoperable.[7]ENSURE SelectorSwitchpositionedtoanoperablesource(Compt1Cof480RxMOVBd2B2-B-
_
N/Atheother).Normal(preferred)
5.8
Alternate[8]VERIFYthefollowingRelaysare
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply
RESET:(Compt5of 6900VShutdownBoard2B-B).
(Continued)
A.480V Shutdown Transformer
NOTE
2B-B OvercurrentRelays50/51.
Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the fan
/1st IV B.480V Shutdown Transformer2B-BGroundRelay
circuit of either transformer 2B1-B (Normal) or
50G./1st IV[9]CLOSE[2-BCT A-202-CP/5-B]
2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable when the
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer2B-B(Compt5of
selected transformer's fan circuit is operable.
6900V ShutdownBoard2B-B).
[7]
/1st cv[10]MONITOR
ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable source
ammeterforminimalcurrentflowafter
(Compt 1C of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the other).
transformerischarged(Compt5of
Normal (preferred)
6900V ShutdownBoard2B-B).[11]VERIFYnormal3-phasevoltageto
Alternate
[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]52EAlternateSupplyBreaker.(Compt5A).[12]ENSUREthefollowingRelaysare
[8]
RESET.A.86E OvercurrentRelay(ComptSA).B.86N OvercurrentRelay(Compt1A).  
VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
A.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
Relays 50/51.
/
1st
IV
B.
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
50G.
/
1st
IV
[9] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-B] 6900V Supply Breaker to
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V
Shutdown Board 2B-B).
/
1st
cv
[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after
transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown
Board 2B-B).
[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to
[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.
(Compt 5A).
[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.
A.
86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).
B.
86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page32 of60 Date 5.8 Energizing
2
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply (Continued)[13]CLOSE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]
Rev 20
52E, Alternate Supply Breaker To 480VShutdownBoard2B2-B.
Page 32 of60
/1 st cv[14]MONITOR
Date
voltmeterfor3phase voltage(Compt6).[15]CHECK 480VShutdownBoard2B2-Bforground
5.8
Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply
(Continued)
[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E, Alternate Supply
Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.
/
1st
cv
[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B for ground
indication.
indication.
D[16]ENSUREthefollowingRelaysare
D
RESET:(Compt4of 6900VShutdownBoard2B-B).
[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of
A.480V Shutdown Transformer
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).
2B-B OvercurrentRelays50/51.
A.
/1st IV B.480V Shutdown Transformer2B-BGroundRelay
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent
50G./1 st IV[17]ENSURE
Relays 50/51.
[2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B]
/
6900V Supply Breaker to 480V Shutdown Transformer2B2-B(Compt4of
1st
6900VShutdownBoard2B-B)
IV
CLOSED.[18]MONITOR
B.
ammeterfor3phaseminimalcurrentflow
480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay
after transformerischarged.
50G.
End of Section 5.8/-1-st----cv  
/
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
1st
2Rev20Page33of60
IV
Date----6.0 NORMAL OPERATION The 480V ShutdownBoardsare normallyallfour energizedfrom2A-A,and2B-B, 6900V Shutdown Boards.Technical Specification
[17] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6900V Supply Breaker
operability
to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (Compt 4 of
requires the boardstobe energizedwithties between redundant boardsopen,withnormal
6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B) CLOSED.
power supplies available.
[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow
End of Section 6.0  
after transformer is charged.
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
End of Section 5.8
2Rev20Page34of60Date_7.0 SHUTDOWN 7.1 Deenergizing
/
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-ANOTEThisboardwillNOT
-1-
normally be deenergizedwhiletheunitisinoperation.[1]ENSUREthefollowinghavebeentransferredtotheir
st - ---cv
alternate supply.A.480VReactorMOVBoard2A1-A
 
B.480VControland
SQN
AuxiliaryBuildingVentBoard
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2A1-A C.480VReactorVentBoard2A-A
2-S0-201-1
D.480V Diesel AuxiliaryBoard2A1-A
2
E.480V Vital TransferSWChannel III in accordancewith0-SO-250-1
Rev 20
[2]EVALUATE Technical Specification(TS)LCO3.8.2.1and3.8.2.2toensureTScomplianceforboardremoval.
Page 33 of 60
NOTE Attachment
Date----
2, 480VShutdownBoardsPower
6.0
Checklist 2-201-1.02listsallloadsfeedingfromthe 480V Shutdown Board2A1-A.[3]ENSUREthatall
NORMAL OPERATION
equipmentfedfrom480VShutdown
The 480V Shutdown Boards are normally all four energized from 2A-A, and 2B-B,
Board 2A1-AcanbeSECURED.
6900V Shutdown Boards. Technical Specification operability requires the boards
D D D D DU-1SROU-2SROU-1SROU-2SROU-1SROU-2SRO
to be energized with ties between redundant boards open, with normal power
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
supplies available.
End of Section 6.0
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page35of60Date_7.1 Deenergizing
2
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A (Continued)[4]PERFORM
Rev 20
Attachment
Page 34 of 60
2, 480V Shutdown Boards Power Checklist 2-201-1.02.[5]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A]
Date
52E Alternate Feeder Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt5B).[6]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DN/1B-A]52NNormal Feeder Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt1B).[7]IF deenergizing
_
7.0
SHUTDOWN
7.1
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A
NOTE
This board will NOT normally be deenergized
while the unit is in operation.
[1]
ENSURE the following have been transferred to their
alternate supply.
A.
480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A
B.
480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
2A1-A
C.
480V Reactor Vent Board 2A-A
D.
480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2A1-A
E.
480V Vital Transfer SW Channel III in
accordance with 0-SO-250-1
[2]
EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
NOTE
Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.02 lists all loads feeding
from the 480V Shutdown Board2A1-A.
[3]
ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
Board 2A1-A can be SECURED.
D
D
D
D
D
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 35 of 60
Date
_
7.1
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A (Continued)
[4]
PERFORM Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Boards
Power Checklist 2-201-1.02.
[5]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Feeder
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[6]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Feeder
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[7]
IF deenergizing Transformer 2A1-A is desired, THEN
I
-1-
st -
----cv
I
-1-
st -
----cv
OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-Al 6900V Breaker feeding
Transformer (6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A Compt 3).
I
1st
CV
End of Section 7.1
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 36 of 60
Date----
7.2
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A
NOTE
This board will NOT normally be deenergized
while the unit is in operation.
[1]
ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger 2-S is NOT in service.
[2]
ENSURE the following 480V Boards have been
transferred to their alternate supply.
D
A.
B.
C.
480V Reactor MOV Board 2A2-A
480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
2A2-A
480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2A2-A
D
D
D
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
[3]
EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
NOTE
Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.04 lists all loads feeding
from the 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.
[4]
ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
Board 2A2-A can be SECURED.
[5]
PERFORM Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Boards
Power Checklist 2-201-1.04.
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 37 of 60
Date
_
7.2
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A
(Continued)
[6]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Feeder
Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt 58).
[7]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Feeder
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 18).
[8]
IF deenergizing Transformer 2A2-A is desired, THEN
/
-1-
5t -
---cv
/
-1-
5t -
---cv
OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6900V Breaker feeding
the Transformer
(6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A Compt 4).
/
15t
CV
End of Section 7.2
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 38 of 60
Date----
7.3
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 281-8
NOTE
This board will NOT normally be deenergized
while the unit is in operation.
[1]
ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger 2-S is NOT in service.
[2]
ENSURE the following 480V Boards have been
transferred to their alternate supply.
D
A.
B.
C.
D.
480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B
480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
2B1-B
480V Reactor Vent Board 2B-B
480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 281-B
D
D
D
D
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
[3]
EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
NOTE
Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.06 lists all loads feeding
from the 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.
[4]
ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
Board 2B1-B can be SECURED.
[5]
PERFORM Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.06
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 39 of 60
Date
_
7.3
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B (Continued)
[6]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B~B] 52E Alternate Feeder
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[7]
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-8] 52N Normal Feeder
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
[8]
IF deenergizing Transformer 2B1-B is desired, THEN
/
-1-
st - --cv
/
-1-
st - --cv
OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B] 6900V Breaker feeding the
Transformer
Transformer
2A1-Aisdesired, THEN I-1-st-----cv I-1-st-----cv OPEN[2-BCTA-202-CO/3-Al
(690QV Shutdown Board 2B-B Compt 3).
6900V Breaker feeding Transformer
I
(6900VShutdownBoard
1st
2A-A Compt 3).I 1st CV End of Section 7.1
CV
SQN480VSHUTDOWN
End of Section 7.3
BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
 
2Rev20Page36of60
SQN
Date----7.2 Deenergizing
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A NOTEThisboardwill
2-S0-201-1
NOT normally be deenergized
2
whiletheunitisin
Rev 20
operation.[1]ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger2-Sis NOT in service.[2]ENSURE the following 480V Boardshavebeen transferred
Page 40 of 60
to their alternate supply.D A.B.C.480V Reactor MOV Board 2A2-A 480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board 2A2-A 480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2A2-A D D DU-1SROU-2SRO[3]EVALUATE Technical Specification(TS)LCO3.8.2.1
Date
and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS complianceforboardremoval.U-1SROU-2SRO NOTE Attachment
_
4, 480V Shutdown Boards Power Checklist 2-201-1.04listsallloads
7.4
feedingfromthe 480V ShutdownBoard2A2-A.[4]ENSUREthatall equipmentfedfrom 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-Acanbe SECURED.[5]PERFORM
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B
Attachment
NOTE
4, 480V Shutdown Boards Power Checklist 2-201-1.04.U-1SROU-2SRO
This board will NOT normally be deenergized
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
while the unit is in operation.
[1]
ENSURE the following have been transferred to their
alternate supply.
C. 480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2B2-B
D. 480V Vital Transfer SW Channel IV in accordance
with 0-SO-250-1
A.
B.
480V Reactor MOV Board 2B2-B
480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board
2B2-B
D
D
D
D
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
[2]
EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1
and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
NOTE
Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.08 lists all loads feeding
from the 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.
[3]
ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown
Board 2B2-B can be SECURED.
[4]
PERFORM Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Boards Power
Checklist 2-201-1.08.
U-1 SRO
U-2 SRO
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page37of60Date_7.2 Deenergizing
2
480V Shutdown Board2A2-A(Continued)[6]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A]52EAlternateFeederSupplyBreakerOPEN(Compt58).[7]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DO/1
Rev 20
B-A]52NNormalFeederSupplyBreakerOPEN(Compt18).[8]IFdeenergizingTransformer2A2-Aisdesired,THEN
Page 41 of 60
/-1-5t----cv/-1-5t----cv OPEN[2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A]6900VBreakerfeedingtheTransformer(6900VShutdownBoard2A-ACompt4).
Date
/15t CV End of Section 7.2
_
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
7.4
2Rev20Page38of60
Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B (Continued)
Date----7.3 Deenergizing
[5]
480V Shutdown Board 281-8 NOTE Thisboardwill NOT normally be deenergized
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Feeder
while the unitisin operation.
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).
[1]ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger2-Sis NOT in service.[2]ENSURE the following 480V Boardshavebeen transferred
[6]
to their alternate supply.D A.B.C.D.480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B 480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board 2B1-B 480V Reactor Vent Board 2B-B 480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 281-B D D D D U-1 SRO U-2 SRO[3]EVALUATE Technical Specification(TS)LCO3.8.2.1
ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Feeder
and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS complianceforboard removal.NOTE Attachment
Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).
6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power Checklist 2-201-1.06listsall loads feedingfromthe 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.[4]ENSURE that all equipmentfedfrom 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-Bcanbe SECURED.[5]PERFORM Attachment
[7]
6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power Checklist 2-201-1.06
IF deenergizing Transformer 2B2-B is desired, THEN
U-1 SRO U-2 SRO U-1 SRO U-2 SRO
I
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
-1-
st - ---cv
I
-1-
st - ---cv
OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-Bl 6900V Breaker feeding the
Transformer (6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B Compt 4).
I
1st
CV
End of Section 7.4
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page39of60Date_7.3 Deenergizing
2
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B (Continued)
Rev 20
[6]ENSURE
Page 42 of 60
52E Alternate Feeder Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).[7]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DP/1
Date----
B-8]52N Normal Feeder Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt1B).[8]IF deenergizing
8.0
Transformer
INFREQUENT OPERATION
2B1-B is desired, THEN/-1-st---cv/-1-st---cv OPEN[2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B]
8.1
6900V Breaker feeding the Transformer
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to Alternate Power
(690QV Shutdown Board 2B-B Compt 3).I 1st CV End of Section 7.3
Supply
SQN480VSHUTDOWN
NOTE 1
BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
NOTE 2
2Rev20Page40of60Date_7.4 Deenergizing
NOTE 3
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B NOTEThisboardwillNOT
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally fed
normally be deenergizedwhiletheunitisinoperation.
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A1-A. Its
[1]ENSUREthefollowinghavebeen
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
transferredtotheir alternate supply.C.480VDieselAuxiliaryBoard2B2-B
Transformer 2A-A.
D.480V Vital TransferSWChannelIVin
The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is
accordancewith0-SO-250-1
designed to supply only one board at a time.
A.B.480VReactorMOVBoard2B2-B
Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the
480VControlandAuxiliaryBuildingVentBoard
operator must ensure both breakers are NOT
2B2-B D D D DU-1SROU-2SRO[2]EVALUATE Technical Specification(TS)LCO3.8.2.1and3.8.2.2toensureTScomplianceforboardremoval.U-1SROU-2SRO NOTE Attachment8,480VShutdownBoardsPower
closed simultaneously.
Checklist2-201-1.08listsallloadsfeedingfromthe480VShutdownBoard2B2-B.
Performance of this section will require more
[3]ENSUREthatall equipmentfedfrom 480V ShutdownBoard2B2-BcanbeSECURED.
than one individual for actual board transfer.
[4]PERFORM Attachment8,480VShutdownBoardsPower
NOTE 5
Checklist 2-201-1.08.U-1SROU-2SRO
NOTE 4
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
NOTE
Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High ".
If power is interrupted to C&A Vent Bd 2A1-A
during performance of this transfer, then
"A" Shutdown Bd Rm Chiller may trip.
[1]
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (6.9KV SO Bd 2A-A
Compt. 5) CLOSED.
[2]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
OPEN (480VShutdown Board 2A2-A Compt 5B).
[3]
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been
COMPLETED.
The remaining steps in this instruction are
performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.
[4]
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A- A Alternate
Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A
Compt SA).
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 43 of60
Date
8.1
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to Alternate Power
Supply (Continued)
NOTE
If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
then Step [8] will permit immediately closing
the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
the board.
[5]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
position and HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE(Compt
5A).
/
1st
cv
[6]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
/
1st
cv
[7]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and
[2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
OPEN.
[8]
IF [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
to close, THEN
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
(Compt 1A), AND
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker CLOSED.
/
1st
cv
[9]
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
End of Section 8.1
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 44 of 60
Date
_
8.2
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to Alternate Power
Supply
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fed
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A2-A. Its
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
Transformer 2A-A.
The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is
designed to supply only one board at a time.
Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the
operator must ensure both breakers are NOT
closed simultaneously.
Performance of this section will require more
than one individual for actual board transfer.
NOTE
[1]
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (6.9KV SD Bd 2A-A
Compt. 5) CLOSED.
[2]
IF 2A2-A 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE),
THEN
ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
per 0-SO-85-1 .
Unit 1 RO
[3]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A Compt 5B).
[4]
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03 has been
COMPLETED.
The remaining steps in this instruction are
performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.
[5]
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A-A Alternate
Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A
Compt 5A).
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page41of60Date_7.4 Deenergizing
2
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B (Continued)[5]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]
Rev 20
52E Alternate Feeder Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).[6]ENSURE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1
Page 45 of 60
B-B]52NNormal Feeder Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt1B).[7]IF deenergizing
Date
Transformer2B2-Bisdesired, THEN I-1-st----cv I-1-st----cv OPEN[2-BCTA-202-CP/4-Bl
_
6900V Breakerfeedingthe
8.2 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to Alternate Power Supply
Transformer
(Continued)
(6900VShutdownBoard2B-B
NOTE
Compt 4).I 1st CV End of Section 7.4
If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
then Step [9] will permit immediately closing
the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
the board.
[6]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
position and HOLD until Step [8] is COMPLETE
(Compt 5A).
/
1st
cv
[7]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
/
1st
cv
[8]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and
[2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
OPEN.
[9]
IF [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
to close, THEN
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
(Compt 1A), AND
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
Breaker CLOSED.
/
1
st
cv
[10] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[11] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
manual for the board transfer, THEN
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
per 0-80-85-1 at US/SM direction.
Unit 1 RO
END OF SECTION 8.2
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page42of60
2
Date----8.0 INFREQUENT
Rev 20
OPERATION 8.1 Transferring
Page 46 of 60
480V Shutdown Board2A1-AFrom Normal to Alternate Power SupplyNOTE1NOTE2NOTE3 480V ShutdownBoard2A1-Ais
Date
normally fedfromthe 6900/480V Transformer2A1-A.Its alternatepowersourceisthe
_
6900/480V Transformer
8.3
2A-A.The alternate supply transformer
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to Alternate Power
2A-A is designedtosupplyonlyoneboardatatime.Sincethe breakers are NOT interlocked, the operatormustensureboth
Supply
breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.
NOTE 1
Performanceofthissectionwillrequiremorethanone individualforactualboardtransfer.NOTE5NOTE4 NOTE Expectalarmon associated
NOTE 2
Vital Inverter dueto" Isolimiter
NOTE 3
Output VoltageHigh".Ifpoweris interruptedtoC&A VentBd2A1-A during performanceofthistransfer,then"A" ShutdownBdRm Chillermaytrip.[1]ENSURE[2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A]
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally fed
6.9KVFeedto 480-V Shutdown Transformer2A-A(6.9KVSOBd
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B1-B. Its
2A-ACompt.5)CLOSED.[2]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
Breaker 52E, Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
Transformer 2B-B.
From Transformer
The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is
2A-A OPEN (480VShutdown
designed to supply only one board at a time.
Board 2A2-ACompt5B).[3]ENSURE Power Checklist2-201-1.01hasbeen
Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the
operator must ensure both breakers are NOT
closed simultaneously.
Performance of this section will require more
than one individual for actual board transfer.
NOTE
[1]
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
Shutdown Transformer 2B-B
(6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B Compt. 5) CLOSED.
[2]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B
OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B Compt 5B).
[3]
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.05 has been
COMPLETED.
COMPLETED.
The remainingstepsinthis
The remaining steps in this instruction are
instruction
performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.
areperformedat
[4]
480V ShutdownBoard2A1-A.[4]VERIFY 3-phase voltagesupplyfrom2A-A
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B-B Alternate
Alternate Supply Transformer
Supply Transformer (48QV Shutdown Board 2B1-B
(480V ShutdownBoard2A1-A
Compt 5A).
Compt SA).
 
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
SQN
2Rev20Page43 of60 Date 8.1 Transferring
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to Alternate Power Supply (Continued)
NOTEIfthe Alternate Supply Breakerfailstoclose,thenStep[8]will
permit immediately
closingtheNormal Supply Breakertorestore power totheboard.[5]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A]
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)ControlSwitchinthe
CLOSE position and HOLDuntilStep[7]is
COMPLETE(Compt
5A)./1st cv[6]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DN/1
B-Al52NNormal Supply Breaker ControlSwitchtotheTRIP
position (Compt 1A)./1st cv[7]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
CLOSED and[2-BCTB-201-DN/1
B-A]52NNormal Supply Breaker OPEN.[8]IF[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al
52E Alternate Supply Breaker failstoclose,THEN
PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DN/1
B-Al52NNormal Supply Breaker ControlSwitchtothe
CLOSE position (Compt 1A), AND VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DN/1
B-A]52NNormal Supply Breaker CLOSED./1 st cv[9]MONITOR voltmeterfor3phase voltage (Compt 6).End of Section 8.1
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page44of60Date_8.2 Transferring
2
480V Shutdown Board2A2-AFrom Normal to Alternate Power SupplyNOTE1NOTE2NOTE3 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fedfromthe 6900/480V Transformer2A2-A.Its alternate powersourceisthe
Rev 20
6900/480V Transformer
Page 47 of 60
2A-A.The alternate supply transformer
Date
2A-A is designed to supplyonlyoneboardatatime.Sincethe breakers are NOT interlocked, the operatormustensureboth
8.3
breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to Alternate Power
Performanceofthissectionwillrequiremorethanone individualforactualboardtransfer.
Supply (Continued)
NOTE[1]ENSURE[2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A]
NOTE
6.9KVFeedto 480-V Shutdown Transformer
If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
2A-A(6.9KVSDBd
then Step [8] will permit immediately closing
2A-ACompt.5)CLOSED.[2]IF 2A2-A 480V ShutdownBoardisalignedthrough
the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
480V Vital TransferSwitchIVtosupplyVital
the board.
Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE), THEN ENSUREUnit1ControlRodDriveSystemisinmanualper0-SO-85-1.Unit1RO[3]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al
[5]
Breaker 52E, Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
From Transformer
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
2A-A OPEN (480V ShutdownBoard2A1-A
position and HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE
Compt 5B).[4]ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03hasbeen COMPLETED.Theremainingstepsinthis
(Compt 5A).
instruction
I
areperformedat
1st
480V ShutdownBoard2A2-A.
cv
[5]VERIFY3-phasevoltagesupplyfrom
[6]
2A-A Alternate Supply Transformer
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
(480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A Compt 5A).
Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
I
2Rev20Page45of60Date_8.2 Transferring
1st
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to Alternate Power Supply (Continued)
cv
NOTEIfthe Alternate Supply Breakerfailstoclose,thenStep[9]will
[7]
permit immediately
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
closingtheNormal Supply Breakertorestore power totheboard.[6]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al
Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
AND
Control Switchinthe CLOSE position and HOLDuntilStep[8]is
[2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
COMPLETE (Compt 5A)./1st cv[7]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DO/1
OPEN.
B-A]52NNormal Supply Breaker ControlSwitchtotheTRIP
[8]
position (Compt 1A)./1st cv[8]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al
IF [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
to close, THEN
CLOSED and[2-BCTB-201-DO/1
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
B-A]52NNormal Supply Breaker OPEN.[9]IF[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
52E Alternate Supply Breaker failstoclose, THEN PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DO/1
(Compt 1A),
B-A]52NNormal Supply Breaker ControlSwitchtothe
AND
CLOSE position (Compt 1A), AND VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DO/1
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
B-Al52NNormal Supply Breaker CLOSED./1st cv[10]MONITOR voltmeterfor3phase voltage (Compt 6).[11]IFthe ControlRodDrive SystemforUnit1wasplacedin
Breaker CLOSED.
manualfortheboard
I
transfer, THEN RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation per 0-80-85-1atUS/SM direction.
1st
Unit1ROENDOF SECTION 8.2
CV
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
[9]
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
End of Section 8.3
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page46of60Date_8.3 Transferring
2
480V Shutdown Board2B1-BFrom Normal to Alternate Power SupplyNOTE1NOTE2NOTE3 480V ShutdownBoard2B1-Bis
Rev 20
normally fedfromthe 6900/480V Transformer2B1-B.Its alternate powersourceisthe
Page 48 of60
6900/480V Transformer
Date
2B-B.The alternate supply transformer2B-Bis designed to supplyonlyoneboardatatime.Sincethe breakers are NOT interlocked, the operatormustensurebothbreakersare
_
8.4
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate Power
Supply
CAUTION
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
NOTE 4
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B may result in
closing of the Main MSR Control Valves.
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally fed from the
6900/480V Transformer 2B2-B. Its alternate power source is
the 6900/480V Transformer 2B-B.
The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to supply
only one board at a time. Since the breakers are NOT
interlocked, the operator must ensure both breakers are
NOT closed simultaneously.
NOT closed simultaneously.
Performanceofthissectionwillrequiremorethanone individualforactualboardtransfer.
Performance of this section will require more
NOTE[1]ENSURE[2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl
than one individual for actual board transfer.
6.9KVFeedto 480-V Shutdown Transformer
Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
2B-B (6.9KVSDBd2B-BCompt.5)
to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High".
CLOSED.[2]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]
[1]
Breaker 52E, Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
From Transformer
Shutdown Transformer 2B-B
2B-B OPEN (480V ShutdownBoard2B2-BCompt5B).[3]ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.05hasbeen COMPLETED.
(6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B Compt. 5) CLOSED.
The remainingstepsinthis
[2]
instruction
IF 2B2-B 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
areperformedat
Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (NORMAL), THEN
480VShutdownBoard2B1-B.[4]VERIFY 3-phase voltage supplyfrom2B-B Alternate Supply Transformer(48QVShutdownBoard2B1-B
ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
Compt 5A).
per 0-SO-85-1 .
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
Unit 1 RO
2Rev20Page47of60
[3]
Date 8.3 Transferring
IF Vital Inverter 2-IV is in service to 120v Vital
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to Alternate Power Supply (Continued)
Instrument Power Board 2-IV (NORMAL), THEN
NOTEIfthe Alternate Supply Breakerfailstoclose,thenStep[8]willpermit
ENSURE Unit 2 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
immediately
per 0-SO-85-1
closingtheNormalSupply
Unit 2 RO
Breakertorestore power totheboard.[5]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B]
 
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)ControlSwitchinthe
SQN
CLOSE position and HOLDuntilStep[7]is
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
COMPLETE (Compt 5A).I 1st cv[6]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DP/1
B-B]52NNormalSupply
BreakerControlSwitchtotheTRIPposition (Compt 1A).I 1st cv[7]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B]
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
CLOSED AND[2-BCTB-201-DP/1
B-B]52NNormalSupply
Breaker OPEN.[8]IF[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B]
52E Alternate Supply Breaker failstoclose,THEN
PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DP/1
B-B]52NNormalSupply
BreakerControlSwitchtothe
CLOSE position (Compt 1A), AND VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DP/1
B-B]52NNormal Supply Breaker CLOSED.I 1st CV[9]MONITOR voltmeterfor3phasevoltage (Compt 6).End of Section 8.3
SQN480VSHUTDOWN
BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page48 of60Date_8.4 Transferring
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate Power Supply CAUTIONNOTE1NOTE2NOTE3NOTE4 Transferring
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B may result in closing of theMainMSR Control Valves.480VShutdownBoard2B2-Bisnormallyfedfromthe
6900/480V Transformer2B2-B.Itsalternatepowersourceis
the 6900/480V Transformer
2B-B.Thealternatesupply
transformer2B-Bisdesignedtosupplyonlyoneboardatatime.SincethebreakersareNOTinterlocked,the
operatormustensurebothbreakersareNOTclosed simultaneously.
Performanceofthissectionwillrequiremorethanoneindividualforactualboardtransfer.ExpectalarmonassociatedVital
Inverter dueto" IsolimiterOutputVoltageHigh".
[1]ENSURE[2-BCTA-202-CP/5-B]6.9KVFeedto
480-V Shutdown Transformer
2B-B (6.9KVSDBd2B-BCompt.5)CLOSED.[2]IF2B2-B
480VShutdownBoardisalignedthrough
480V Vital TransferSwitchIVtosupplyVital
Inverter1-IV(NORMAL),THENENSUREUnit1ControlRodDriveSystemisinmanualper0-SO-85-1.Unit1RO[3]IFVital
Inverter 2-IVisinserviceto120vVital
InstrumentPowerBoard2-IV(NORMAL),THENENSUREUnit2ControlRodDriveSystemisinmanualper0-SO-85-1Unit2RO
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page49of60Date_8.4 Transferring
2
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate Power Supply (Continued)[4]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B]
Rev 20
Breaker 52E, Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
Page 49 of 60
From Transformer
Date
2B-B OPEN (480V ShutdownBoard2B1-B
_
Compt 5B).[5]ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07hasbeen COMPLETED.
8.4 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate
NOTETheremainingstepsinthis
Power Supply (Continued)
instruction
[4]
areperformedat
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate
480V ShutdownBoard2B2-B.[6]VERIFY3-phasevoltage
Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B OPEN
supplyfrom2B-B Alternate Supply Transformer
(480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B Compt 5B).
(480V ShutdownBoard2B2-B
[5]
Compt 5A).NOTEIfthe Alternate Supply Breakerfailstoclose,thenStep[10]will
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07 has been
permit immediately
COMPLETED.
closingtheNormalSupply
NOTE
Breakertorestore power totheboard.[7]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]
The remaining steps in this instruction are
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)ControlSwitchinthe
performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.
CLOSE position and HOLDuntilStep[9]is
[6]
COMPLETE (Compt 5A).I 1st CV[8]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B-B Alternate
B-B]52NNormalSupply
Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B
BreakerControlSwitchtothe
Compt 5A).
TRIPposition(Compt1A).
NOTE
I 1st CV[9]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]
If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
then Step [10] will permit immediately closing
CLOSED and[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1
the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to
B-B]52NNormalSupply
the board.
Breaker OPEN.  
[7]
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE
position and HOLD until Step [9] is COMPLETE
(Compt 5A).
I
1st
CV
[8]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).
I
1st
CV
[9]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and
[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker
OPEN.
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page50of60
2
Date----8.4 Transferring
Rev 20
480V Shutdown Board2B2-BFrom Normal to Alternate Power Supply (Continued)[10]IF[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]
Page 50 of 60
52E Alternate Supply Breaker failstoclose, THEN PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1
Date----
B-B]52NNormal Supply BreakerControlSwitchtothe
8.4 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate
CLOSEposition(Compt
Power Supply (Continued)
1A), AND VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1
[10] IF [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails
B-B]52NNormalSupply
to close, THEN
Breaker CLOSED./1st-cv-[11]MONITOR voltmeterfor3phasevoltage (Compt 6).[12]IFtheControlRodDriveSystemforUnit1wasplacedin
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
manualfortheboardtransfer, THEN RETURNRodControlSystemto
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position (Compt
Automatic operationper0-SO-85-1atUS/SMdirection.Unit1RO[13]IFtheControlRodDriveSystemforUnit2wasplacedin
1A), AND
manualfortheboardtransfer, THEN RETURNRodControlSystemto
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
Automatic operationper0-SO-85-1atUS/SMdirection.Unit2RO End of Section 8.4  
Breaker CLOSED.
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
/
1st
-cv-
[11] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[12] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
manual for the board transfer, THEN
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
Unit 1 RO
[13] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 2 was placed in
manual for the board transfer, THEN
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
Unit 2 RO
End of Section 8.4
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page51of60Date_8.5 Transferring
2
480V Shutdown Board2A1-AFrom Alternate to Normal Power SupplyNOTE1 480V ShutdownBoard2A1-Ais
Rev 20
normallyfedfromthe
Page 51 of 60
6900/480V Transformer2A1-A.Its alternate powersourceisthe
Date
6900/480V Transformer
_
2A-A.NOTE2 Performanceofthissectionwillrequiremorethanone individualforactualboardtransfer.NOTE3ExpectalarmonassociatedVital
8.5
Inverter dueto" Isolimiter
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate to Normal Power
Output VoltageHigh".[1]ENSURE Power Checklist2-201-1.01hasbeen
Supply
COMPLETED.[2]ENSURE[2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A]
NOTE 1
6.9KVFeedto 480-V Shutdown Transformer2A1-A(6.9KVSDBd
480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally fed from the
2A-ACompt.3)CLOSED.[3]VERIFY 3-phasevoltagesupplyfrom2A1-ANormal
6900/480V Transformer 2A1-A. Its alternate power
Supply Transformer(Compt1A).
source is the 6900/480V Transformer 2A-A.
NOTEIftheNormalSupply
NOTE 2
Breakerfailstoclose,thenStep[7]will permit immediatelyclosingthe
Performance of this section will require more
Alternate Supply Breakertorestorepowertotheboard.[4]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DN/1
than one individual for actual board transfer.
B-Al52NNormal Supply BreakerControlSwitchinthe
NOTE 3
CLOSEpositionand
Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
HOLDuntilStep[6]is
to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High ".
COMPLETE(Compt1A).
[1]
I 1st CV[5]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A]
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been COMPLETED.
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)ControlSwitchtothe
[2]
TRIP position (Compt 5A).I 1st CV[6]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DN/1
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
B-Al52NNormal Supply Breaker CLOSED and[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A]
Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (6.9KV SD Bd 2A-A
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
Compt. 3) CLOSED.
OPEN.[7]IF[2-BCTB-201-DN/1
[3]
B-Al52NNormal Supply Breakerfailsto close, THEN PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A1-A Normal
52E Alternate Supply BreakerControlSwitchtothe
Supply Transformer (Compt 1A).
CLOSE position (Compt 5A), AND VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al
NOTE
52E Alternate Supply Breaker CLOSED.I__1st CV  
If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close, then Step
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
[7] will permit immediately closing the Alternate
Supply Breaker to restore power to the board.
[4]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
HOLD until Step [6] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).
I
1st
CV
[5]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
position (Compt 5A).
I
1st
CV
[6]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E
Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.
[7]
IF [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to
close, THEN
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
(Compt 5A), AND
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker CLOSED.
I__
1st
CV
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-80-201-1
2-80-201-1
2Rev20Page52of60Date_8.5 Transferring480VShutdownBoard2A1-AFrom
2
AlternatetoNormalPower (continued)
Rev 20
[8]MONITOR voltmeterfor3 phase voltage (Compt 6).EndofSection8.5  
Page 52 of 60
NOTE2 SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
Date
_
8.5
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From
Alternate to Normal Power (continued)
[8]
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
End of Section 8.5
 
NOTE 2
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 53 of 60
Date
_
8.6
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power
Supply
NOTE 1
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fed
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A2-A. Its
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
Transformer 2A-A.
Performance of this section will require more
than one individual for actual board transfer.
[1]
IF 2A2-A 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE) ,
THEN
ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
per 0-SO-85-1 .
Unit 1 RO
[2]
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03 has been
COMPLETED.
[3]
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (6.9KV SO Bd 2A-A
Compt. 4) CLOSED.
[4]
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A2-A Normal
Supply Transformer (Compt 1A).
NOTE
If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
then Step [8] will permit immediately closing
the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power
to the board.
[5]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).
/
1st
CV
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 54 of 60
Date
8.6
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power
Supply (continued)
[6]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
position (Compt 5A).
/
1st
cv
[7]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply
Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E
Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.
[8]
IF [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
THEN
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
(Compt 5A), AND
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker CLOSED.
/
1st
cv
[9]
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[10] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
manual for the board transfer, THEN
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
End of Section 8.6
Unit 1 RO
 
NOTE 2
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 55 of60
Date
_
8.7
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to Normal Power
Supply
NOTE 1
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally fed
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B1-B. Its
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
Transformer 2B-B.
Performance of this section will require more
than one individual for actual board transfer.
[1]
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.05 has been
COMPLETED.
[2]
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B
Compt. 3) CLOSED.
[3]
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B1-B Normal
Supply Transformer. (Compt.1A)
NOTE
If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
then Step [7] will permit immediately closing
the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power
to the board.
[4]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
HOLD until Step [6] is COMPLETE(Compt 1A).
/
1st
CV
[5]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
position(Compt 5A).
/
1st
CV
[6]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E
Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2
Rev 20
Page 56 of 60
Date----
8.7
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to Normal Power
Supply (Continued)
[7]
IF [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to
close, THEN
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
(Compt 5A), AND
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker CLOSED.
I
1st
rsr:
[8]
MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
End of Section 8.7
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page53of60Date_8.6 Transferring
2
480V Shutdown Board2A2-AFrom Alternate to Normal Power SupplyNOTE1 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fedfromthe 6900/480V Transformer2A2-A.Its alternate powersourceisthe
Rev 20
6900/480V Transformer
Page 57 of 60
2A-A.Performanceofthissectionwillrequiremorethanone individualforactualboardtransfer.[1]IF 2A2-A 480V ShutdownBoardisalignedthrough
Date----
480V Vital TransferSwitchIVtosupplyVital
8.8
Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE)
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to Normal Power
, THEN ENSUREUnit1ControlRodDriveSystemisinmanualper0-SO-85-1.Unit1RO[2]ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03hasbeen COMPLETED.[3]ENSURE[2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A]
Supply
6.9KVFeedto 480-V Shutdown Transformer
CAUTION
2A2-A(6.9KVSOBd
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B may result in
2A-ACompt.4)CLOSED.[4]VERIFY 3-phasevoltagesupplyfrom
closing of the Main MSR Control Valves.
2A2-A Normal Supply Transformer(Compt1A).
NOTE 1
NOTEIftheNormalSupply
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally fed
Breakerfailstoclose,thenStep[8]willpermit
from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B2-B. Its
immediately
alternate power source is the 6900/480V
closing the Alternate Supply Breakertorestore powertotheboard.[5]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DO/1
Transformer 2B-B.
B-A]52NNormal Supply BreakerControlSwitchinthe
NOTE 2
CLOSEpositionand
Performance of this section will require more
HOLDuntilStep[7]is
than one individual for actual board transfer.
COMPLETE(Compt1A).
NOTE 3
/1st CV
Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High".
2Rev20Page54of60
[1]
Date 8.6 Transferring
IF 282-B 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital
480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power Supply (continued)
Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (NORMAL),
[6]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A]
THEN
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)ControlSwitchtotheTRIPposition(Compt5A).
ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
/1st cv[7]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DO/1
per 0-SO-85-1 .
B-Al52NNormal Supply Breaker CLOSED and[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al
Unit 1 RO
52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)
[2]
OPEN.[8]IF[2-BCTB-201-DO/1
IF Vital Inverter 2-IV is in service to 120v Vital
B-A]52NNormalSupply
Instrument Power Board 2-IV (NORMAL), THEN
Breakerfailstoclose, THEN PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A]
ENSURE Unit 2 Control Rod Drive System is in manual
52E Alternate Supply BreakerControlSwitchtothe
per 0-SO-85-1 .
CLOSE position (Compt5A),AND VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al
Unit 2 RO
52E Alternate Supply Breaker CLOSED./1st cv[9]MONITOR voltmeterfor3phasevoltage(Compt6).
[3]
[10]IFtheControlRodDriveSystemforUnit1wasplacedin
ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V
manualfortheboardtransfer,THENRETURNRodControlSystemto
Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B
Automatic operationper0-SO-85-1atUS/SMdirection.
Compt. 4) CLOSED.
End of Section 8.6Unit1RO
[4]
NOTE2 SQN480VSHUTDOWN
ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07 has been
BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page55 of60Date_8.7 Transferring
480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to Normal Power SupplyNOTE1 480VShutdownBoard2B1-Bis
normally fedfromthe 6900/480V Transformer2B1-B.Itsalternatepowersourceisthe
6900/480V Transformer
2B-B.Performanceofthissectionwillrequiremorethanoneindividualforactualboardtransfer.[1]ENSUREPower
Checklist2-201-1.05hasbeen
COMPLETED.
COMPLETED.
[2]ENSURE[2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B]6.9KVFeedto
[5]
480-V Shutdown Transformer2B1-B(6.9KVSDBd2B-BCompt.3)CLOSED.[3]VERIFY3-phasevoltagesupplyfrom2B1-BNormal
VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B2-B Normal
SupplyTransformer.(Compt.1A)
Supply Transformer. (Compt. 1A)
NOTEIftheNormalSupplyBreakerfailstoclose,thenStep[7]willpermit
 
immediately
SQN
closing the AlternateSupplyBreakertorestorepowertotheboard.
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
[4]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DP/1
B-B]52NNormalSupply
BreakerControlSwitchintheCLOSEpositionand
HOLDuntilStep[6]is
COMPLETE(Compt
1A)./1 st CV[5]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B]
52E Alternate Supply Breaker(Emergency)ControlSwitchtotheTRIP
position(Compt
5A)./1 st CV[6]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DP/1
B-B]52NNormalSupply
Breaker CLOSED and[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B]
52E AlternateSupplyBreaker(Emergency)OPEN.
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page56of60
2
Date----8.7 Transferring
Rev 20
480V Shutdown Board2B1-BFrom Alternate to Normal Power Supply (Continued)[7]IF[2-BCTB-201-DP/1
Page 58 of 60
B-B]52NNormalSupply
Date
Breakerfailsto close, THEN PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B]
8.8
52E Alternate Supply BreakerControlSwitchtothe
Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to Normal Power
CLOSE position (Compt 5A), AND VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B]
Supply (Continued)
52E Alternate Supply Breaker CLOSED.I 1st rsr:[8]MONITOR
NOTE
voltmeter for 3phasevoltage(Compt6).
If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,
End of Section 8.7
then Step [9] will permit immediately closing
SQN480VSHUTDOWNBOARDS
the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power
to the board.
[6]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and
HOLD until Step [8] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).
I
1st
cv
[7]
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl52E Alternate Supply
Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP
position (Compt 5A).
/
1st
cv
[8]
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply
Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E
Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.
[9]
IF [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-Bl 52N Normal Supply Breaker
fails to close, THEN
PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position
(Compt 5A), AND
VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply
Breaker CLOSED.
/
1st
CV
[10] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).
[11] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in
manual for the board transfer, THEN
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
[12] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 2 was placed in
manual for the board transfer, THEN
RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation
per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.
End of Section 8.8
Unit 1 RO
Unit 2 RO
 
SQN
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
2-S0-201-1
2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page57of60
2
Date----8.8 Transferring
Rev 20
480V Shutdown Board2B2-BFrom Alternate to Normal Power Supply CAUTION Transferring
Page 59 of 60
480V Shutdown Board2B2-Bmay result in closing oftheMainMSR
9.0
Control Valves.NOTE1 480VShutdownBoard2B2-Bisnormallyfedfromthe 6900/480V Transformer2B2-B.Itsalternatepowersourceisthe
RECORDS
6900/480V Transformer
All completed copies of section 5, 7 or 8 will be sent to the Operations
2B-B.NOTE2 Performanceofthissectionwillrequiremorethanoneindividualforactualboardtransfer.
Superintendent's Secretary.
NOTE3ExpectalarmonassociatedVital
 
Inverter dueto" Isolimiter
SQN
Output Voltage High".[1]IF 282-B 480VShutdownBoardisalignedthrough
480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS
480V Vital TransferSwitchIVtosupplyVital
2-80-201-1
Inverter1-IV(NORMAL), THEN ENSUREUnit1ControlRodDriveSystemisinmanualper0-SO-85-1.Unit1RO[2]IF Vital Inverter2-IVisinserviceto120vVital
2
InstrumentPowerBoard2-IV(NORMAL), THEN ENSUREUnit2ControlRodDriveSystemisinmanualper0-SO-85-1.Unit2RO[3]ENSURE[2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B]
Rev 20
6.9KVFeedto 480-V Shutdown Transformer2B2-B(6.9KVSDBd2B-BCompt.4)CLOSED.[4]ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07hasbeen COMPLETED.
Page 60 of 60
[5]VERIFY3-phasevoltagesupplyfrom2B2-BNormal
SOURCE NOTES
SupplyTransformer.(Compt.1A)
REQUIREMENTS
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
STATEMENT
2Rev20Page58of60
Procedures that do not contain
Date 8.8 Transferring
appropriate verification
480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to Normal Power Supply (Continued)
requirements will be revised (not
NOTEIftheNormalSupplyBreakerfailstoclose,thenStep[9]willpermit
annotated within procedure, since
immediately
the entire procedure must meet the
closingtheAlternateSupplyBreakertorestorepowertotheboard.
verification program requirements).
[6]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1
SOURCE
B-B]52NNormal Supply BreakerControlSwitchintheCLOSEpositionand
DOCUMENT
HOLDuntilStep[8]is
TROI NCO 970071001
COMPLETE(Compt1A).
IMPLEMENTING
I 1 st cv[7]PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl52EAlternateSupply
STATEMENT
Breaker(Emergency)ControlSwitchtotheTRIPposition(Compt5A).
C.1
/1 st cv[8]VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1
B-B]52NNormal Supply Breaker CLOSED and[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]
52E AlternateSupplyBreaker(Emergency)OPEN.
[9]IF[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-Bl52NNormalSupply
Breakerfailstoclose,THEN
PLACE[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]52EAlternate
Supply BreakerControlSwitchtotheCLOSEposition (Compt5A),AND VERIFY[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B]52EAlternate
Supply Breaker CLOSED./1 st CV[10]MONITOR voltmeterfor3phasevoltage(Compt6).[11]IFtheControlRodDriveSystemforUnit1wasplacedinmanualfortheboardtransfer,THENRETURNRodControlSystemto
Automatic operationper0-SO-85-1atUS/SMdirection.[12]IFtheControlRodDriveSystemforUnit2wasplacedinmanualfortheboardtransfer,THENRETURNRodControlSystemto
Automatic operationper0-SO-85-1atUS/SMdirection.
End of Section 8.8Unit1ROUnit2RO
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-S0-201-1
2Rev20Page59of60
9.0 RECORDS All completedcopiesofsection5,7or8willbesenttothe
Operations
Superintendent's
Secretary.  
SQN 480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS 2-80-201-1
2Rev20Page60of60
SOURCE NOTES REQUIREMENTS
STATEMENT Procedures
thatdonot contain appropriate
verification
requirementswillbe revised (not annotated within procedure, since the entire procedure must meet the verification
program requirements).
SOURCE DOCUMENTTROINCO 970071001 IMPLEMENTING
STATEMENT C.1
}}
}}

Latest revision as of 17:44, 14 January 2025

Feb Exam 05000327/2008-301, & 05000328/2008301 Final In-Plant JPMs
ML080720562
Person / Time
Site: Sequoyah  Tennessee Valley Authority icon.png
Issue date: 01/31/2008
From: Widmann M
NRC/RGN-II/DRS/OLB
To: Campbell W
Tennessee Valley Authority
References
50-327/08-301, 50-328/08-301, JPM 74-2AP, Rev 8 50-327/08-301, 50-328/08-301
Download: ML080720562 (161)


See also: IR 05000327/2008301

Text

....

ll"<i"j!"", ,,/"--:V/' ,

,,',"1"" !''' tF"

'j~,o

,

"

"

, : ""

"

'I~H'mJ~llli:

~1l'~1\\7:1$'

,j;,

'

"

"

"

/'

"",,~,,,;,

',",

,'"

"

, ,,'

ii~0',:;+<:/:>;;y;,t/~,J;mi:~',;~;:I;~;llL~,,~~~,~~~',~',~JffiU~s, .... '.',;'

',if;::,.;' ',' "<? ";;;,;' , i": 'r',;/:' ::>;:;'::":';;~;;;'<'

,*""""';Zi"",,,

""~ }f;~d\\,,;IWIit"ilJlf~i~,II}f!~BI~5),~~,~N[:~tilllIYl~~~J~~'; ,", :", '/

,,7, ',>,

',"

'I

'"

/

/'"" /"

/

~

/

,,/"//,

"

,:

,',"

~.:,

'

!

,:'

".' :/:.: ;'

.,

".:'

rC

C

~r

a:

...

rCc:

~r

rr

PREPAREDI

REVISED BY:

JPM #74-2AP

Page 1 of 11

Rev. 8

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

In-Plant JPMB.1.i

JPM # 74-2AP

Operate the TO AFW Pump Locally

Date/

VALIDATED BY:

APPROVED BY:

(Operations Training Manager)

Date/

Date/

CONCURRED:

(Operations Representative)

Date/

  • Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that

do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect the flow of

the JPM.

    • Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the

flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).

JPM #74-2AP

Page 2 of 11

Rev. 8

NUCLEAR TRAINING

REVISION/USAGE LOG

REVISION

DESCRIPTION OF

V

DATE

PAGES

PREPARED/

NUMBER

REVISION

AFFECTED

REVISED BY:

3

Transfer from WP. Minor enhancements.

N

8/24/94

All

HJ Birch

4

SO-3-2 Rev change. Added step to

N

2/1/95

4,6

HJ Birch

ensure PCV-3-183 controlling. Minor

enhancements.

5

Major chg: Chgd initial conditions to allow

Y

1/10/97

All

HJ Birch

use of EA-3-7 instead of SO and made

to

JPM an AP.

5/27/97

pen/ink

EA-3-7 revision update only

N

12/22/00

4

W. R. Ramsey

pen/ink

Step 1 changed section 4.2 to 4.1.

N

12/4/01

5

L. Pauley

Updated KlAs to latest rev.

6

Incorporated pen/ink chanqes; revised per

N

8/20/02

All

JP Kearney

recent change to EA-3-7; no impact on

JPM flow

7

Minor editorial enhancements, validation

N

10/19/06

All

J. E. Stinson

time revision.

8

Incorporate EA-3-7 Rev 5 changes and

Y

All

minor wording changes

v - Specify if the JPM change will require another Validation (Y or N).

See cover sheet for criteria.

JPM #74-2AP

Page 3 of 11

Rev. 8

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

AUO/RO/SRO

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

Task:

Operate the TDAFW Pump Locally

JAITA TASK #:

0610060104

(AUO)

0000050504

(AUO)

KIA Ratings:

2.1.20

061A3.01

4.3/4.2)

(4.1/4.2)

061A2.03

061K6.02

(3.1/3.4)

(2.6/2.7)

061A2.07

(3.4/3.5)

Task Standard:

Locally start and control the Unit 1 TDAFW Pump.

x

In-Plant _.......;;.....;~

Evaluation Method:

Simulator---

==============================-=========================================

Performer:

NAME

Start Time

_

Performance Rating:

SAT

UNSAT

Performance Time

Finish Time

_

Evaluator:

SIGNATURE

DATE

=======================================================================

COMMENTS

JPM #74-2AP

Page 4 of 11

Rev. 8

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:

1.

Sequenced steps identified by an "s"

2.

Any UNSAT requires comments

3.

Insure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;

a. Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.

b. Reviews the intended action and expected response.

c. Compares the actual response to the expected response.

Validation Time: CR

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

EA-3-7

References:

Local

17 minutes

Reference

Title

Rev No.

A.

EA-3-7

Local Operation of TD AFW Pump

5

=================================================-================

READ TO OPERATOR

Directions to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated

for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you

complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied.

Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have

completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL .CONDITIONS:

1.

Unit 1 experienced a total loss of all AC approximately 10 minutes ago.

2.

The crew is in the process of implementing ECA-O.O

INITIATING CUES:

1.

During the step that verifies TOAFW pump operation the crew observed no AFW flow.

FCV-1-51 has no lights and appears to have lost power.

2.

The OATC/eRO has directed you, the Unit 1 Aux. Bldg. AUO to locally operate the Unit 1

TO AFW pump using EA~3-7, Section 4.1.

3.

Inform the Unit 1 OATC/CRO when you have completed EA-3-7 Section 4.1 and TO AFW

pump is in service.

STEP 1.:

Operator obtains a copy of EA-3-7 and begins performance of

section 4.1.

JPM #74-2AP

Page 5 of 11

Rev. 8

SAT

UNSAT

Cue:

As operator addresses Obtaining lighting, radios, gloves,

and keys: inform them that they have those items.

STANDARD:

Operator obtains a copy of EA-3.;.7 and determines that Section

4.1 is the applicable section for use.

COMMENTS:

Start Time__

STEP 2.:

1. IDENTIFY applicable unit:

Unit 1

Unit 2

SAT

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator identifies Unit 1 as the applicable unit.

COMMENTS:

STEP 3.:

2. OSTAIN the following items:

radio

gloves

means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop

watch)

SAT

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator has or demonstrates how to obtain the listed items-

radio, gloves and timing device. If in the plant, should already

have gloves. May already have other items.

COMMENTS:

STEP 4.:

3. OSTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM

office]

Vital Area key

Protected Area key.

SAT

UNSAT

Critical Step

STANDARD:

Operator demonstrates how to obtain the listed from box in SM

office.

COMMENTS:

STEP 5.:

4. GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.

[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]

STANDARD:

Operator locates Panel L-381

COMMENTS:

JPM #74-2AP

Page 6 of 11

Rev. 8

SAT

UNSAT

STEP 6.:

5.

IF SCSA is needed,

THEN

REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.

SAT

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator determines SCBA is not needed and NAs the step

COMMENTS:

STEP 7.:

6. MONITOR communications available with MCR:

If communication with MCR is lost and CANNOT be restored

OR MCR has lost the ability to monitor TDAFW pump flow

due to loss of vital AC power,

THEN

GO TO Section 4.2, Local Control of TDAFW Pump Flow

with Temporary DIP Gage.

SAT

UNSAT

Cue:

When control room is contacted state "Communication is

good."

STANDARD:

Operator establishes communication with MCR and continues

with the procedure.

COMMENTS:

STEP 8.:

7. IF TD AFW pump is NOT running,

THEN

GO TO Step 9.

SAT

UNSAT

Cue:

If asked, provide info information indicating pump not-

running:

no sound from pump, shaft not turning, T&T valve

stem down, etc.

STANDARD:

Operator determines pump NOT running and goes to step 9

(alternate path).

COMMENTS:

Evaluator Note: Procedure Step 8 is not performed because the IFITHEN

condition in procedure step 7 is met and the operator is directed

to step 9 in the

rocedure

JPM #74-2AP

Page 7 of 11

Rev. 8

STEP 9.:

9.

IF alternate OC control power supply is AVAILABLE (determined by

-

SAT

MCR), THEN

PERFORM the following:

-

UNSAT

a. TRANSFER affected unit to alternate DC control power supply at TO

AFW PUMP RM OC CONTROL PWR TRANSFER SWITCH:

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]

Critical Step

1) PLACE NORMAL breaker in OFF.

2) PLACE ALT breaker in ON position.

Cue:

If asked, state that Vital Battery Board IV is available.

Cue:

When operator makes the transfer, provide information to

indicate* that the Normal breaker is OFF and the AL T breaker

is ON

STANDARD:

Operator places normal breaker down to OFF and ALT breaker

up to ON.

COMMENTS:

STEP 10.:

b. ENSURE TD AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]

-

SAT

LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.

[Refer to placard on TDAFW pump room wall]

-

UNSAT

Cue:

When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position,

state "Trip lever horizontal and trip arm to left"and "the trip

hook is engaged with the latch up lever. 11

STANDARD:

Operator ensures trip and throttle valve is latched.

Evaluator Note:

Trip lever should be horizontal and trip arm to the left.

COMMENTS:

STEP 11.:

c. NOTIFY MeR to check if TO AFW pump control restored to MCR.

-

SAT

Cue:

After MeR contacted, state, "We*still do not have light

-

UNSAT

indication on FCV-1-51. We get no response when operating

the handswitch."

STANDARD:

Operator contacts control room to determine if theyhave control

of the TDAFW pump.

COMMENTS:

STEP 12.:

d. IF TD AFW pump control restored to MCR,

THEN

RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.

JPM #74-2AP

Page 8 of 11

Rev. 8

SAT

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator NAs this substep because the IFrrHEN conditions are

not met, and continues to the next step in the procedure.

(alternate path)

COMMENTS:

Evaluator Note:

The next step in JPM is the same action as performed in JPM

step 10.

STEP 13.:

10. ENSURE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51] mechanical

overspeed mechanism LATCHED:

REFER TO placard on TDAFW pump room wall

LATCH [FCV-1-51] and RESET mechanical overspeed

mechanism.

SAT

UNSAT

Cue:

When operator correctly describes trip mechanism position,

state, "trip lever horizontal and trip arm to left. "

STANDARD:

Operator ensures trip and throttle valve is latched or indicates the

latching was verified previously.

Evaluator Note:

COMMENTS:

Evaluator Note:

Trip lever should be horizontal and trip arm to the left.

ENSURE operator does not touch valve stem. Have them

explain what tbey wouk: do.

STEP 14.:

11. ENSURE TD AFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] OPEN:

a. REFER TO Appendix A and VERIFY governor valve OPEN by

observing two inches of stem exposed.

b. IF less than two inches of stem exposed,

THEN

POSITIO.N stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping linkage bar

above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.

SAT

UNSAT

Critical Step

Cue:

When governor valve first checked, state "Approximately 1/2

inch of stem is exposed."

Cue:

After operator explains the process for lifting, state "Stem

has I:::f2 inches exposed."

8TANDARD:

Operator explains how they will grasp the stem and lift upward as

far as it will go. (alternate path)

COMMENTS:

JPM #74-2AP

Page 9 of 11

Rev. 8

STEP 15.:

12. START TDAFW Pump as follows:

-

SAT

a. DETERMINE highest*pressure of S/G #1 and 4 from MCR OR Panel

L-381. [outside TD AFW pump room].

-

UNSAT

Evaluator Note: With the cabinet closed, the pressure gauges cannot be seen. Pictures

of cabinet and gauges can be used to prevent need to open the door.

Cue:

After S*G pressure gauges are checked, indicate reading on

the gauges* to be at approximately 1005 psig on each of the 4

steam generators.

Cue:

If control room is contacted, state "All 4 steam generators

pressure is 1005 psig".

STANDARD:

Operator checks pressure gauges on Panel L-381 or contacts

main control room to determine SGpressures.

COMMENTS:

STEP 16.:

b. MONITOR TD AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138] as

-

SAT

pump is started. [TD AFW pump room on Panel L-215A]

-

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator locates pump.discharge pressure gauge on Panel L-

215A.

COMMENTS:

STEP 17.:

c. ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-S*1], AND SLOWLY OPEN [FCV-

-

SAT

1-S1] trip and throttle valve handwheel to raise TD AFW pump

discharge pressure approximately 50-100 psig greater than S/G #1

-

UNSAT

and 4 highest pressure.

Cue:

When pressure gauge is checked after initial opening of the

valve, indicate reading on the gauge to be at approximately

800 psig.

Critical Step

Cue:

When pressure gauge is checked after making an adjustment

on the valve, indicate reading on the gauge to be at

approximately 1080 psig.

STANDARD:

Operator simulates manually engaging the handwheel by pushing

the de-clutch lever down and rotating thehandwheel counterwise

to open valve. Then determines discharge pressure and realizes

additional opening of the valve is needed to raise discharge

pressure.

JPM #74-2AP

Page 10 of 11

Rev. 8

STEP 18.:

d.

ADJUST [FCV-1-51] as directed by MeR.

-

SAT

Cue:

When MCR contacted state "Leave valve at current position,

-

UNSAT

we will contact you for any needed adjustments."

STANDARD:

Operator contacts control room for directions on additional

adjustments.

COMMENTS:

STEP 19.:

13. IF TD AFW pump trips,

-

SAT

THEN

PERFORM the following:

-

UNSAT

a. ENSURE TD AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]

LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.

b. REPEAT Step 12.

STANDARD:

No action required, Operator may acknowledge the requirement

to repeat step 12 if the TO AFW pump trips.

COMMENTS:

STEP 20.:

14. RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator reports the procedure is complete.

COMMENTS:

Stop Time__

END ofJPM

(

Jirections to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps

shall be simulated for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any

steps to be discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective

for this job performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me

when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed

your assigned task return the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1.

Unit 1 experienced a total loss of all ACapproximately 10 minutes ago.

2.

The crew is in the process of implementing ECA-O.O

INITIATING CUES:

1.

During the step that verifies TD AFW pump operation the crew observed

no AFW flow. FCV-1-51 has no lights and appears to have lost power.

2.

The GATC/CRG has directed you, the Unit 1 Aux. Bldg. AUO to locally

operate the Unit 1 TD AFW pump using EA-3-7, Section 4.1.

3.

Inform the Unit 1 OATC/CRG when you have completed EA-3-7 Section

4.1 and TO AFW pump is in service.

(

(

TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

EOI PROGRAM MANUAL

EMERGENCY ABNORMAL PROCEDURE

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

RevisionS

QUALITY RELATED

PREPARED/PROOFREAD BY:

M.S.LEENERTS I D. A.PORTER

RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION:

OPERATIONS

APPROVED BY:

W. T. LEARY

EFFECTIVE DATE:

5/31/2007

REVISION

DESCRIPTION:

Added Section 4.2 which replaces AOP-T.01 Appendix B.

Incorporated various enhancements and corrective actions to improve

feasibility of actions (PER 104225).

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 2 of 21

1.0

PURPOSE

To provide instructions for locally operating the TD AFW pump following loss of AC

and/or DC control power OR other events which could impact the ability of the MCR to

monitor and control TD AFW flow.

Section 4.2 is a commitment to the NRC in accordance with TVA's response to NRC

Demand for Information letter dated 12/2/05 and CANNOT be removed without prior NRC

review and approval.

2.0

SYMPTOMS AND ENTRY CONDITIONS

2.1

Entry Conditions

A.

EGA-O.O, Loss of AIIAC Power.

B.

AOP-T.01, Security Events.

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

3.1

Precautions

A.

If the accountability siren sounds the operator should continue performing this

procedure. The SM should be aware of procedure performance and personnel

locations.

B.

The TO AFW pump electronic overspeed trip at 4300 rpm will be disabled on loss of

power. The mechanical overspeed trip at 4900 rpm will be available for overspeed

protection.

,=~~~....---------------------------------,---,,_.._,.-

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 3 of 21

4.0

PERFORMANCE

1.

RECORD approximate time of unit trip.

2.

CONSULT MGR to determine applicable section of this procedure:

IF the following conditions met:

THEN GOTO

This procedure entered due to aircraft threat

(AOP-T.01 )

OR

Section 4.2, Local Control

0

of TDAFW Pump Flow

Temporary gage for locally monitoring

with Temporary DIP Gage

TDAFWP flow is needed due to loss of

instrumentation or electrical power

This procedure entered from EGA-O.O (Loss of

all AC Power) or FR-H.1 (Loss of Secondary

Heat Sink)

0

Section 4.1, Local Actions

AND

to Restore TDAFW Pump Flow.

Temporary gage for locally monitoring

TDAFWP flow is NOT needed

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 4 of 21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TD AFW Pump Flow

1.

IDENTIFY applicable unit:

Unit 1

D

Unit 2

D

2.

OBTAIN the following items:

radio

gloves

means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop watch)

3.

OBTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM office]

Vital Area key

Protected Area key.

4.

GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.

[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]

D

D

D

D

NOTE:

Equipment Storage boxes are located in vicinity of TDAFWP rooms

(Unit 1: across from TDAFWP room, near 1A-A CCP Room door),

(Unit 2: behind lighting board, AB el. 669 south wall).

5.

IF SCBA is needed,

THEN

REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.

6.

MONITOR communications available with MCR:

IF communication withMCR is lost and CANNOT be restored

OR MeR has lost the ability to monitor TDAFW pump flow

due to loss of vital *AC power,

THEN

GO*TO Section 4.2, Local Control of TDAFW Pump Flow

with Temporary DIP Gage.

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATIONOF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 5 of 21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)

7.

IF TO AFW pump is NOT running,

THEN

GO TO Step 9.

D

NOTE

Loss of AC control power with DC control power still available will

result in TO AFW pump operating at minimum speed.

Removal of

DC control power will cause governor valve to fail open and will allow

manual control of TOAFWP speed using FCV-1-51 handwheel.

8.

IF TOAF'W pump is RUNNING

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

MONITOR [FIC-46-571 to determine if AC control power

has been lost. [inside panel L-381 , outside TDAFWP Room]

b.

IF FIC-46-57 is energized,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

D

1)

PLACE [XS-46-571 in AUX position.

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]

D

2)

PLACE [FIC-46-571 TOAFWP flow controller in MANUAL

[Inside Panel L-381]

D

3)

CONTROL TDAFW pump flow as directed by MCR.

D

4)

IF required TOAFW pump flow is restored,

THEN

DO NOT CO.NTIN*UE this section.

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev.S

1,2

Page 6 of21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)

8.

(Continued)

c.

IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized

OR required TDAFWpump flow CANNOT be established

using FIC-46-57,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

1)

ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPED USING trip lever

at east end of shaft.

D

2)

ENSURE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakers

on DC control power transfer switch in OFF position.

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room]

D

3)

GO TO Step 10.

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 7 of 21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The TO AFW pump governor valve [FCV-1-521 fails open on

loss of OC control power to TO AFW pump speed controller.

Unit 1 Alternate OC power supply is from 125V Vital Batt Bd IV.

Unit 2 Alternate OC power supply is from 125V Vital Batt Bd II.

9.

IF alternate DC control power supply is AVAILABLE (determined by MCR),

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

TRANSFER affected unit to alternate DC control power supply

at TO AFW PUMP RM DC CONTROLPWR TRANSFER SWITCH:

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]

1)

PLACE NORMAL breaker in OFF.

2)

PLACE ALT breaker in ON position.

D

D

b.

ENSURE TO AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51]

LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.

[Refer to placard on TO AFW pump room wall]

D

c.

NOTIFY MCR to check if TD AFW pump control restored to MCR.

D

d.

IF TO AFW pump control restored to MCR,

THEN

RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.

D

10*.

ENSURE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-51] mechanical

overspeed mechanism LATCHED:

REFER TO placard on TOAFWpump room wall

LATCH [FCV-1-51] and RESET mechanical overspeed

mechanism.

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 8 of 21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TD AFWPump Flow (Continued)

NOTE-:

TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] fails OPEN

on loss of DC control power to the TDAFW pump speed controller.

11.

ENSURE TD AF-W pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] OPEN:

a.

REF-ER TO Appendix A and VERIFY governor valve OPEN

by observing two inches of stem exposed.

b.

IF less than two inches of stem exposed,

THEN

POSITION stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping linkage bar

above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.

12.

START TOAFW Pump as follows:

D

D

a.

DETERMINE highest pressure of S/G #1 and 4 from MCR

OR Panel L-381. [outside TO AFW pump room]

D

b.

MONITO-RTO AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138]

as pump is started.

[TO AFWpump room on Panel L-215A]

D

c.

ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-511, AND

SLOWLY OPEN [FCV-1-511 trip and throttle valve handwheel

to raise TO AFW pump discharge pressure approximately 50-100 psig

greater than S/G #1 and 4 highest pressure.

D

d.

ADJUST [FCV-1-51] as directed by MCR.

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 9 of 21

4.1

Local Actions to Restore TO AFW Pump Flow (Continued)

NOTE

Refer to placard on TD AFW pump room wall for instructions

on latching the mechanical overspeed mechanism.

13.

IF TD AFW pumptrips,

THEN

.

PERFORM the following:

a.

ENSURE TO AFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511

LATCHED and mechanical overspeed mechanism RESET.

b.

REPEAT Step 12.

14.

RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.

END OF TEXT

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 100f 21

4.2

Localcontrol of TDAFW pump Flow with Temporary DIP Gage

1.

IDENTIFY applicable unit:

Unit 1

  • .

Unit 2

2.

OBTAIN the following items:

radio

D

D

D

gloves

means of monitoring elapsed time (wrist watch, timer, or stop watch)

3.

OBTAIN the following keys: [glass-faced box in SM office]

Vital Area key

Protected Area key.

D

D

CAUTION

If performing this section due to aircraft threat,operator should

remain clear of elevator and stairwells after arriving on AS el. 669.

4.

GO TO Panel L-381 for applicable unit.

[AS el. 669, Outside TDAFW Pump Room]

D

NOTE:

Equipment Storage boxes are located in vicinity of TDAFWP rooms

(Unit 1: across from TDAFWP room, near 1A-A *CCP Room door),

(Unit 2: behind lighting board, AS el. 669 south wall).

5.

OBTAIN the following equipment from storage box

and move to TDAFWP Room:

Breathing apparatus and supply hose

Battery lantern

Differential pressure gauge with tubing

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 11 of21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

6.

IF SCBA is needed,

THEN

REFER TO App. B, Use of Permanent Air Bottle in TDAFWP Room.

D

NOTE:

Radio communications from inside the TD AFW Pump Room may

NOT be possible. It may be necessary to move outside the room to

establish communications.

7

ATTEMPT to establish communications with Main Control Room

while continuing this section.

D

NOTE 1:

NOTE 2:

Connection points are labeled on back side of Panel L-215

(near floor).

Unit 1 Only: Access to rear of PaneI1-L-215 may require

temporarily removing SCBA from the normal carrying position

(on back). Mask should be left on if needed due to smoke

8.

INSTALL temporary differential pressure (~P) gauge for monitoring

TDAFWP flow as follows:

a.

PLACE differential pressure (AP) gauge near Panel L-215.

[inside TDAFWP Rm]

b.

ENSURE all valves on temporary AP gauge are OPEN.

c.

CONNECT high pressure and low pressure side tubing quick

connects to quick connects mounted on drain valves

for [F

OT-3o-1421 at bottom of Panel L-215 (back side).

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev.S

1,2

Page 12 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

CAUTION

If TO AFW pump is running, drain valves in the following step

should be slowly cracked open to avoid damaging temporary

DIP gage.

9.

PLACE temporary ~p gauge in service as follows:

a.

SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN [DRIV-3-324D] low side drain valve

for FT~3-142 to fill tubing for temporary ~p gauge.

b.

WHEN a steady stream of water flow is observed,

THEN

CLOSE [DRIV-3-324D] low side drain valve.

c.

SLOWLY THROTTLE OPEN [DRIV-3-323El high side drain valve

for FT-3-142 to fill tubing fortemporary ~p gauge.

d.

WHEN a steady stream of water flow is observed,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

1)

CLOSE [DRIV-3-323E] high side drain valve.

2)

CLOSE vent valves on ~p gauge.

e.

FULLY OPEN IDRIV~3-324D] and [DRIV-3-323E]

FT-3-142 panel drain valves.

f.

CLOSE equalizing valve on ~p gauge.

[on front near center bottom]

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 13 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

10.

IF continuous communications established

and maintained with MCR,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

REMAIN on station in TDAFWP Room and

MONITOR situation to determine if remaining steps

in this section are needed.

b.

DO NOT CONTINUE this section

UNTIL communications with MCR have been lost

OR MCR directs local control of TDAFWP.

11.

IF TO AFWpump is running

AND local handwheel control ofFCV-1-51 is already established,

THEN

GO TO Step 15.

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 14 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

NOTE

Loss of AC control power with DC control power still available will

result in TO AFW pump operating at minimum speed. Removal of

DC control power will cause governor valve to fail open and will allow

manual control of TOAFWP speed using FCV-1-51 handwheel.

12.

IF TOAFW pump is RUNNING

AND one of the following conditions is met:

communications with MCR are lost

OR

MCR directs taking local control of TOAFWP,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

MONITOR [FIC-46-57] to determine if AC power has been lost.

[inside panel L-381 , outside TDAFWP Room]

b.

IF FIC-46-57 is energized,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

D

1)

PLACE [XS-46-57] in AUX position.

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.]

D

2)

PLACE [FIC-46-57] TOAFWP flow controller in MANUAL

[inside Panel L-381].

D

3)

REFER TO Appendix C to determine required AFW flow

based upon time since reactor trip.

D

4)

ADJUST TDAFW pump flow as necessary

to establish required flow on temporary DIP gage

OR as directed by MCR (if communications available).

D

5)

IF S/G indication is available,

THEN

ATTEMPT to control S/G level between 100/0 and 500/0.

D

6)

IF TDAFW pump flow is established,

THEN

DO NOT CONTINUE this section.

D

(step continued on next page)

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Paqe 15 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

12.

(Continued)

c.

IF FIC-46-57 is de-energized

OR TDAFW pump flow CANNOT be established or maintained,

THEN

PERFORM* the following:

1)

ENSURE TDAFW pump TRIPPED USING trip lever

at east end of shaft.

D

2)

PLACE NORMAL and ALTERNATE breakers

on DC control power transfer switch in OFF position.

[Unit 1 - on wall outside pump room behind CCS seal drain tank.

Unit 2 - on wall opposite TO AFW pump room.].

D

3)

CONTINUE with remainder of this section.

D

NOTE 1:

NOTE 2:

NOTE 3:

TDAFWP Mechanical Overspeed Trip is approximately 4900 RPM.

Speed indication on top of L-381 (outside TD*AFWP Room door) may

not be available.

TDAFWP should have started if unit is tripped, but TDAFWP may have

tripped on overspeed if DC power has been lost. Turbine governor

valve fails full open on loss of power causing speed to increase.

TDAFW Pump is required to be filling S/Gs within 30 minutes after

shutdown to provide secondary heat sink if loss of AC and DC electrical

power occurs.

13.

ENSURE [FCV-1-51] mechanical overspeed mechanism LATCHED:

REFER TO'placard on TDAFWpump room wall

LATCH [FCV-1-511 and RESET mechanical overspeed

mechanism.

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 16 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

NOTE:

The TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1-52] fails OPEN

on loss of DC control power to the TDAFW pump speed controller.

14.

ENSURE TDAFW pump turbine governor valve [FCV-1~521 OPEN

by performing the following:

a.

VERIFY governor valve OPEN by observing at least two inches of

stem exposed (Refer to Appendix A).

b.

IF less than two inches of stem exposed,

THEN

P'OSITION stem full upward (fully exposed) by grasping *Iinkage bar

above stem and lifting stem upward as far as it will go.

D

D

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

S/G pressure may be slightly above 1064 psig ifRCS temperatures

were normal when unit tripped. TOAFWP discharge pressure must

exceed the S/G pressure to establish flow. Depending on unit

conditions at beginning of event, the S/G pressure could be lower.

AppendixC is provided as guideline for comparing inches of water

to flow and to required minimum flow over period of time after

shutdown.

15.

START TDAFW Pump as follows:

a.

MONITOR TD AFW pump discharge pressure on [PI-3-138]

as pump is started. [TO AFW pump room on Panel L-215A]

b.

ENGAGE handwheel on [FCV-1-51l, AND

ADJUST trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511 MANUALLY

to establish TOAFW pump flow.

c.

REFER TO Appendix C to determine required ~AFW flow

based upon time since reactor trip.

d.

CONTROL TDAFW Pump flow at or slightly above

flow rate on Appendix C for current time since shutdown

OR as directed by MCR (if communications available).

D

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TD AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 17 of 21

4.2

Local Control of TDAFW pump flow with Temporary DIP Gage (Continued)

16.

IF TDAFW pump trips,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

CLOSE TDAFW pump trip and throttle valve [FCV-1-511.

b.

REPEAT Steps 13 through ,15.

17.

IF area outside TDAFW Pump room is cooler than inside pump room,

THEN

CONSIDER opening TDAFW Pump room doors for ventilation.

(Wedges in boxes)

If the turbine begins to sound abnormal, water may be carrying over

from SIG due to overfill (requiring flow reduction).

18.

IF TDAFW Pump begins to sound abnormally noisy,

THEN

REDUCE pump flow by throttling CLOSED [FCV-1-511.

D

D

D

D

NOTE

TDAFW pump suction may be lost if suction pressure

decreases to less than 13.9 psig.

19.

MONITOR pump suction pressure [PI-3-137] on Panel L-215.

20.

RETURN TO procedure and step in effect.

END OF TEXT

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 18 of 21

5.0

REFERENCES

None.

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev. 5

1,2

Page 19 of 21

APPENDIX A

Terry Turbine Governor Valve

NOTE:

Governor valve solenoid stem

exposed (extended)

approximately two inches

indicates valve is full open.

Linkage bar

t----.-.--

+----- Governor valve solenoid

.-----.Stem

2"

/

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL*OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev.S

1,2

Page 20 of 21

APPENDIX B

Page 1 of 1

USE OF PERMANENT AIR BOTTLE IN TDAFWP ROOM

NOTE 1:

NOTE 2:

Four-hour air bottle is permanently mounted inside TDAFWPRoom.

(Unit 1: Northeast corner, Unit 2: South wall). This large bottle should be

used to conserve air in SCBA unit (which has standard one hour bottle).

The sleeve on the female fittings must be twisted (rotated) slightly to

allow the male fitting to be inserted and seated.

[1]

IF breathing air is needed,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

a.

DON SCBA.

b.

CONNECT to wall-mounted. bottle as follows:

1.

OPEN cylinder valve on wall-mounted air bottle.

2.

ADJUST regulator on wall-mounted bottle

to approximately 80-100 psig.

3.

CONNECT male end of long supply hose to adapter on

regulator on wall-mounted bottle.

4.

CONNECT female end of long supply hose

to adapter on SCBA regulator (on belt).

5.

CLOSE cylinder valve on portable SCBA bottle

(behind your back).

6.

VERIFY breathing air supply in service.

c.

IF wall-mounted bottle is depleted

OR disconnecting supply hose is desired to allow movement,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

1.

OPEN cylinder valve on portable SCBA bottle

(behind your back).

2.

DISCONNECT female end oflong supply hose

from adapter on SCBA regulator (on belt).

END

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

SQN

EA-3-7

LOCAL OPERATION OF TO AFW PUMP

Rev.S

1,2

Page 21 of 21

APPENDIXC

Page 1 of 1

AFW Required Flow

60

56

52

48

44

~...

40 3!

36

\\I-

32

0

28 m

..r:

24

0

20 .E

16 %

12

8

4o

4

3

2

1

    • "*l"""************",,** ................................................................................................................... ...................................... ...................................... ............................................................................

f-

\\

-

\\

-

\\

f-

-r-\\

f-

-

\\

-

\\

f-

~

-

<,

-


~

f-


..........

-


f-

I

160

o

200

240

360

400

280

440

.~ 320

c,

C)

Time After Shutdown (HRS)

Ib

"

TVAN STANDARD

PROGRAMS AND

PROCESSES

SURVEILLANCE TEST PROGRAM

I

r

I

SURVEILLANCE TASK SHEET (STS)

Page 1 of 1

SPP-8.2

Date

06-04*2004

Page 25 of 29

SPP 8.2 1[06

Page 1 of 1

TVA40753[06-2004)

SURVEILLANCE TASK SHEET (STS)

..

Work Order

Page

of

---

---

SIKey

pea

~.:::;

'1

Procedure No. O-t>I-O '-'S-tF1'l.-O'JH.U

i

~V

Title

F<J.-'JfR (. P-t-<< ...E j:Ill c ttt. A

).Y!/J/

ct/Xf-!v'll

Perf. Section

I'1P~~"

10/'1.5

'j-;l.N'

Test Reason

t;C,.1-l E: t\\tl (..IJ

P ft2.FO{)flPx(E

AuttidMafion to Begin. SRO

I

Dat'e

Time

Data Sheets

/ /

Due

V

Extension

.

Max. Extension

Start Date

Time

Frequency

EQ

ASME XI

APP Mode

Completion Date

Time

Performance Mode

Operational Condition

I

Dry Cask Storage

DYes

oNo

I

Subsequent Reviews

Instruction

Test Performer's

Was this a complete or partial

Name

/>

Sicnature

InjtiiJl

Section

performance?

i..,.",~~'1

H;A 0 (-

17Y:-:1/I,

/Jd;f,{/~

Nr--

V(,.t

(Ex.EI~~*~a.:!i~*J.n_R~~a0-~ ____~~e!.e~JJ__ t:.~~I_Q_

/ "'

Were all Tech SpecJTech Req./

ISFSI CoC/ODCM/Fire Protection

~9.:~C.£e.E~n~~c!!.t~ri~~U;;~~!..?__~~Cl__lioJd_~~CL

Were all other acceptance

criteria satisfied?

Yes 0

No 0

N/A 0

Ifan Tech-SpedTechReq.iiSFSi- - - - - -- - - - -

- - --

CoC/ODCM/Fire Protection Req.

were not satisfied, was an LCO/

TRJODCM/OR action required?

(Explain in Remarks)

,

Yes 0

No O_~~CL

Ale3 ~~~~i69£~~i~[::::::::==~~0--No-k1__~~.cL

Test Director/Lead Performer

Date

Acceptance Criteria Review: SRO

Date

Time

(ASME XI Sis require review within

96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br />)

Independent Reviewer

Date

ANII (If required)

Date

Copy of STS sent toScheduling

/

,

Initials

Date

Remark:

-

Section

No. Men

Our. Hrs

._.

..

.-

..

Section

No. Men

Our. Hrs

'-

--

i*

.

!

I

.

Section

No. Men

Our. Hrs

l.

r

.-..--

-r

---

-

..

r

Section

No. Men

Our. Hrs

.". -.

- -

.04-2004

TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX CHANNEL

CALIBRATION BY HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Revision 18

QUALITY RELATED

w. T. LEARY

PREPARED/PROOFREAD BY: ~--:....:...:......:....:....::~~---_

RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION: _0=.P:....:E=R...::..A..:..:T...:..;IO:::..:N...:..;S=--

_

KEITH PERKINS

APPROVED BY:~

....:....:="-'-'-.:....:.......:~"""'-'-'=---

_

(

EFFECTIVE DATE:03/30/06

LEVEL OF USE:

CONTINUOUS USE

REVISION

DESCRIPTION:

Revised to add a note directing that consistency between channels be

considered when determining if adjust is desired. This is a minor

change.

THIS PROCEDURE COULD AFFECT REACTIVITY.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 2 of 33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 1 of 2

Section

Title

Page

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2

1.0

INTRODUCTION

4

1.1

Purpose

4

1.2

Scope

4

1.2.1

Surveillance Test to be Performed

4

1.2.2

Requirements Fulfilled

4

1.2.3

Modes

4

1.3

.'

2.0

(

2.1

2.2

3.0

4.0

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

5.0

Frequency and Conditions

4

REFERENCES

5

Performance References

5

Developmental References

5

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

5

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS

7

Preliminary Actions

7

Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies

7

Field Preparations

7

Approvals and Notifications

7

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

7

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 3 of 33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 2 of 2

Section

Title

Page

6.0

PERFORMANCE

8

6.1

As-Found Data

8

6.2

NIS Channel Adjustment

14

7.0

POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY

18

APPENDICES

(

APPENDIX A:

APPENDIX B:

APPENDIX C:

APPENDIX D:

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL

USING LEFM

19

SUBSTITUTION OF RCS 6.T AT LOW POWER LEVELS

(:s: 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)

22

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL

USING U1118 (> 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)

23

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL

WITH PLANT COMPUTER INOPERABLE (RCS 6.T

GREATER THAN 40%)

26

SOURCE NOTES

33

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 4 of 33

1.0

INTRODUCTION

1.1

Purpose

This Surveillance Instruction (SI) provides detailed steps for ensuring proper

calibration of the power range neutron flux channels.

1.2

Scope

1.2.1

Surveillance Test to be Performed

This Instruction performs a comparison between the power level calculated by the

Nuclear Instrumentation System (NIS) power range neutron flux channels and the

"true" power level as determined by a secondary system heat balance based value.

If necessary, the power range channels are adjusted to agree with the "true" power

level.

This instruction also verifies availability of Leading Edge Flow Meter (LEFM)

calorimetric power.

1.2.2

Requirements Fulfilled

Performance of this Instruction completely fulfills Technical Specification (TS)

Surveillance Requirement (SR) 4.3.1.1.1.8.2 (Table 4.3-1, item 2, note 2)

and Technical Requirements Manual (TR) 4.3.3.15.1.

1.2.3

Modes

A. Applicable Mode - 1 (above 15 percent power).

8.

Performance Mode - 1 (above 15 percent power).

1.3

Frequency and Conditions

This test must be performed at least once every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> when the reactor power

level is greater than 15 percent. [C.3] To ensure NIS accuracy, this test should be

performed when directed by 0-80-4 or 0-80-5.

In the event that the Plant Computer is unavailable, provisions have been

incorporated in this procedure to fulfill the SR requirements. [C.5]

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 5 of 33

2.0

REFERENCES

2.1

Performance References

0-PI-SXX-000-022.2, Calorimetric Calculation. (Optional)

2.2

Developmental References

A. SON Technical Specifications.

B. SPP-8.1, Conduct of Testing

C. NP-STD-4.4.7, Attachment 1, Writer's Guide for Technical Documents

D. 0-PI-NUC-092-082.0, Post Startup NIS Calibration following Core Load.

E. Memo from Reactor Engineering - RIMS S57 941219 934

F. Integrated Computer System Critical Design Requirements and Operator's

Guide.

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

A. Reactor power must remain constant (+/- 0.5%) during the performance of

Sections 6.1 and 6.2. It is desirable for any required NIS adjustment be made

promptly during performance of these sections.

B. Average RCS temperature (Tavg) should be maintained within 0.5°F of

RCS reference temperature (Tref).

C. Caution should be exercised when adjusting NIS power range instrumentation

to minimize the potential for a channel trip.

D. Only one NIS channel shall be adjusted at a time. If a rate trip occurs, the

channel's trip signal and annunciator on panel XA-55-6A, "NC-41 U or NC-41 K

NIS POWER RANGE HIGH NEUTRON FLUX RATE" must be cleared before

proceeding to the next NIS channel.

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 6 of 33

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS (Continued)

E. Operations and Engineering should be notified if larger than normal channel

adjustments (as determined by the SRO) are required to bring the power range

channels into alignment with calculated core thermal power. [C.4] An

operability concern may exist if excessive error in the non-conservative

direction adversely impacts the NIS high flux trip setpoint. The 3% tolerance

for calibration error on the high flux trip setpoints was selected using the

extrapolated error from the 30% power level.

F. The reactor cores have been loaded with a low leakage loading pattern which

can affect NIS Reactor Power level indications such that differences greater

than the Acceptance Criteria can occur between NIS and true power level. The

impact of the NIS non-linearity due to low leakage loading pattern is in the

conservative direction, since NIS indicated power rises faster than true power

during a power increase. 0-GO-5 may direct performance of this procedure to

ensure excessive errors in the non-conservative direction do not exist. During

plant restarts, Reactor Engineering may perform 0-PI-NUC-092-082.0 at 4%

power to provide an initial NIS correction for startup.

G. Technical Specifications require a heat balance calculation for adjustment of

the NIS when the Plant is above 15% power within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. If the Leading

Edge Flow Meter (LEFM) is available, ICS point U2118 is required to be used

for the heat balance when greater than 15% power (TRM 3.3.3.15). If LEFM is

NOT available, then Loop ~T data should be used between 15 and 40% power

due to potential inaccuracies in the feedwater flow venturi heat balance below

40%. If LEFM is NOT available above 40%, then venturi-based calorimetric

power (U1118) should be used.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 7 of 33

I

Unit.

_

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS

NOTE

During the performance of this Instruction, any "IFITHEN"

statement may be marked N/A when the corresponding stated

condition does not occur,

4.1

Preliminary Actions

[1]

ENSURE Instruction to be used is a copy of effective version

Ifr

and Data Package Cover Sheet is attached.

4.2

Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies

None,

4.3

Field Preparations

(

[1]

ENSURE reactor power and RCS average temperature are

Jk

stable.

4.4

Approvals and Notifications

[1]

NOTIFY SRO of test performance.

S.O

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

A. The indicated "as-found" power level from each operable NIS neutron flux

channel must equal the core thermal power level to within +/- 2.0%.

B. The indicated "as-left" power level from each operable NIS neutron flux

channel that was adjusted must equal the core thermal power level to within

+/-0.5%.

C. If the criteria stated above are NOT satisfied, the SRO shall be notified and

Action Requirement 2 of TS Table 3.3-1 satisfied.

D. LEFM shall be used for the plant calorimetric measurement for power range

NIS calibration by heat balance comparison. If this criteria is NOT satisfied,

the SRO shall be notified and the applicable action of TRM 3.3.3.15 shall be

entered.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 8 of 33

Unit

_

6.0

PERFORMANCE

6.1

As-Found Data

Date

_

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The following step determines if LEFM is available to satisfy TRM

3.3.3.15. If LEFM is NOT available, operators should notify US,

document status and continue with next step.

Main feedwater temperature must be greater than or equal to 250°F

for reliable LEFM data.

(

[1]

VERIFY availability of LEFM calorimetric power:

[a]

CHECK LEFM status NORMAL on ICS (NSSS and BOP)

Current Calorimetric Data screen.

YES

NO

o

0

[b]

CHECK LEFM Core Thermal Power (ICS point

U2118) showing good (green) data.

YES

NO

o

0

[c]

CHECK LEFM MFW header temperature (ICS point

T8502MA) greater than or equal to 250°F.

YES

NO

o

0

(

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

LEFM is available based upon the indications above.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-S1-0PS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 9 of 33

Unit.

_

6.1

As-Found Data

Date

_

(

NOTE

With LEFM unavailable, AFD limit lines in COLR must be made more

restrictive by 1% and Rod Insertion Limit lines in COLR must be raised

by 3 steps. These adjustments are automatically applied in ICS.

[2]

IF LEFM calorimetric power NOT available

OR ICS computer NOT available,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

[a]

ENTER applicable action of TRM 3.3.3.15.

[b]

ENSURE work order initiated as required.

[c]

IF LEFM calorimetric power CANNOT be restored

in time to complete this surveillance,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

1.

REDUCE reactor power to

98.7% (3411 MWt) or less

USING U1118 (if available) or NIS.

2.

WHEN reactor power is less than 98.7%,

THEN

CONTINUE this instruction using

alternate power indications as

specified below.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 10 of 33

Unit------

6.1

As-Found Data

Date-----

(

NOTE

If Engineering has performed 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2, then the applicable

section(s) of 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 may be used in place of Appendix C

or D to obtain the current calorimetric power.

[3]

DETERMINE reactor core power level by performing the

applicable appendix below:

CONDITION

APPENDIX

./

RCS liT greater than 15% and

A

0

LEFM core thermal power (U2118) available

(step [1] acceptance criteria met)

RCS liT between 15% and 40% and

B

0

LEFM core thermal power (U2118) NOT available

RCS liTgreater than 40%

C

0

LEFM core thermal power (U2118) NOT available

but ICS point U1118 is available

RCS liT greater than 40% and

D

0

ICS core thermal power indication (U1118 and

U2118) NOT available

AND RECORD below (N/A power if using printout from ICS):

% Rated Core Thermal Power =

%


SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 11 of 33

Unit,

_

6.1

As-Found Data (Continued)

Date

_

(

NOTE

Data for an inoperable NIS channel may be marked N/A.

[4]

RECORD "as-found" power level from each of the

four NIS power range A channel drawers:

POWER RANGE

"AS-FOUND"

CHANNEL

NIS POWER (%)

N-41

(XI-92-5005B)

N-42

(XI-92-5006B)

N-43

(XI-92-5007B)

N-44

(XI-92-5008B)

NOTE

The following step is performed to satisfy Tech Specs.

[5]

COMPARE NIS indication with core thermal power level.

[a]

CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the

following "as-found" acceptance criteria were

satisfied:

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [4] is

equal to the core thermal power level recorded in step [3] or

as listed on the printed copy to within +/- 2.0 percent.

(,

YES

NO

N/A

NIS Channel N-41

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-42

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-43

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-44

0

0

0

RO or SRO

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 12 of 33

Unit,

_

Date

_

6.1

As-Found Data (Continued)

[b]

IF any NIS channels were inoperable during the

performance of this Instruction, THEN

NOTIFY applicable unit SRO that this SI must be

performed on all inoperable NIS channels when

they are returned to service.

[6]

VERIFY that all NIS channel indications are within

+/-3 percent of the determined core thermal

power level.

YES

o

NO

o

(

[7]

IF a NIS channel was more than 3 percent in error in the

non-conservative direction (core thermal power> NIS),

THEN

NOTIFY Engineering to determine if the calibration error

impacts operability of the NIS high flux trip.

[8]

CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the following

"as-found" acceptance criteria were satisfied:

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [4] is less

than or equal to 100.5 percent.

YES

NO

N/A

NIS Channel N-41

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-42

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-43

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-44

0

0

0

RO or SRO

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 13 of 33

Unit

_

6.1

As-Found Data (Continued)

Date__----,-__

(

(

NOTE

Consistency between the four NIS PR channels is to be considered

when determining if an adjustment is desired.

[9]

IF any channel does not meet acceptance criteria, OR

NIS Channel Adjustment is desired, THEN

PERFORM adjustment using section 6.2

AND/OR

REDUCE reactor power not to exceed 100 percent.

END OF TEXT

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON

Page 14 of 33

Unit._-----

6.2

NIS Channel Adjustment

Date-----

(

NOTE 1

Performance of this section is required only for those PRchannels

designated by the Reactor Operator or that did not satisfy the

acceptance criteria in Section 6.1. All other NIS channels may be

marked N/A.

NOTE 2

During the performance of Section 6.2, data required for an inoperable

NIS channel may be marked N/A.

[1]

IF calculated average power in Section 6.1 or on printed copy

differs by more than 3% from average ReS delta T,

THEN

NOTIFY Engineering to determine the cause.

[2]

VERIFY reactor power has remained constant

(+/- 0.5 %) since performance of Section 6.1.

NOTE

The inoperable channel may be bypassed for up to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> for

surveillance testing of other channels.

[3]

IF NIS power range channel is inoperable,

THEN

REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to Bypass inoperable

NIS channel in accordance with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.

[4]

ENSURE all NIS power range channels are operable or

bypassed with no bistables tripped.

(

[5]

ENSURE rod control system is in MANUAL in accordance

with 0-SO-85-1.

o

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 15 of 33

Unit------

6.2

NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)

Date-----

NOTE 1

Steps [6] through [9] must be completed on one NIS channel before

proceeding to the next channel.

NOTE 2

NIS channels in the following step may be performed out of sequence.

[6]

IF a rate trip exists (or occurs) on the NIS channel being

calibrated, THEN

CLEAR that channels trip signal (momentarily set RATE

MODE switch to RESET position) and annunciator on

panel XA-55-6A, "NC-41Uor NC-41 K NIS POWER

RANGE HIGH NEUTRON FLUX RATE," before proceeding

to the next NIS channel.

(

NIS Channel N-41

NIS Channel N-42

NIS Channel N-43

NIS Channel N-44

Trip

Cleared

oooo

N/A

oooo

First Person

_

CV

_

NOTE

The gain potentiometers have latches which must be disengaged prior

to adjustment, and re-engaged following adjustment.

[7]

ADJUST gain potentiometer on associated channel's power

range B drawer to bring that channel's indicated power

level to within +/- 0.5% of the calorimetric power recorded in

Section 6.1 or as listed on the printed copy. AND

ENSURE gain potentiometer latch re-engaged. [C.2]

Adjustment

Required

N/A

NIS Channel N-41

0

0

NIS Channel N-42

0

0

NIS Channel N-43

0

0

NIS Channel N-44

0

0

First Person

_

CV

_

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 16 of 33

Unit------

Date

--

6.2

NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)

[8]

IF fine gain potentiometer on power range B drawer will not provide

enough adjustment to satisfy the calibration requirements of step

[7], THEN

REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to adjust the coarse gain

(resistor R312, Coarse Level Adjust) inside the applicable

power range drawer, AND

N/A

ooo

o

NIS Channel N-41

NIS Channel N-42

NIS Channel N-43

NIS Channel N-44

READJUST fine gain potentiometer to achieve calibration

requirements specified in step [7].

Adjustment

Required

oooo

(

First Person

_

CV

_

[9]

IF additional NIS channel(s) require calibration, THEN

RETURN TO step [6].

[10]

WHEN NIS adjustments have been completed, THEN

RECORD "as-left" power level from NIS power range channels.

POWER RANGE

" AS-LEFT"

CHANNEL

NIS POWER (%)

N-41 (XI-92-5005B)

N-42 (XI-92-5006B)

N-43 (XI-92-5007B)

N-44 (XI-92-5008B)

First Person

_

IV

_

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1 & 2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 17 of 33

Unit.

~__

6.2

NIS Channel Adjustment (Continued)

[11]

IF NIS power range channel is inoperable, THEN

REQUEST Instrument Maintenance to remove

Bypass on inoperable NISchannel in accordance

with 0-PI-IXX-092-001.0.

[12]

CHECK appropriate box to indicate whether the following

"as-left" acceptance criteria were satisfied.

Date-----

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

The indicated NIS power level recorded in step [10] is

within +/- 0.5 percent the calorimetric power level recorded in

Section 6.1 or as listed on the printed copy.

YES

NO

N/A

NIS Channel N-41

0

0

0

(

NIS Channel N-42

0

0

0

\\

NIS Channel N-43

0

0

0

NIS Channel N-44

0

0

0

RO or SRO

[13]

IF acceptance criteria were NOT satisfied for any NIS channel,

THEN

NOTIFY Shift Manager that acceptance criteria were NOT met

and another performance of this test is necessary,

subsequently action 2 of LCO 3.3.1.1 (Unit 1) or LCO 3.3.1

(Unit 2) must be satisfied if the other performance does not

meet acceptance criteria.

NOTE

NIS channel adjustment may cause step change in input to rod control. A delay of at

least 3 minutes prior to returning rod control to automatic will allow lead/lag signal to

decay off.

[14]

RETURN Rod Control System to AUTO in

accordance with 0-SO-85-1.

END OF TEXT

D

(

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 18 of 33

7.0

POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITY

[1]

NOTIFY SRO that test has been completed.

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 19 of 33

Unit

_

Date

_

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

APPENDIX A

Page 1 of 3

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER USING LEFM

ICS allows two options for blowdown flows:

Option #1 (Preferred) -use point [F2261A] which requires no

operator entered data (computer automatically updates the

blowdown flows).

Option #2 - use manually entered S/G blowdown flow rates.

Computer point [F2261A] is more accurate than flow indicators

located in the fan rooms. If the computer point is inoperable and

blowdown flows from the FIS's are used, then indicated core thermal

power may be a slightly different value.

(

(1)

ENSURE S/G blowdown flows are updated by performing the

following functions on ICS:

[a)

[b)

SELECT "NSSS AND SOP".

SELECT "CALORIMETRIC FUNCTION MENU".

D

D

[c)

SELECT "UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED

SLOWDOWN FLOW" on menu AND

PERFORM one of the following options

(N/A option not used):

1.

IF using computer point [F2261A) S/G Total Slowdown

Flow, THEN

(a)

VERIFY point value is updating

(changing values).

(b)

IF computer point is NOT updating,

THEN

NOTIFY MIG that point is not

updating and initiate WOo

D

D

D

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 20 of 33

(

(

Unit

_

Date

_

NOTE

APPENDIX A

Page 2 of 3

Local readings of steam generator blowdown flow are obtained

from Panel L-357.

2.

IF manually updating blowdown flows, THEN

[a]

RECORD local readings for

S/G blowdown flow:

RCS

BLOWDOWN FLOW

LOOP

(GPM)

1

FI-1-152

2

FI-1-156

3

FI-1-160

4

FI-1-164

[b]

ENSURE blowdown flows above

entered in ICS.

[c]

IF blowdown flows were updated, THEN

WAIT a minimum of 10 minutes

to allow program to accurately

reflect new value.

D

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 21 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX A

Date

Page 3 of 3

NOTE

ICS printout may be used to document power level and NIS values.

Since core thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviation may exist

between the recorded core thermal power value (if used) and the

printed sheet value (if used). SI acceptance is satisfied in the body

of the instruction.

[2]

SELECT "DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC DATA"

on ICS Calorimetric menu AND

(

\\

PERFORM one of the following:

[a]

RECORD the following:

LEFM Core Thermal Power (U2118)

Percent Rated Core Thermal Power (U1127)

OR

____~_Mwt

%


D

(

\\

[b]

PRINT power level and NIS values AND

ATTACH report to this instruction.

D

I\\

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 22 of 33

Unit

_

Date

_

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

APPENDIX B

Page 1 of 1

SUBSTITUTION OF RCS flT AT LOW POWER LEVELS

(:s: 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)

RCS delta T loops (flTO) are aligned to results of a secondary-side

heat balance. Consequently, using flTs to adjust NIS at low power

levels still satisfies the requirement to use heat balance. Loop flT is

used to avoid potentially non-conservative errors in NIS power range

indication if adjustments were made based upon an inaccurate

secondary heat balance at a low feedwater flowrate. At low power

levels the traditional secondary-side heat balance (U 1118) is not as

accurate as Reactor Coolant Loop flTs.

This appendix should NOT be used if LEFM is operable.

(

[1]

CALCULATE the average RCS delta T using control

board indications or computer point for average

RCS flT.

Loop A (TI-68-2D)

%

PLANT

COMPUTER

Loop B (TI-68-25D)

%

OR

U0485

%

Loop C (TI-68-44D)

%

Loop D (TI-'68-67D)

%

(

Total

% -7- (4) =Avg

[2]

RECORD average RCS delta T as the core thermal

power level

%.

%

---~

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 23 of 33

Unit

_

Date

_

APPENDIXC

Page 1 of 3

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL USING U1118

(> 40% WITH LEFM NOT AVAILABLE)

(

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

This appendix is used when RCS ~T is greater than 40%

and LEFM (U2118) NOT available, but ICS and U1118 are available.

ICS allows two options for blowdown flows:

Option #1 (Preferred) - use point [F2261A] which requires no

operator entered data (computer automatically updates the

blowdown flows).

Option #2 - use manually entered S/G blowdown flow rates.

Computer point [F2261A] is more accurate than flow indicators

located in the fan rooms. If the computer point is inoperable and

blowdown flows from the FIS's are used in the calculation of U1118, then

expect U1118 to indicate a different value and adjustment of NIS may be

required.

[1]

ENSURE S/G blowdown flows are updated by performing the

following on ICS:

[a]

[b]

SELECT "NSSS AND BOP".

SELECT "CALORIMETRIC FUNCTION MENU"

o

o

(

[c]

SELECT "UPDATE OPERATOR ENTERED

BLOWDOWN FLOW' on menu AND

PERFORM one of the following options

(N/A option not used):

1.

IF using computer point [F2261A] S/G Total

Blowdown Flow, THEN

[a]

VERIFY point value is updating

(changing values).

[b]

IF computer point is NOT updating, THEN

NOTIFY MIG that point is not

updating and initiate WOo

o

o

o

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON

Page 24 of 33

{

(

Unit

_

Date---

NOTE

APPENDIX C

Page 2 of 3

Local readings of steam generator blowdown flow are obtained

from Panel L-357.

2.

IF manually updating blowdown flows, THEN

[a]

RECORD local readings for

S/G blowdown flow:

RCS

BLOWDOWN FLOW

LOOP

(GPM)

1

FI-1-152

2

FI-1-156

3

FI-1-160

4

FI-1-164

[b]

ENSURE blowdown flows above

entered in ICS.

[c]

IF blowdown flows were updated, THEN

WAIT a minimum of 10 minutes

to allow program to accurately

reflect new value.

o

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 25 of 33

Unit

_

Date---

NOTE

APPENDIX C

Page 3 of 3

ICS printout may be used to document power level and NIS values.

Since core thermal power fluctuates, a slight deviation may exist

between the recorded core thermal power value (if used) and the

printed sheet value (if used). SI acceptance is satisfied in the body

of the instruction.

[2]

SELECT "DISPLAY CURRENT CALORIMETRIC DATA"

on ICS Calorimetric menu AND

0

PERFORM one of the following:

[a]

RECORD the following:

Venturi Core Thermal Power (U1118)

Mwt

(

Percent Rated Core Thermal Power (U1127)

%

OR

[b]

PRINT power level and NIS values AND

ATTACH report to this instruction.

0

[3]

IF any value is a blue "NCAl" quality, THEN

PERFORM the following:

[a]

IF cause of bad data is unknown, THEN

REQUEST assistance from MIG or ICS

computer engineer.

0

[b]

INITIATE WO if required.

0

[c]

GO TO Appendix D.

0

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 26 of 33

Unit

_

Date---

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

APPENDIX D

Page 1 of 7

CALCULATION OF CORE THERMAL POWER LEVEL

WITH INOPERABLE PLANT COMPUTER

(RCS ~T Greater Than 40%)

This appendix provides guidance determining calorimetric power when

ICS core thermal power indication (U1118 and U2118) is unavailable

with power above 40% and the computer cannot be restored in time to

complete SR 4.3.1.1.1.

0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 requires several hours from initiation until

completion of power calculation.

(

(

[1]

IF 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2 will be used for calorimetric data,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

[a]

NOTIFY Systems Engineering to perform

manual calorimetric calculation

using 0-PI-SXX-000-022.2.

[b]

MARK remaining steps "N/A" in this appendix.

D

D

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 27 of 33

Unit---

Date

_

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

APPENDIX D

Page 2 of 7

The remaining steps determine core thermal power by manually

entering calorimetric data on opposite unit's ICS computer. This

method requires adding 3.5% to the calculated power level for

additional conservatism due to greater errors associated with indicator

error and readability. Therefore, power level should be reduced to

less than or equal to 96.5% before performance.

Calorimetric calculation on opposite unit's ICS assumes that blowdown

flow is identical on each unit. This error is accounted for in the 3.5%

correction factor.

[2]

IF opposite unit's ICS will be used to perform a calorimetric

calibration,

THEN

(

PERFORM the following:

[a]

ENSURE reactor power less than or equal to 96.5%.

[b]

ENSURE reactor power and RCS temperature stable.

D

D

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON

Page 28 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX D

Date

Page 3 of 7

NOTE 1

If ICS is unavailable, LEFM Feed flow and feed temperature may still

be available on LEFM panel [LOCL-500-R183] in Aux Inst Rm.

NOTE 2

MFW header temp must be greater than 250°F for reliable LEFM data.

[3]

IF LEFM feed flow and feed temperature is available on

local LEFM panel, THEN

PERFORM the following:

[a]

RECORD the following data:

Parameter

Indication

Reading

Loop 1 Feedwater Pressure

PI-3-37 [M-3]

psig

Loop 2 Feedwater Pressure

PI-3-50 [M-3]

psig

Loop 3 Feedwater Pressure

PI-3-92 [M-3]

psig

Loop 4 Feedwater Pressure

PI-3-105 [M-3]

psig

Loop 1 SfG Pressure

PI-1-2A or 2B [M-4]

psig

Loop 2 SfG Pressure

PI-1-9A or 9B [M-4]

psig

Loop 3 SfG Pressure

PI-1-20A or 20B [M-4]

psig

Loop 4 S/G Pressure

PI-1-27Aor 27B [M-4]

psig

Total Feedwater Flow

LEFM

Ibm/hr

Feedwater Temperature

LEFM

of

(must be > 250°F)

IV

[b]

SELECT Calorimetric Main Menu screen on other

unit's ICS computer.

(step continued on next page)

o

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 29 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX D

Date

Page 4 of 7

[3]

(Continued)

[c]

SELECT LEFM Special Offline Calorimetric on

Calorimetric Menu.

[d]

ENTER data in ICS from table in substep 3 [a].

[e]

SELECT function key F3 to execute calculation.

[f]

PRINT calorimetric results.

[g]

VERIFY data was correctly entered in ICS

from table in substep 3 [a].

[h]

RECORD Total S/G Thermal Power from

calorimetric printout:

____MWt

[i]

CALCULATE percent power

corresponding to item [h]

IV

D

D

D

____MWt =

34.55

%

---

NOTE

The following step adds 3.5% to calorimetric power to compensate for

additional errors in this method. The corrected power value below

should be used in Section 6.1.

[j]

CALCULATE corrected core thermal power:

(substep [i])

% + 3.5 % =

[k]

VERIFY substeps [g] through [j].

%

-~-

IV

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1&2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 30 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX D

Date

Page 5 of 7

NOTE

1,2-PI-ICC-003-036.0 provides details on required test equipment for

feedwater temperature measurement.

[4]

IF LEFM feed flow and feed temperature is NOT available,

THEN

PERFORM the following:

[a]

NOTIFY MIG or Systems Engineering to install

precision temperature monitoring equipment in

feedwater header temperature wells TW-3-197 and

TW-3-198 [TB el. 685].

D

(

(

[b]

RECORD average feedwater header temperature:

of


(step continued on next page)

MIG or Eng

IV

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1 & 2

HEATBALANCECOMPA~SON

Page 31 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX D

Date

Page 6 of 7

[4]

(Continued)

[c]

RECORD the following data:

Parameter

Indication

Reading

Loop 1 Feedwater Press

PI-3-37 [M-3]

psig

Loop 2 Feedwater Press

PI-3-50 [M-3]

psig

Loop 3 Feedwater Press

PI-3-92 [M-3]

psig

Loop 4 Feedwater Press

PI-3-105 [M-3]

psig

Loop 1 S/G Pressure

PI-1-2A or 2B [M-4]

psig

Loop 2 S/G Pressure

PI-1-9A or 9B [M-4]

psig

Loop 3 S/G Pressure

PI-1-20A or 20B [M-4]

psig

Loop 4 S/G Pressure

PI-1-27A or 27B [M-4]

psig

Loop 1 Feedwater Flow

FI-3-35A or 35B [M-4]

Ibm/hr

Loop 2 Feedwater Flow

FI-3-48A or 48B [M-4]

Ibm/hr

Loop 3 Feedwater Flow

FI-3-90A or 90B [M-4]

Ibm/hr

Loop 4 Feedwater Flow

FI-3-103A or 103B [M-4]

Ibm/hr

IV

(

[d]

SELECT Calorimetric Main Menu screen on other

unit's ICS computer.

[e]

SELECT Special Offline Calorimetric

on Calorimetric Menu.

(step continued on next page)

o

o

(

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

O-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1 & 2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 32 of 33

Unit

APPENDIX D

Date

Page 7 of 7

[4]

(Continued)

[f]

ENTER data in ICSfrom substeps 4 [b] and 4 [c].

[9]

SELECTfunction key F3 to execute calculation.

0

[h]

PRINT calorimetric results.

0

[i]

VERIFY data from substeps 4 [b] and 4 [c]

was correctly entered in ICS.

IV

[j]

RECORD Total S/G Thermal Power from

calorimetric printout:

(

MWt

[k]

CALCULATE percent power

corresponding to item [j]

____MWt =

34.55

%

---

NOTE

The following step adds 3.5% to calorimetric power to compensate for

additional errors in this method. The corrected power value below

should be used in Section 6.1.

[I]

CALCULATE corrected core thermal power:

(substep [k])

% + 3.5 % =

[m]

VERIFY substeps [j] through [I].

%

---

IV

SQN

POWER RANGE NEUTRON FLUX

0-SI-OPS-092-078.0

CHANNEL CALIBRATION BY

Rev: 18

1 & 2

HEAT BALANCE COMPARISON

Page 33 of 33

SOURCE NOTES

Page 1 of 1

REQUIREMENTS

SOURCE

IMPLEMENTING

STATEMENT

DOCUMENT

STATEMENT

Ensure calculation of thermal

INPO SER 89-23

C.1

power is correct before

CAQR SQQ 90052

calibrating excore detectors.

Excore detectors should be

INPO SER 89-09

C.2

calibrated based on best

available power indication.

NIS power range calibrations

INPO SOER 90-03

C.3

should be performed periodically

following power ascension above

15% power.

Careful consideration and

INPO SOER 90-03

CA

(

caution should be exercised

before adjusting nuclear

instrumentation. Operations and

Engineering Management should

be notified if larger than normal

channel adjustments are

required.

0-81-0P8-092-078.0 will be

LER 328/91005

C.5

revised to allow the use of a

810910819844

Plant Computer program to

provide an increased frequency

of the performance of this

procedure.

(

JPM # 40-2a

Page 1 of 7

Rev 0

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

JOB PERFOR-MANCE MEASURE

IN~PlantJPM B.1.j.

JPM # 40-2

Uncontrolled Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation

(O-SI-OPS 062-214.0)

Original Signatures on File

PREPAREDI

REVISED BY:

VALIDATED BY:

APPROVED BY:

(Operations Training Manager)

Date!

Date!

Date!

CONCURRED:

(Operations Representative)

Date!

  • Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that

do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect th-e flow of

the JPM.

    • Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the

flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).

JPM # 40-2a

Page 2 of 7

Rev 0

I

NUCLEAR TRAINING

REVISION/USAGE LOG

REVISION

DESCRIPTION OF

V

DATE

PAGES

PREPARED/

NUMBER

REVISION

AFFECTED

REVISED BY:

0

Initial issue- modified from JPM #40-2

v ~ Specify if the JPM change will require another Validation (Y or N).

See cover sheet for criteria.

JPM # 40-2a

Page 3 of 7

Rev 0

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

AUO/RO/SRO

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

Task:

Uncontrolled Boron Dilution Flowpath Isolation (0-SI-062-214.0)

JAJTA TASK#: 3420990304 (AUO)

KIA Ratings:

004K1.19 (2.7/2.9)

004A2.25 (3.8/4.3)

004K1.16 (3.3/3.5)

2.2.13 (3.6/3.8)

Task Standard:

The identified flow path is isolated and under administrative control.

Evaluation .Method:

Simulator

In-Plant_X__

======================================================================

Performer:

Performance Rating:

SAT

Evaluator:

NAME

UNSAT

SIGNATURE

Performance Time

DATE

Start Time

_

Finish Time ~__

==================================================.=====================

COMMENTS

JPM # 40-2a

Page 4 of 7

Rev 0

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:

1.

Sequenced steps identified by an "s"

2.

Any UNSAT requires comments

3.

Do NOT use with JPM #40

4.

Insure Unit 2 VCT Hallway door unlocked on the day 'of the JPM.

5.

Insure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;

a.

Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.

b.

Reviews the intended action and expected response.

c.

Compares the actual response to the expected response.

Validation Time: CR.

Local

14 mins

Tools/Equipment/ProceduresNeeded:

0-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B

References:

Reference

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

Title

Uncontrolled Boron Dilution

Rev No.

3

-~--~-----~------~----------------------------------------------------~---~---------


~-------------------------------------~--------~--~------------~----------------

READ TO OPERATOR

Directions to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated for this

JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you complete the task

successfully, the objective for this job performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me

when you understand your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return

the handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1.

Unit 2 has been shutdown for refueling and is currently in Mode 5.

2.

In one hour the reactor vessel head bolts will be detensioned in preparation for pulling the head.

3.

All systems required for Mode 6 are operable.

INITIATING CUES:

1.

You are the Unit 2 Auxiliary Bldg AUG and you are to complete the dilution path isolation in preparation for

the initial performance of O-SI~OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B.

2.

Another AUG has already closed valve 81-536, Primary Water Valve to Containment and determined

valve FCV-62-128, VeT Bypass Flow, is closed.

3.

You are to close the remaining valves on O-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.

4.

The valves will be verified closed and tagged after the clearance is prepared and issued.

5.

Inform the U2 CRO when the remaining valves on Appendix B have been closed.

Job Performance Checklist:

STEP/STANDARD

JPM # 40-2a

Page 5 of 7

Rev 0

SAT/UNSAT

STEP 1.:

Obtain copy of required surveillance instruction.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Obtains copy of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B procedure.

Start Time--

NOTE:

Steps may be performed in any order.

-

SAT

STEP 2.:

CLOSE valve 62-916, Cation Bed Demin Outlet.

-

UNSAT

Cue:

HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.

Critical Step

STANDARD:

Operator locates 2-HCV-62-916 (CVCS demin reach rod area), turns

handwheel clockwise until snug.

STEP 3.:

CLOSE valve 62-922, Mixed Bed Demin Outlet.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

Cue:

HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.

Critical Step

STANDARD:

Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-922 (CVeS demin reach rod area),

turns handwheel clockwise until snug.

STEP 4.:

CLOSE valve 62-696, Boric Acid to VCT outlet.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

Cue:

HW turned several times in the CW direction and is now snug.

Critical Step

STANDARD:

Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-696 (hallway to VCT room), turns

handwheel clockwise until snug.

Job Performance Checklist:

STEP/STANDARD

JPM # 40-2a

Page 6 of 7

Rev 0

SAT/UNSAT

STEP 5.:

Close valve 62-940, Primary Water to chemical mixing tank.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

CUE:

HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.

STANDARD:

Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62~940 (690 blender area) and attempts to

turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction.

STEP 6.:

Close valve 62-929, Manual Emergency Borate Valve.

-

SAT

-

UNSAT

CUE:

HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.

STANDARD:

Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-929 (690 blender area, day-glo green)

and attempts to turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction

STEP 7.:

Close valve 62-932, Emergency boration flush valve.

-" SAT

-

UNSAT

CUE:

HW will not turn in the CW direction and is snug.

STANDARD:

Operator locates valve 2-HCV-62-932 (690 blender area) and attempts to

turn the handwheel in the clockwise direction

STEP 8.:

Inform Unit 2 CRO that the closing of the remaining valves on Appendix B

-

SAT

of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 is complete.

-

UNSAT

NOTE:

Role playas Unit 2 CROandacknowledge the report.

Stop Time__

STANDARD:

Operator informs Unit 2 CRO that the remaining valves on Appendix B of

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 have been closed.

READ TO OPERATOR

Directions to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be

simulated for this JPM. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be

discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job

performance measure will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand

your assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the

handout sheet I provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 2 has been shutdown for refueling and is currently in Mode 5.

2. In one hour the reactor vessel head bolts will be detensioned in preparation for pulling

the head.

3. All systems required for Mode 6 are operable.

INITIATING CUES:

1. You are the Unit 2 Auxiliary Bldg AUG and you are to complete the dilution path

isolatlon in preparation for the initial performance of O-SI-OPS-062-214.0 Appendix B.

2. Another AUG has already closed valve 81-536, Primary Water Valve to Containment

and determined valve FCV-62-128, VCT Bypass Flow, is closed.

3. You are to close the remaining valves on O-SI-OPS-062-214.0, Appendix B.

4~ The valves will be verified closed and tagged after the clearance is prepared and

issued.

5. Inform the U2 CRG when the remaining valves on Appendix B have been closed.

TENNESSE*E VALLEY AUTHORITY

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

SURVEILLANCE INSTRUCTION

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON DILUTION

Revision 3

QUALITY RELATED

JERRY B. ESPY

PREPARE~PROOFREADBY:~~~~~~~~~~_

OPERATIONS

RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION: --~~~~~--~

JIM DVORAK

APPROVED BY:

~~~~~

~_

EFFECTIVE DATE:

13 May 02

LEVEL OF USE:

CONTINUOUS

REVISION

DESCRIPTION:

Revised to update shutdownmarqin procedure number. This is a non-

intent change.

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 2 of 12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 1 of 1

Section

Title

Page

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2

1.0

INTRODUCTION

3

1.1

Purpose

3

1.2

Scope

3

1.2.1

Operability Test to be Performed

3

1.2.2

Requirements Fulfilled

4

1.2.3

Mode

4

1.3

Frequency/Conditions

~

5

2.0

REFERENCES

5

2.1

Performance References

5

2.2

DevelopmentaIReferences

~

~

5

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

6

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACT*IONS

7

4.1

Preliminary Actions

7

4.2

Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies

7

4.3

Field Preparations

7

4.4

Approvals and Notifications

7

5.0

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

~

7

6.0

PERFORMANCE

~

8

7.0

POST PERFORMANCE ACTIVITIES ............*............................................. 8

APPENDIX A

9

APPENDIX B

10

APPENDIX C

11

APPENDIX D*

12

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 3 of 12

1.0

INTRODUCTION

1.1

Purpose

This instruction provides steps to ensure that valves listed in Surveillance

Requirement 4.9.1.3 (Boron Concentration Control During Refueling Operations)

are maintained in the closed position and maintained under administrative control

during refueling operations. The control of the valves listed in SR 4.9.1.3 will

prevent any uncontrolled boron dilution accident by isolating all possible sources

of unborated water to the RCS. Administrative control is maintained by the

SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.

This procedure may also be performed as *an option to prevent an uncontrolled

RCS dilution during RHR system operation (modes 4 or 5).

1.2

Scope

1.2.1

Operability Test to be Performed

This surveillance provides valve alignment checklists that will isolate and

administratively control all potential flowpaths of unborated water sources to

the Reactor Coolant System. The checklists (Appendix A thru D) represent the

valve combinations specified by SR 4.9.1.3 (LCO 3.9.1) that are required to be

verified closed and under administrative control during refueling operations.

This Surveillance may be performed under the following conditions:

A. Mode 6 (Refuel Operations)

To prevent an uncontrolled RCS dilution during refueling by ensuring all

available RCS dilution paths are isolated and placed under administrative

control. The isolation of dilution flow paths is required by SR 4.9.1.3 and

partially fulfills the plant technical specification requirements of LCO 3.9.1.

B. Modes 4 &5

To prevent an uncontrolled RCS dilution at cold or hot shutdown conditions while

on the RHRSystem by implementing one of the following options:

  • 1.

The RCS is borated to a concentration that would allow sufficient operator

response time to stop the dilution. The adequacy of RCS is boron

concentration is determined by 0-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0, Shutdown Margin.

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 4 of 12

1.2.1

Operability Test to be Performed (Continued)

2.

The shutdown rods are withdrawn by 10/0 delta K/K to provide positive operator

indication of a dilution accident in progress (SRM reactor trip) and additional

time for operator termination of the event. If the shutdown rods are withdrawn

then O-SI-NUC-OOO-038.0, Shutdown Margin must be completed to verify

K~eff remains less than .99 to prevent a mode change.

3.

The RHR system is isolated from the RCS, FCV-74-1 or FCV-74-2 closed.

4.

The available RCS dilution paths are closed and placed under administrative

control.

1.2.2

RequirementsFulfilied

A.

Mode 6 (Refueling)

Performed to partially fulfill the plant technical specification requirements of

LCO 3.9.1 which requires one of the valve combinations specified in SR

4.9.1.3 to be closed and under administrative control.

B. Modes 4 & 5 RHR Operation

Westinghouse letter S53 860813 665 expressed concerns and provided

recommended actions reqardinq the potential for an inadvertent boron

dilution event at cold or hat shutdown conditions while on the RHR System.

Recommended actions to preclude an inadvertent boron dilution event while

in hot or cold shutdown are listed in section 1.2.1, "Operability Test to be

Performed." The isolation of dilution flow paths provides one option for

preventing dilution of the ReS at Cold or Hot Shutdown conditions while on

the Residual Heat Removal System.

1.2.3

Mode

A. Applicable Modes -

B. Performance Modes -

Mode 6 Refueling Operations

Mode 4 & 5 Hot and Cold Shutdown (optional)

Mode 6 Refueling

Mode 4 & 5 Hot and Cold Shutdown (optional)

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 5 of 12

1.3

Frequency/Conditions

A. Mode 6 Refueling

Performed at least once every 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> while in mode 6. Performance

consists of verifying one valve combination (Appendix A, B, C, or D) being

closed and under administrative control.

B. Modes 4 & 5

Initiated by 0-GO-7, Unit Shutdown from Hot Standby to Cold Shutdown

upon entry into Mode 4.

Performance consists of verifying that one of the options stated in Section

1.2.1, "Operability Test to be Performed" has been completed.

If option 1, 2,

or 3 has NOT been completed THEN Perform this SI to close and

administratively control the dilution flowpath. The performance of the valve

checklist to isolate the dilution flowpaths is required only once in modes 4 or

5 with the hold order remaining in effect until Option 1, 2, or 3 is employed.

2.0

REFERENCES

2.1

Performance References

A.SPP-10.2, Clearance Program

2.2

Developmental References

A. SI-214, Uncontrolled Boron Dilution. -

B. SON Technical Specification Surveillance Requirements (SR) 4.9.1.3.

C. SON Technical Specification LeO 3.9.1.

D. Westinghouse-letter to SON dated Feb. 22,1982 (S53 860813 665)

E. Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR), Chapter 15 Accident analysis section

15.2.4 Uncontrolled Boron Dilution.

F. TVAdrawings

1. 47W809-1 CVCS flow diagram

2. 47W809-2 eves flow diagram

3. 47W819-1 Primary water flow diagram

4. 45N662-2 CVCS Schematic diagram

5. 45N703-5 Wiring diagram, 125V Vital Battery Bd I

6. 45N703-7 Wiring diagram, 125V Vital Battery Bd III

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 6 of 12

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

A. A specific clearance must be issued to include all valves listed in the appendix

that is performed. This ensures positive administrative control of valving which

could result in an uncontrolled dilution event.

B. After the initial performance of this instruction the clearance procedure may be

utilized to verify valve positions in subsequent performances.

C. The clearance procedure may be utilized for verification per SPP-10.3 for

removal and return to normal of equipment.

D. Failure to observe all posted RADCON requirements may lead to unnecessary

Radiation Absorbed Doses.

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 7 of 12

Unit

Date-----

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS

NOTE

Throughout this Instruction where an IFITHEN statement exists, the

step should be N/A if condition does not exist.

US/SRO

4.1

Preliminary Actions

[1]

ENSURE the Instruction to be used is a copy of the

effective version, AND

ENSURE Data Package Cover Sheet is attached.

[2]

ENSURE Precautions and Limitations, Section 3.0, has

been reviewed.

4.2*

Measuring and Test Equipment, Parts, and Supplies

None.

4.3

Field Preparations

None.'

4.4

Approvalsan.d Notifications

[1]

OBTAIN approval from the Unit (SRO) prior to beginning this

test.

-~---~------- /

Date

Time

5.0

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

A.

Specific quantitative and/or qualitative requirements that are intended to be

verified by this Instruction are noted in the instruction steps where the verifying

actions are performed and documented.

B.

If specific acceptance criteria stated in the instruction steps are not met, notify

the 8M as soon as practical after observation of the noncompliance.

SQN

O-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 8 of 12

Unit

Date-----

6.0

PERFORMANCE

[1]

IF Initial Performance of Instruction, THEN

REQUEST a clearance for valves listed in the

appendix that is to be performed.

[2]

IDENTIFY the appendix to be performed.

A. Appendix A

B. Appendix B

C. Appendix C

D. Appendix 0

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

At least one set of valves listed on

Appendix A, B, C, or 0 Closed and under,Administrative control

(Administrative control maintained by SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.)

[3]

COMPLETE the desired Appendix, AND

E'NSURE Clearance tags placed in accordance with

SPP-10.2, Clearance Program.

7.0

POST PER'FORMANCE ACTIVITIES

[1]

DELIVER SI package to US/SRO for review and

approval.

D

D

D

D

SQN

0-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 9 of 12

Unit---,----

HOLD ORDER NO.----

APPENDIX A

Page 1 of1

Date----

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

VALVE NO.

POSITION

INITIALS

Primary Water

690 pipe chase

Closed &

Valve to

in corner

81-536

tagged

containment

behind CCPIT

Cation Demin

690 CVCS

Closed &

Bed Outlet

demin reach

62-916

tagged

rod area

Mixed Bed

690 CVCS

Closed &

Demin Outlet

demin reach

62-922

tagged

rod area

BA Blend PW

690 Blender

Closed &

Supply

area near

62-933

tagged

L-43 panel

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or 0

Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2,

Clearance Program.)

SQN

0-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 10 of 12

Unit---

HOLD ORDER NO.----

APPENDIX

B

Page 1 of 1

Date----

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

VALVE NO.

POSITION

INITIALS

Primary Water

690 pipe chase

81-536

Closed &

Valve to

in corner behind

tagged

containment

CCPIT

Cation Demin

690 cves demin

62-916

Closed &

Bed Outlet

re-ach rod area

tagged

Mix Bed Demin

690 evcs demin

62-922

Closed &

Outlet

reach rod area

tagged

Boric Acid to

690 hallway to

62-696

Closed &

VCT outlet

VCT room

tagged

Primary Water

690 blender area

62-940

Closed &

to chemical

tagged

mixing tank

Manual

690 blender area

62-929

Closed &

Emergency

(day-glo green)

tagged

Borate valve

Emergency

690 blender area

62-932

Closed &

boration flush

(day-glo orange)

tagged

valve

690 blender area

VCT Bypass

Fuse location'"

Closed &

Flow

Unit 1 - 125V Vital

FCV-62-12-8

tagged

BattBd I A28

(Fuses Removed)

Unit 2 - 125V Vital

Batt Bd III A28

(1) Only the applicable unit's fuses need to be removed and tagged.

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or D

Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2,

Clearance Program).

SQN

0-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 11 of 12

APPENDIX C

Unit---

HOLD ORDER NO. ------

Page 1 of 1

Date-----

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

VALVE NO.

POSITION

INITIALS

Primary Water

690 pipe chase

81-536

Closed &

Valve to

in corner

tagged

containment

behind CCPIT

CAT Bed

690 CVCS62-921

Closed &

Demin Flush

demin reach

tagged

rod area

Mix Bed

690 CVCS62-914

Closed &

Demin B Flush

demin reach

tagged

rod area

Mix Bed

690 CVCS62-907

Closed &

Demin A Flush

demin reach

tagged

rod area

BA Blend

690 blender

62-933

Closed &

PW Supply

area near

tagged

1-L-43 panel

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or D

Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance

Program).

SQN

0-SI-OPS-062-214.0

UNCONTROLLED BORON

Rev. 3

1,2

DILUTION

Page 12 of 12

Unit---

HOLD ORDER NO. --.--------

APPENDIX'

D

Page 1 of 1

Date---

DESCRIPTION

LOCATION

VALVE NO.

POSITION

INITIALS

Primary Water

690 pipe chase

81-536

Closed &

Valve to

in corner behind

tagged

containment

CCPIT

Primary Water

690 CVCS demin

62-907

Closed &

to Mixed Bed

reach rod area

tagged

Dernin A

Mix Bed Demin

690 CVCS demin

62-914

Closed &

B Flush

reach rod area

tagged

CAT Bed

690 CVCS demin

62-921

Closed &

Demin Flush

reach rod area

tagged

Blender outlet

69*0 hallway to

62-696

Closed &

to VCT outlet

VCT room

tagged

Primary Water

6'90 blender area

62-940

Closed &

to chemical

tagged

mixing tank

Manual

690 blender area

62-929

Closed &

Emergency

(day-glo green)

tagged

Borate valve

Emergency

690

62-932

Closed &

boration flush

blender area

tagged

valve

(day-glo orange)

690 blender area

VCT Bypass

Fuse location'"

Flush

Closed &

Unit 1 - 125V Vital

FCV-62-128

tagged

Batt Bd I A28

(Fuses Removed)

Unit 2 - 125V Vital

BattBd III A28

(1) Only the applicable unit's fuses need to be removed and tagged.

ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:

At least one set of valves listed on Appendix A, B, C, or 0

Closed and under Administrative hold (SPP-10.2, Clearance

Program).

JPM # 61AP2

Page 1 of 8

Rev. 6

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

In-Plant JPM - B.1.k

JPM# 61AP2

TRANSFER 480V SD BOARD 2A1-A

F'ROM NORMAL TO A.LTERNATE SUPPLY

PREPARED/

REVISED BY:

VALIDATED BY:

APPROVED BY:

(Operations Training Manager)

Date/

.

Date/

Date/

CONCURRED:

(Operations Representative)

Date/

  • Validation not required for minor enhancements, procedure Rev changes that

do not affect the JPM, or individual step changes that do not affect the flow of

the JPM.

    • Operations Concurrence required for new JPMs and changes that affect the

flow of the JPM (if not driven by a procedure revision).

JPM # 61AP2

Page 2 of 8

Rev. 6

I

NUCLEAR TRAINING

REVISION/USAGE LOG

REVISION

DESCRIPTION OF

V

DATE

PAGES

PREPARED/

NUMBER

REVISION

AFFECTED

REVISED BY:

0

Initial issue. Revised JPM #61AP to apply

Y

12/17/01

All

L. Pauley

to 480V SDBD 2Al-A. Used for 2000

HLT audit exam. Validation N/A based on

JPM 61AP.

1

Revised per recent revisions to 2-S0-201-

N

8/20/02

4,5

J P Kearney

1; No impact on JPM flow

Pen/ink

Update references only.

N

11/04/03

2,4

T. E. Pitchford

2

Incorporated AUO feedback.

N

8/30/04

All

MG Croteau

3

Updated to current revision.

N

10/04/05

All

MG Croteau

4

Incorporated AUG feedback.

N

11/16/05

All

MG Croteau

5

Update to current revision

N

10105/2006

2,4,5,8

M. D. Lackey

6

Modified cue and steps

V*- Specify if the JPM change will require another validation (Y or N).

See cover sheet for criteria.

JPM # 61AP2

Page 3 of 8

Rev. 6

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

AUO/RO/SRO

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE

Task:

Transfer 480V SO Board 2A1-A from Normal to Alternate Supply

JAlTA TASK #: 0620120104

KIA Ratings:

062A2.05 (2.9/3.3)

062A3.05 (3.5/3.6)

(AUO)

062A4.04 (2.6/2.7)

2.1.20 (4.3/4.2)

Task Standard:

480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A fails to transfer from Normal to Alternate Supply. Operator recloses

normal breaker.

Evaluation Method :

Simulator---

In-Plant

x

================================================~======================

Performer:

Performance Rating:

SAT

Evaluator:

NAME

UNSAT

SIGNATURE

Performance Time

DATE

Start Time

_

Finish Time

_

=======================================================================

COMMENTS

JPM # 61AP2

Page 4 of 8

Rev. 6

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATOR:

1.

Critical steps identified by an asterisk (*)

2.

Sequenced steps identified by an "s"

3.

Any UNSAT requires comments

4.

SM approval will be required to enter the "Trip Hazard Zone" near the 480V

SOBO 2A1-A.

5.

Ensure arc flash distance and PPE requirements met.

6.

Role playas second person to complete transfer as directed by the operator.

7.

Ensure operator performs the following required actions for SELF-CHECKING;

a. Identifies the correct unit, train, component, etc.

b. Reviews the intended action and expected response.

c. Compares the actual response to the expected response.

Valldation Time: CR.---

Local

10 mins

Tools/Equipment/Procedures Needed:

2-S0-201-1, Section 8.1.

References:

Reference

2-S0-201-1

Title

480V .Shutdown Boards


~--------------------------~---------------------------------


~-------------~---~----~----~~--------------------~---

READ TO *OPERATOR

Directions to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps shall be simulated

for this JPM. WHEN ENTERING A UNIT TRIP HAZARD ZONE ENSURE YOU DO NOT

TOUCH ANY SWITCHES*WITHIN THAT ZONE. I will provide initiating cues and indicate any

steps to be discussed. When you complete the task successfully, the objective for this job

performance measure will be satisfied.

Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your

assigned task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout sheet I

provided you.

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Both units are at 100% power. All 6.9 kV shutdown boards are being supplied from their normal

feeders.

Electrical maintenance has to perform an inspection on the normal supply breaker on the 480V

shutdown board -2A1-A

All equipment is available and operable.

All prerequisites are completed.

All Arc Flash requirements for protective clothing are met.

INITIATING CUES:

You are the Control Room AU*O. Electrical maintenance is ready to perform the inspection of the

normal feeder breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A.

You are to transfer 480V shutdown board 2A1-A to its alternate supplies utilizing 2-S0-201-1

section 8.1.

When 480V shutdown board 2A1-A is aligned to its alternate supply, inform Unit 2 SRO and

he/she will notify Electrical Maintenance that they may proceed with their inspection.

Job Performance Checklist:

STEP/STANDARD

JPM # 61AP2

Page 5 of 8

REV. 6

SAT/UNSAT

STEP1.:

Obtain a copy of the appropriate procedure.

SAT

-

Cue:

If operator addresses TI-300 for Arc Flash required clothing, state

-

UNSAT

"All ARC Flash Requirements are met. "

Start Time--

STANDARD:

Operator obtains a copy of 2-S0~201-1, Section 8.1.

STEP 2.:-

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9kV Feed to 480V Shutdown Board

SAT

-

Alternate Transformer 2A-A (6.9kV SD Bd 2A-A Compt. 5) CLOSED.

-

UNSAT

Cue:

If asked, Red indicating light for alternate supply breaker is

illuminated and/or breaker has a "RED" target.

STANDARD:

Operator ensures 6.9kV Feed to 480V Shutdown Board Alternate

Transformer 2A-A is closed.

STEP 3.:

VERIFY (2BCTB-201-DO/5B-A) Breaker 52E, Alternate Supply Breaker

-

SAT

(Emergency) from Transformer 2A-A OPEN (480V SDBD 2A2-A, Compt

58).

-

UNSAT

Cue."

If asked, Green indicating light for alternate supply breaker is

illuminated and/or breaker has a "GREEN" target inside panel.

STANDARD:

Check 2A-AAlternate Supply Transformer to 480V shutdown board 2A2-

A open locally at 480V shutdown board 2A2-A Compt 5B. green target

STEP 4.:

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been completed.

-

SAT

Cue:

After operator identifies the need to check the Configuration Log

-

UNSAT

Book, then CUE that the checklist has no deviations.

STANDARD:

Operator ensures power checklist is complete by checking the

Configuration Log Book in the MCR.

STEP 5.:

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A-A Alternate Supply Transformer

-

SAT

(480V SDBD 2A1-A Compt 5A).

-

UNSAT

Cue:

Al/3-phases voltage - 490V.

STANDARD:

Check voltage ~. 456 V but ~. 504 volts.

Job Performance Checklist:

STEP/STANDARD

JPM # 61AP2

Page 6 of 8

REV. 6

SAT/UNSAT

NOTE:

The following steps take two people, role playas the second party

and perform actions as directed by the operator. Failure to perform

the next two steps in sequence will result in de-energizing the

board. If operator asks for a CV tell them that they are to proceed as

if a CV was present.

Evaluator Note:

During performance of this and the next step:

If evaluator is stationed at control switch for alternate feeder breaker;

Cue:

A*fter being instructed how to place and hold switch in the CLOSE

position, cue that the switch isin the Close position.

If stationed at the breaker for the Normal feeder breaker;

Cue:

After being instructed how to place the switch in the TRIP position,

cue that the switch is in the TRIP position

-

SAT

STEP *6. S:

PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A) 52E Alternate Supply Breaker

-

UNSAT

(Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE position and hold until step [5]

is complete (Campt 5A).

Critical step

Cue:

Alternate feederACB has GREEN light still illuminated and a red flag

above the handswitch.

STANDARD:

HS-52E on alternate supply breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A

turned and held in CLOSED position.

STE*P *7~ S:

PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal*Supply Breaker Control

-

SAT

Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).

-

UNSAT

Cue:

Normal feeder ACB has GREEN light illuminated and alternate feeder

ACB has GREEN light illuminated. (Breaker did not close)

Alternate Path

Critical step

STANDARD:

Places HS-52N, Normal Supply Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP

position..

STEP 8.:

Verify (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A)52E Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency)

-

SAT

Closed and (2-BCTB--201-DN/1B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker OPEN.

-

UNSAT

Cue:

ACB 52E Green light LIT, ACB 52N Green light LIT.

If asked, ACB 52N opening sound was heard, but no closing sound

was heard from ACB 52E.

Cue:

If operator checks. board voltage (Compt 6). It is Zero.

STANDARD:

Operator attempts to verify alternate ACB 52E CLOSED and normal ACB

52N OPEN and recognizes alternate breaker did not close.

Job Performance Checklist:

STEP/STANDARD

JPM # 61AP2

Page 7 of 8

REV. 6

SAT/UNSAT

STEP *9.:

IF (2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A) 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,

-

SAT

THEN PLACE (2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker

Control Switch to the CLOSE position (Compt 1A), AND VERIFY (2-

-

UNSAT

BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A) 52N Normal Supply Breaker CLOSED.

Critical step

NOTE:*

Operator should ensure 52E handswitch has been released prior to

reclosing normal feeder breaker.

Cue:

When ACB 52N control switch is placed in the CLOSED position:

"ACS 52N Red light is LIT and closing sound was heard".

STANDARD:

Operator closes 52N and verifies it is closed.

STEP 10.:

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)

-

SAT

Cue:

Al13-phases voltage - 490V.

-

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator checks board voltage ~ 456 V but ~ 504 volts.

STEP 11.:

Inform Unit 2 SRO that board failed to transfer, and the normal breaker

-

SAT

has been re-closed.

-

UNSAT

STANDARD:

Operator notifies Unit 2SRO of the failure of the board to transfer.

Stop Time__

I

END OF JPM

READ TO OPERATOR

Directions to Trainee:

I will explain the initial conditions, and state the task to be performed. All steps

shall be simulated for this JPM. WHEN ENTERING AUNIT TRIP HAZARD

ZONE ENSURE YOU DO NOT TOUCH ANY SWITCHES WITHIN THAT ZONE.

I will provide initiating cues and indicate any steps to be discussed. When you

complete the task successfully, the objective for this job performance measure

will be satisfied. Ensure you indicate to me when you understand your assigned

task. To indicate that you have completed your assigned task return the handout

sheet I provided you.

INITIAL.CONDIT.IONS:

Both units are at 100% power. All 6.9 kV shutdown boards are being supplied

from their normal feeders.

Electrical maintenance has to perform an inspection on the normal feeder

breaker on the 480V shutdown board 2A1-A

All equipment is available and operable.

All prerequisites are completed.

All Arc Flash requirements for protective clothing are met

.INITIATING CUES:

You are the Control Room AUO. Electrical maintenance is ready to perform the

inspection of the normal feeder breaker to 480V shutdown board 2A1-A.

You are to transfer 480V shutdown board 2A1-A to its alternate supply utilizing 2-

80-201-1 section 8.1.

When 480V shutdown board 2A1-A is aligned to its alternate supply, inform Unit

2 8RO and he/she will notify Electrical Maintenance that they may proceed with

their inspection.

TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY

SEQUOYAH NUCLEAR PLANT

SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURE

2-50-201-1

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

Revision 20

QUALITY RELATED

PREPARED BY:

DARRELL W. LUNSFORD

RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION:

OPERATIONS

APPROVED BY:

W. T. LEARY

EFFECTIVE DATE:

06/12/06

LEVEL OF USE:

CONTINUOUS USE

REVISION

DESCRIPTION:

Reversed two steps in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 and 8.4 to ensure

power checklist is complete before verifying voltage and added a

note that the remainder of the instruction will be performed at the

respective board per NB051011. Corrected typo on 2-201-1.05

per NB050534. Added Note 5 in Section 8.1 that during board

transfer, power interruption to C&A Vent Bd 2A1-A may cause "A"

Shutdown Bd Rm Chiller to trip per RT060202 (PER98065/98292).

These are minor editorial changes.

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 2 of 60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 1 of 2

Section Title

TABLE OF CONTENTS

.

1.0

INTRODUCTION

.

Page

2

4

1.1

Purpose

4

1.2

Scope............................................................................................................

4

2.0

REFERENCES.............................

4

2.1

Performance References..............................................................................

4

2.2

Developmental References...........................................................................

4

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS............................................................

6

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS

7

5.0

STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS

9

5.1

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal Supply...................

9

5.2

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal Supply...................

12

5.3

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal Supply...................

15

5.4.

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal Supply...................

18

5.5

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate Supply................

21

5.6

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate Supply................

24

5.7

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate Supply................

27

5.8

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 282-B From Alternate Supply................

30

6.0

NORMAL OPERATION

33

7.0

SHUTDOWN.................................................................................................

34

7.1

De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A................................................

34

7.2

De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A................................................

36

7.3

De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-8................................................

38

7.4

De-energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8................................................

40

8.0

INFREQUENT OPERATION

42

8.1

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to

Alternate Power Supply................................................................................

42

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 3 of 60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 2 of 2

Section Title

Page

8.2

8.3

8.4

8.5

8.6

8.7

8.8

9.0

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to

Alternate Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to

Alternate Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to

Alternate Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate to

Normal Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to

Normal Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to

Normal Power Supply

.

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to

Normal Power Supply

.

RECORDS

.

44

46

48

51

53

55

57

59

SOURCE NOTES

60

ATTACHMENTS

ATTACHMENT 1:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.01

ATTACHMENT 2:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.02

ATTACHMENT 3:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.03

ATTACHMENT 4:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.04

ATTACHMENT 5:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.05

ATTACHMENT 6:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.06

ATTACHMENT 7:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.07

ATTACHMENT 8:

480V SHUTDOWN BOARD POWER CHECKLIST 2-201-1.08

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 4 of 60

1.0

INTRODUCTION

1.1

Purpose

This instruction provides the steps necessary for the normal operation of the Unit 2

480V Shutdown Boards.

1.2

Scope

This instruction provides the precautions and actions for energizing the Unit 2

480V Shutdown Boards from their normal sources, transferring power sources, and

shutdown of the boards for maintenance or testing.

2.0

REFERENCES

2.1

Performance References

None

2.2

Developmental References

A.

Procedures

1.

0-GO-6-1, Electrical Apparatus Operations

2.

0-SO-250-1, 125 Volt DC Vital Power System

3.

0-SO-202-4, 6900V Shutdown Boards

4.

OPDP-7, Fuse Control

5.

SOI-201.2, 480V Auxiliary Building Electrical Boards

6.

SSP-12.6, Equipment Status Verification and Checking

Program

B.

TVA Drawings

1.

45N749-1 through 4

2.

45N779-1 through 4

3.

45N765-1 and 2

4.

45N703-1 through 4

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 5 of 60

2.2

Developmental References (continued)

C.

FSAR

1.

Section 8.0, Electric Power

2.

Section 7.0, Instrumentation and Controls

3.

Section 15.2.7, Loss of Electrical Load and/or Turbine

Trip

4.

Section 15.2.9, Loss of Off-Site Power to the Station

Auxiliaries

5.

Section 15.5.1, Environmental Consequences of a

Postulated Loss of AC Power to the Plant Auxiliaries

D.

Technical Specifications

1.

LCO 3.8.2.1

2.

LCO 3.8.2.2 '

3.

LCO 3.8.1.1

4.

LCO 3.8.1.2

End of Section 2.2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 6 of 60

3.0

PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS

A.

Protective relaying shall be in service and trip circuit supply

energized before energizing a feeder or bus.

B.

When replacing fuses use only exact replacement or

acceptable substitute in accordance with OPDP-7.

C.

When racking in or out 480V circuit breakers, for personnel

safety and to ensure operability, operate in accordance with

0-GO-10.

D.

Protective grounds will be removed before energizing a

feeder bus.

E.

When working with or around electrical components, for

personnel safety and to ensure operability, conduct should

be in accordance with the Sequoyah Health and Safety

Manual,Section IV.

F.

Alignment of a 480V Shutdown Board to feed from the

Alternate Supply Breaker is acceptable, if the spare 480V

transformer is utilized to power only one 480V shutdown

board at a time.

G.

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed, the 8M or his representative must perform a

walkdown on the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

H.

Prior to transferring (normal to alternate or alternate to

normal) the 480v Shutdown Boards that are aligned to feed

the 1-IV and 2-IV Vital Inverters, the Control Rod Drive

System for the affected unit shall be placed in manual rod

control. Note that rod control system alarms may occur

during transfer operation. (REF. SQ993258PER)

End of Section 3.0

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 7 of 60

Date---

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

Throughout this instruction where an IF/THEN

statement exists, the step should be N/A if

condition does NOT exist.

Throughout this instruction, voltage

verification serves as independent verification

for all breaker operation.

[1]

ENSURE instruction to be used is a copy of effective version.

[2]

ENSURE Section 3.0, Precautions and Limitations has

been reviewed.

[3]

IF removing a board from service, THEN

NOTIFY Unit 8RO to evaluate applicable LCOs.

[4]

IF returning equipment to service after a clearance,

THEN

ENSURE protective safety grounds have been removed

before energizing any bus.

NOTE

The following lists are not intended to be all-inclusive.

15E500 series drawings and applicable procedures

should be reviewed for particular circumstances.

[5]

REVIEW the applicable 80s for potential impacts.

Unit Two 480V Shutdown Boards

Reactor MOV Boards

2-80-201-2

C & A Vent Boards

2-S0-201-3

Reactor Vent Boards

2-80-201-4

DG Auxiliary Boards

2-S0-201-8

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 8 of 60

Date

_

4.0

PREREQUISITE ACTIONS (CONTINUED)

[6]

EVALUATE the following panels, and systems which are

associated with board listed for possible impacts.

Shutdown Board 2A2-A

Rad Mon &Samp Dist Pnl

Fire Prot Dist Pnl

[7]

ENSURE each performer documents their name and

initials:

Print Name

Initials

[8]

INDICATE below which performance section of this

instruction will be used and the reason for this performance:

o

5.0

STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS

o

6.0

NORMAL OPERATION

D

7.0

SHUTDOWN

D

8.0

INFREQUENT OPERATION

REASON

_

End of Section 4.0

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 9 of 60

Date

_

5.0

STARTUP/STANDBY READINESS

5.1

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply

CAUTION

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally

supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.

This Instruction section provides for normal

source feed establishment. Alternate source

feed is covered in Section 8.0.

All steps in this section refer to 480V

Shutdown Board 2A1-A unless specifically

stated otherwise.

[1]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.

[2]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III

ENERGIZED.

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[5]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been

PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 1, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.01.

B.

Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.02.

/

-1-

st - --cv

/

-1-

st - --cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 10 of 60

Date

5.1

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)

[6]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Overcurrent

Relays SO/51

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Ground

Relay 50G

/

1st

IV

[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (Compt 3 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2A-A).

-/

1st

CV

[8]

MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2A-A).

[9]

VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.

(Compt 1A)

[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA)

/

1st

IV

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A)

/

1st

IV

[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N, Normal Supply

Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.

/

1st

CV

[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 11 of 60

Date----

5.1

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)

[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A for ground

indication.

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The following steps [14] through [17] may be

marked N/A if currently performed in section

5.2.

Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the

fan circuit of either transformer 2A 1-A

(Normal) or 2A2-A (Alternate) and is operable

when the selected transformer's fan circuit is

operable.

[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 2Aof 480V Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay

50G

/

1st

IV

/

1st

IV

[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

/

1st

cv

[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.1

NOTE 2

NOTE 1

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 12 of 60

Date

_

5.2

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply

CAUTION

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally

supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.

This Instruction section provides for normal

source feed establishment. Alternate source

feed is covered in Section 8.0.

All steps in this section refer to 480V

Shutdown Board 2A2-A unless specifically

stated otherwise.

[1]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.

[2]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III

ENERGIZED.

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[5]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been

PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 3, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.03.

B.

Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.04.

/

-1s-t

- ---cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 13 of 60

Date

5.2

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)

[6]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (Compt 4 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2A-A).

/

1st

CV

[8]

MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 4 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2A-A).

[9]

VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply Breaker.

(Compt. 1A).

[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A).

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1B-Al 52N, Normal Supply

Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.

/

1st

CV

[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

D

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 14 of 60

Date----

5.2

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Normal Supply (Continued)

[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A for ground

indication.

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The following steps [14] through [17] may be

marked N/A if currently performed in section

5.2.

Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the

fan circuit of either transformer 2A1-A

(Normal) or 2A2-A (Alternate) and is operable

when the selected transformers fan circuit is

operable.

[14] ENSURE selector switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 2A of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay

50G.

[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

/

1st

CV

[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 15 of 60

Date

_

5.3

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply

CAUTION

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally

supplied from 2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board.

This Instruction section provides for normal

source feed establishment. Alternate source

feed is covered in Section 8.0.

All steps in this section refer to 480V

Shutdown Board 2B1-B unless specifically

stated otherwise.

[1]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.

[2]

VERIFY 125VVitai Battery Boards II and IV

ENERGIZED.

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[5]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been

PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 5, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.05.

B.

Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.06.

/

-15-t ----cv

/

-15-t ----cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 16 of 60

Date

_

5.3

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)

[6]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[7]

CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B (Compt 3 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2B-B).

/

-1-

st -

---cv

[8]

MONITOR ammeter minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2B-B).

[9]

VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.

(Compt. 1A).

[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A).

/

1st

IV

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

/

1st

IV

[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N, Normal Supply

Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.

/

1st

CV

[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B for ground

indication.

D

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 17 of 60

Date

_

5.3

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The following steps [14] through [17] may be

marked N/A if currently performed in section

5.4.

Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the

fan circuit of either transformer 2B1-B

(Normal) or 2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable

when the selected transformer's fan circuit is

operable.

[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 1C of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 28-B).

/

1st

cv

[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

Initials

End of Section 5.3

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 18 of 60

Date

_

5.4

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply

CAUTION 1

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

NOTE 1

480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally

supplied from 2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board.

This Instruction section provides for normal

source feed establishment. Alternate source

feed is covered in Section 8.0.

NOTE 2

All steps in this section refer to 480V

Shutdown Board 2B2-B unless specifically

stated otherwise.

[1]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.

[2]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards II and IV

ENERGIZED.

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[5]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been

PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 7, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.07.

B.

Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.08.

/

-1s-t ---cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 19 of 60

Date

5.4

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)

[6]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1

st

IV

[7] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (Compt 4 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 28-8).

/

1st

CV

[8]

MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 3 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2B-B).

[9]

VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker.

(Compt 1A).

[10] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

[11] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-B] 52N, Normal Supply

Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.

/

1st

CV

[12] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[13] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-8 for ground

indication.

D

Date

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 20 of 60

5.4

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Normal Supply (Continued)

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

The following steps [14] through [17] may be marked N/A if

currently performed in section 5.3.

Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the fan circuit of

either transformer 2B1-B (Normal) or 2B2-B (Alternate) and is

operable when the selected transformer's fan circuit is

operable.

[14] ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 1C of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[15] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[16] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2B-B).

[17] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.4

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 21 of 60

Date----

5.5

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply

CAUTION

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally

supplied from 2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board.

This Instruction section provides for alternate

source feed establishment.

All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown Board

2A1-A unless specifically stated otherwise.

The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is designed to

supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers

are NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both

breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.

[1]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A Compt 5B).

[2]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.

[3]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III ENERGIZED.

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 1, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.01.

B.

Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.02.

/

-1-

st - ---cv

/

-1-

st - ---cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 22 of 60

Date

_

5.5

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

NOTE

Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the fan

circuit of either transformer 2A1-A (Normal) or 2A2-A

(Alternate) and is operable when the selected

transformer's fan circuit is operable.

[7]

ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 2A of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[8]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51

4.80V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay

50G

/

1st

IV

/

1st

IV

[9]

CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2A-A).

/

1st

cv

[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2A-A).

[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.

(Compt SA)

[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

B.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt 5A)

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A)

/

1st

IV

/

1st

IV

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 23 of 60

Date

5.5

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E, Alternate Supply

Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.

/

1st

cv

[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6)

[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A for ground

indication.

[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 3 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Overcurrent

Relays SO/51

/

1st

IV*

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A Ground

Relay SOG

/

1st

IV

[17] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A] 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (Compt 3 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A) CLOSED.

/

1st

CV

[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.5

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 24 of 60

Date

_

5.6

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply

CAUTION

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the 8M/8M representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally supplied from

2A-A 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section

provides for alternate source feed establishment.

All steps inthis section refer to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-

A unless specifically stated otherwise.

NOTE 3

The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is designed to

supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers are

NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both breakers

are NOT closed simultaneously.

[1]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A Compt 5B).

[2]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A ENERGIZED.

[3]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards I and III

ENERGIZED.

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 3, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.03.

B.

Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.04.

I

-1s-t

- ---cv

I

-1s-t ----cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 25 of60

Date

_

5.6

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

NOTE

Transformer 2A-A fan circuit is parallel to the fan

circuit of either transformer 2A1-A (Normal) or 2A2-A

(Alternate) and is operable when the selected

transformers fan circuit is operable.

[7]

ENSURE selector switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 2A of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2A1-A- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[8]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51 .

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[9] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-Al 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (Compt 5 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2A-A).

/

1st

cv

[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2A-A).

[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.

(Compt. 5A).

[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 26 of 60

Date

5.6

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E, Alternate Supply

Breaker to 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.

/

1st

cv

[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A for ground

indication.

D

[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2A-A Ground Relay

50G.

[17]ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A) CLOSED.

/

1st

cv

[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.6

NOTE 2

NOTE 1

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 27 of 60

Date

_

5.7

Energizing 480V Shutdown- Board 2B1-B From its Alternate Supply

CAUTION

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally supplied from

2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section

provides for alternate source feed establishment.

All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown

Board 2B1-B unless specifically stated otherwise.

NOTE 3

The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to

supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers are

NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both

breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.

[1]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B Compt 5B).

[2]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.

[3]

VERIFY 125V Vital Battery Boards II and IV ENERGIZED.

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 5, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.05.

B.

Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.06.

/

-1s-t ---cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 28 of 60

Date

_

5.7

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

NOTE

Transformer 28-8 fan circuit is parallel to the fan

circuit of either transformer 281-8 (Normal) or

2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable when the

selected transformer's fan circuit is operable.

[7]

ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable

source (Compt 1C of 480V Rx MOV Bd 2B2-8- N/A the

other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[8]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-8).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent

Relays SO/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[9]

CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 28-B).

/

-1-

st -

---cv

[10] MONITOR ammeter minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 28-8).

[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-Bl 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.

(Compt. SA).

[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).

/

1st

IV

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

/

1st

IV

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 29 of60

End of Section 5.7

Date

_

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 30 of 60

5.8

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply

CAUTION

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

Prior to energizing an electrical board after work has been

performed on it, the SM/SM representative must perform a

walkdown of the board. Operations may require the work

directors to assist in the walkdown.

480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally supplied from

2B-B 6900V Shutdown Board. This Instruction section

provides for alternate source feed establishment.

All steps in this section refer to 480V Shutdown Board

2B2-B unless specifically stated otherwise.

The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to

supply only one board at a time. Since the breakers

are NOT interlocked, the operator must ensure both

breakers are NOT closed simultaneously.

[1]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B Compt 5B).

[2]

VERIFY 6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B ENERGIZED.

[3]

VERIFY 125VVitai Battery Boards II and IV ENERGIZED.

[4]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate 480V

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE the following Attachments have been PERFORMED:

A.

Attachment 7, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.07.

B.

Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Board Power

Checklist 2-201-1.08.

/

-1s-t

- ---cv

/

-1s-t ----cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 31 of 60

Date

_

5.8

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

NOTE

Transformer 2B-B fan circuit is parallel to the fan

circuit of either transformer 2B1-B (Normal) or

2B2-B (Alternate) and is operable when the

selected transformer's fan circuit is operable.

[7]

ENSURE Selector Switch positioned to an operable source

(Compt 1C of 480 Rx MOV Bd 2B2-B- N/A the other).

Normal (preferred)

Alternate

[8]

VERIFY the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 5 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[9] CLOSE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-B] 6900V Supply Breaker to

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B (Compt 5 of 6900V

Shutdown Board 2B-B).

/

1st

cv

[10] MONITOR ammeter for minimal current flow after

transformer is charged (Compt 5 of 6900V Shutdown

Board 2B-B).

[11] VERIFY normal 3-phase voltage to

[2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker.

(Compt 5A).

[12] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET.

A.

86E Overcurrent Relay (Compt SA).

B.

86N Overcurrent Relay (Compt 1A).

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 32 of60

Date

5.8

Energizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From its Alternate Supply

(Continued)

[13] CLOSE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E, Alternate Supply

Breaker To 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.

/

1st

cv

[14] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[15] CHECK 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B for ground

indication.

D

[16] ENSURE the following Relays are RESET: (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B).

A.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Overcurrent

Relays 50/51.

/

1st

IV

B.

480V Shutdown Transformer 2B-B Ground Relay

50G.

/

1st

IV

[17] ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6900V Supply Breaker

to 480V Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (Compt 4 of

6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B) CLOSED.

[18] MONITOR ammeter for 3 phase minimal current flow

after transformer is charged.

End of Section 5.8

/

-1-

st - ---cv

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 33 of 60

Date----

6.0

NORMAL OPERATION

The 480V Shutdown Boards are normally all four energized from 2A-A, and 2B-B,

6900V Shutdown Boards. Technical Specification operability requires the boards

to be energized with ties between redundant boards open, with normal power

supplies available.

End of Section 6.0

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 34 of 60

Date

_

7.0

SHUTDOWN

7.1

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A

NOTE

This board will NOT normally be deenergized

while the unit is in operation.

[1]

ENSURE the following have been transferred to their

alternate supply.

A.

480V Reactor MOV Board 2A1-A

B.

480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board

2A1-A

C.

480V Reactor Vent Board 2A-A

D.

480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2A1-A

E.

480V Vital Transfer SW Channel III in

accordance with 0-SO-250-1

[2]

EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1

and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.

NOTE

Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.02 lists all loads feeding

from the 480V Shutdown Board2A1-A.

[3]

ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown

Board 2A1-A can be SECURED.

D

D

D

D

D

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 35 of 60

Date

_

7.1

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A (Continued)

[4]

PERFORM Attachment 2, 480V Shutdown Boards

Power Checklist 2-201-1.02.

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[7]

IF deenergizing Transformer 2A1-A is desired, THEN

I

-1-

st -


cv

I

-1-

st -


cv

OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-Al 6900V Breaker feeding

Transformer (6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A Compt 3).

I

1st

CV

End of Section 7.1

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 36 of 60

Date----

7.2

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A

NOTE

This board will NOT normally be deenergized

while the unit is in operation.

[1]

ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger 2-S is NOT in service.

[2]

ENSURE the following 480V Boards have been

transferred to their alternate supply.

D

A.

B.

C.

480V Reactor MOV Board 2A2-A

480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board

2A2-A

480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2A2-A

D

D

D

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

[3]

EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1

and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

NOTE

Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.04 lists all loads feeding

from the 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.

[4]

ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown

Board 2A2-A can be SECURED.

[5]

PERFORM Attachment 4, 480V Shutdown Boards

Power Checklist 2-201-1.04.

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 37 of 60

Date

_

7.2

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A

(Continued)

[6]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN(Compt 58).

[7]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 18).

[8]

IF deenergizing Transformer 2A2-A is desired, THEN

/

-1-

5t -

---cv

/

-1-

5t -

---cv

OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6900V Breaker feeding

the Transformer

(6900V Shutdown Board 2A-A Compt 4).

/

15t

CV

End of Section 7.2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 38 of 60

Date----

7.3

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 281-8

NOTE

This board will NOT normally be deenergized

while the unit is in operation.

[1]

ENSURE Spare 125V Vital charger 2-S is NOT in service.

[2]

ENSURE the following 480V Boards have been

transferred to their alternate supply.

D

A.

B.

C.

D.

480V Reactor MOV Board 2B1-B

480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board

2B1-B

480V Reactor Vent Board 2B-B

480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 281-B

D

D

D

D

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

[3]

EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1

and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.

NOTE

Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.06 lists all loads feeding

from the 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.

[4]

ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown

Board 2B1-B can be SECURED.

[5]

PERFORM Attachment 6, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.06

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 39 of 60

Date

_

7.3

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B (Continued)

[6]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B~B] 52E Alternate Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[7]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-8] 52N Normal Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[8]

IF deenergizing Transformer 2B1-B is desired, THEN

/

-1-

st - --cv

/

-1-

st - --cv

OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B] 6900V Breaker feeding the

Transformer

(690QV Shutdown Board 2B-B Compt 3).

I

1st

CV

End of Section 7.3

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 40 of 60

Date

_

7.4

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B

NOTE

This board will NOT normally be deenergized

while the unit is in operation.

[1]

ENSURE the following have been transferred to their

alternate supply.

C. 480V Diesel Auxiliary Board 2B2-B

D. 480V Vital Transfer SW Channel IV in accordance

with 0-SO-250-1

A.

B.

480V Reactor MOV Board 2B2-B

480V Control and Auxiliary Building Vent Board

2B2-B

D

D

D

D

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

[2]

EVALUATE Technical Specification (TS) LCO 3.8.2.1

and 3.8.2.2 to ensure TS compliance for board removal.

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

NOTE

Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.08 lists all loads feeding

from the 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.

[3]

ENSURE that all equipment fed from 480V Shutdown

Board 2B2-B can be SECURED.

[4]

PERFORM Attachment 8, 480V Shutdown Boards Power

Checklist 2-201-1.08.

U-1 SRO

U-2 SRO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 41 of 60

Date

_

7.4

Deenergizing 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B (Continued)

[5]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 5B).

[6]

ENSURE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Feeder

Supply Breaker OPEN (Compt 1B).

[7]

IF deenergizing Transformer 2B2-B is desired, THEN

I

-1-

st - ---cv

I

-1-

st - ---cv

OPEN [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-Bl 6900V Breaker feeding the

Transformer (6900V Shutdown Board 2B-B Compt 4).

I

1st

CV

End of Section 7.4

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 42 of 60

Date----

8.0

INFREQUENT OPERATION

8.1

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A1-A. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2A-A.

The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is

designed to supply only one board at a time.

Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the

operator must ensure both breakers are NOT

closed simultaneously.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

NOTE 5

NOTE 4

NOTE

Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due

to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High ".

If power is interrupted to C&A Vent Bd 2A1-A

during performance of this transfer, then

"A" Shutdown Bd Rm Chiller may trip.

[1]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (6.9KV SO Bd 2A-A

Compt. 5) CLOSED.

[2]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A

OPEN (480VShutdown Board 2A2-A Compt 5B).

[3]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been

COMPLETED.

The remaining steps in this instruction are

performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A.

[4]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A- A Alternate

Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A

Compt SA).

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 43 of60

Date

8.1

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply (Continued)

NOTE

If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [8] will permit immediately closing

the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to

the board.

[5]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE

position and HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE(Compt

5A).

/

1st

cv

[6]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).

/

1st

cv

[7]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and

[2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker

OPEN.

[8]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails

to close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 1A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

/

1st

cv

[9]

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

End of Section 8.1

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 44 of 60

Date

_

8.2

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A2-A. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2A-A.

The alternate supply transformer 2A-A is

designed to supply only one board at a time.

Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the

operator must ensure both breakers are NOT

closed simultaneously.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

NOTE

[1]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/5-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2A-A (6.9KV SD Bd 2A-A

Compt. 5) CLOSED.

[2]

IF 2A2-A 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital

Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE),

THEN

ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1 .

Unit 1 RO

[3]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2A-A

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A Compt 5B).

[4]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03 has been

COMPLETED.

The remaining steps in this instruction are

performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A.

[5]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A-A Alternate

Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A

Compt 5A).

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 45 of 60

Date

_

8.2 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Normal to Alternate Power Supply

(Continued)

NOTE

If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [9] will permit immediately closing

the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to

the board.

[6]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE

position and HOLD until Step [8] is COMPLETE

(Compt 5A).

/

1st

cv

[7]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).

/

1st

cv

[8]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and

[2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker

OPEN.

[9]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails

to close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 1A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

/

1

st

cv

[10] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[11] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-80-85-1 at US/SM direction.

Unit 1 RO

END OF SECTION 8.2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 46 of 60

Date

_

8.3

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B1-B. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2B-B.

The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is

designed to supply only one board at a time.

Since the breakers are NOT interlocked, the

operator must ensure both breakers are NOT

closed simultaneously.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

NOTE

[1]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-Bl 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2B-B

(6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B Compt. 5) CLOSED.

[2]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B

OPEN (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B Compt 5B).

[3]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.05 has been

COMPLETED.

The remaining steps in this instruction are

performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B.

[4]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B-B Alternate

Supply Transformer (48QV Shutdown Board 2B1-B

Compt 5A).

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 47 of 60

Date

8.3

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply (Continued)

NOTE

If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [8] will permit immediately closing

the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to

the board.

[5]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE

position and HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE

(Compt 5A).

I

1st

cv

[6]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).

I

1st

cv

[7]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED

AND

[2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker

OPEN.

[8]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails

to close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 1A),

AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

I

1st

CV

[9]

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

End of Section 8.3

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 48 of60

Date

_

8.4

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate Power

Supply

CAUTION

NOTE 1

NOTE 2

NOTE 3

NOTE 4

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B may result in

closing of the Main MSR Control Valves.

480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally fed from the

6900/480V Transformer 2B2-B. Its alternate power source is

the 6900/480V Transformer 2B-B.

The alternate supply transformer 2B-B is designed to supply

only one board at a time. Since the breakers are NOT

interlocked, the operator must ensure both breakers are

NOT closed simultaneously.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due

to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High".

[1]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/5-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2B-B

(6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B Compt. 5) CLOSED.

[2]

IF 2B2-B 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital

Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (NORMAL), THEN

ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1 .

Unit 1 RO

[3]

IF Vital Inverter 2-IV is in service to 120v Vital

Instrument Power Board 2-IV (NORMAL), THEN

ENSURE Unit 2 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1

Unit 2 RO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 49 of 60

Date

_

8.4 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate

Power Supply (Continued)

[4]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] Breaker 52E, Alternate

Supply Breaker (Emergency) From Transformer 2B-B OPEN

(480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B Compt 5B).

[5]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07 has been

COMPLETED.

NOTE

The remaining steps in this instruction are

performed at 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B.

[6]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B-B Alternate

Supply Transformer (480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B

Compt 5A).

NOTE

If the Alternate Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [10] will permit immediately closing

the Normal Supply Breaker to restore power to

the board.

[7]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch in the CLOSE

position and HOLD until Step [9] is COMPLETE

(Compt 5A).

I

1st

CV

[8]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the TRIP position (Compt 1A).

I

1st

CV

[9]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) CLOSED and

[2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker

OPEN.

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 50 of 60

Date----

8.4 Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Normal to Alternate

Power Supply (Continued)

[10] IF [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply Breaker fails

to close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position (Compt

1A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

/

1st

-cv-

[11] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[12] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.

Unit 1 RO

[13] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 2 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.

Unit 2 RO

End of Section 8.4

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 51 of 60

Date

_

8.5

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply

NOTE 1

480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A is normally fed from the

6900/480V Transformer 2A1-A. Its alternate power

source is the 6900/480V Transformer 2A-A.

NOTE 2

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

NOTE 3

Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due

to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High ".

[1]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.01 has been COMPLETED.

[2]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/3-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2A1-A (6.9KV SD Bd 2A-A

Compt. 3) CLOSED.

[3]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A1-A Normal

Supply Transformer (Compt 1A).

NOTE

If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close, then Step

[7] will permit immediately closing the Alternate

Supply Breaker to restore power to the board.

[4]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and

HOLD until Step [6] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).

I

1st

CV

[5]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP

position (Compt 5A).

I

1st

CV

[6]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-A] 52E

Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.

[7]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DN/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to

close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 5A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DN/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

I__

1st

CV

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 52 of 60

Date

_

8.5

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A1-A From

Alternate to Normal Power (continued)

[8]

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

End of Section 8.5

NOTE 2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 53 of 60

Date

_

8.6

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply

NOTE 1

480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2A2-A. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2A-A.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

[1]

IF 2A2-A 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital

Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (ALTERNATE) ,

THEN

ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1 .

Unit 1 RO

[2]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.03 has been

COMPLETED.

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CO/4-A] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2A2-A (6.9KV SO Bd 2A-A

Compt. 4) CLOSED.

[4]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2A2-A Normal

Supply Transformer (Compt 1A).

NOTE

If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [8] will permit immediately closing

the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power

to the board.

[5]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and

HOLD until Step [7] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).

/

1st

CV

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 54 of 60

Date

8.6

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2A2-A From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply (continued)

[6]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP

position (Compt 5A).

/

1st

cv

[7]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-Al 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E

Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.

[8]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DO/1 B-A] 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,

THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-A] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 5A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DO/5B-Al 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

/

1st

cv

[9]

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[10] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.

End of Section 8.6

Unit 1 RO

NOTE 2

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 55 of60

Date

_

8.7

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply

NOTE 1

480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B1-B. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2B-B.

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

[1]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.05 has been

COMPLETED.

[2]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/3-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2B1-B (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B

Compt. 3) CLOSED.

[3]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B1-B Normal

Supply Transformer. (Compt.1A)

NOTE

If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [7] will permit immediately closing

the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power

to the board.

[4]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and

HOLD until Step [6] is COMPLETE(Compt 1A).

/

1st

CV

[5]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP

position(Compt 5A).

/

1st

CV

[6]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E

Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 56 of 60

Date----

8.7

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B1-B From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply (Continued)

[7]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DP/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply Breaker fails to

close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 5A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DP/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

I

1st

rsr:

[8]

MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

End of Section 8.7

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 57 of 60

Date----

8.8

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply

CAUTION

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B may result in

closing of the Main MSR Control Valves.

NOTE 1

480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B is normally fed

from the 6900/480V Transformer 2B2-B. Its

alternate power source is the 6900/480V

Transformer 2B-B.

NOTE 2

Performance of this section will require more

than one individual for actual board transfer.

NOTE 3

Expect alarm on associated Vital Inverter due

to " Isolimiter Output Voltage High".

[1]

IF 282-B 480V Shutdown Board is aligned through 480V Vital

Transfer Switch IV to supply Vital Inverter 1-IV (NORMAL),

THEN

ENSURE Unit 1 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1 .

Unit 1 RO

[2]

IF Vital Inverter 2-IV is in service to 120v Vital

Instrument Power Board 2-IV (NORMAL), THEN

ENSURE Unit 2 Control Rod Drive System is in manual

per 0-SO-85-1 .

Unit 2 RO

[3]

ENSURE [2-BCTA-202-CP/4-B] 6.9KV Feed to 480-V

Shutdown Transformer 2B2-B (6.9KV SD Bd 2B-B

Compt. 4) CLOSED.

[4]

ENSURE Power Checklist 2-201-1.07 has been

COMPLETED.

[5]

VERIFY 3-phase voltage supply from 2B2-B Normal

Supply Transformer. (Compt. 1A)

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 58 of 60

Date

8.8

Transferring 480V Shutdown Board 2B2-B From Alternate to Normal Power

Supply (Continued)

NOTE

If the Normal Supply Breaker fails to close,

then Step [9] will permit immediately closing

the Alternate Supply Breaker to restore power

to the board.

[6]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker Control Switch in the CLOSE position and

HOLD until Step [8] is COMPLETE (Compt 1A).

I

1st

cv

[7]

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-Bl52E Alternate Supply

Breaker (Emergency) Control Switch to the TRIP

position (Compt 5A).

/

1st

cv

[8]

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1 B-B] 52N Normal Supply

Breaker CLOSED and [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E

Alternate Supply Breaker (Emergency) OPEN.

[9]

IF [2-BCTB-201-DQ/1B-Bl 52N Normal Supply Breaker

fails to close, THEN

PLACE [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker Control Switch to the CLOSE position

(Compt 5A), AND

VERIFY [2-BCTB-201-DQ/5B-B] 52E Alternate Supply

Breaker CLOSED.

/

1st

CV

[10] MONITOR voltmeter for 3 phase voltage (Compt 6).

[11] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 1 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.

[12] IF the Control Rod Drive System for Unit 2 was placed in

manual for the board transfer, THEN

RETURN Rod Control System to Automatic operation

per 0-SO-85-1 at US/SM direction.

End of Section 8.8

Unit 1 RO

Unit 2 RO

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-S0-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 59 of 60

9.0

RECORDS

All completed copies of section 5, 7 or 8 will be sent to the Operations

Superintendent's Secretary.

SQN

480V SHUTDOWN BOARDS

2-80-201-1

2

Rev 20

Page 60 of 60

SOURCE NOTES

REQUIREMENTS

STATEMENT

Procedures that do not contain

appropriate verification

requirements will be revised (not

annotated within procedure, since

the entire procedure must meet the

verification program requirements).

SOURCE

DOCUMENT

TROI NCO 970071001

IMPLEMENTING

STATEMENT

C.1